Sura 2.

Izvor: Wikizvor
Prijeđi na navigaciju Prijeđi na pretraživanje

Sura II - arapski - Sūrat Al-Baqarah[uredi]

Corner cro.gif
Corner cro r.gif
Glava002.gif

'Alif-Lām-Mīm (Al-Baqarah: 1).

Dhālika Al-Kitābu Lā Rayba Fīhi Hudan Lilmuttaqīna (Al-Baqarah: 2).

Al-Ladhīna Yu'uminūna Bil-Ghaybi Wa Yuqīmūna Aş-Şalāata Wa Mimmā Razaqnāhum Yunfiqūna (Al-Baqarah: 3).

Wa Al-Ladhīna Yu'uminūna Bimā 'Unzila 'Ilayka Wa Mā 'Unzila Min Qablika Wa Bil-'Ākhirati Hum Yūqinūna (Al-Baqarah: 4).

'Ūlā'ika `Alá Hudan Min Rabbihim Wa 'Ūlā'ika Humu Al-Mufliĥūna (Al-Baqarah: 5).

'Inna Al-Ladhīna Kafarū Sawā'un `Alayhim 'A 'Andhartahum 'Am Lam Tundhirhum Lā Yu'uminūna (Al-Baqarah: 6).

Khatama Allāhu `Alá Qulūbihim Wa `Alá Sam`ihim Wa `Alá 'Abşārihim Ghishāwatun Wa Lahum `Adhābun `Ažīmun (Al-Baqarah: 7).

Wa Mina An-Nāsi Man Yaqūlu 'Āmannā Billāhi Wa Bil-Yawmi Al-'Ākhiri Wa Mā Hum Bimu'uminīna (Al-Baqarah: 8).

Yukhādi`ūna Allāha Wa Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Wa Mā Yakhda`ūna 'Illā 'Anfusahum Wa Mā Yash`urūna (Al-Baqarah: 9).

Fī Qulūbihim Marađun Fazādahumu Allāhu Marađāan Wa Lahum `Adhābun 'Alīmun Bimā Kānū Yakdhibūna (Al-Baqarah: 10).

Wa 'Idhā Qīla Lahum Lā Tufsidū Fī Al-'Arđi Qālū 'Innamā Naĥnu Muşliĥūna (Al-Baqarah: 11).

'Alā 'Innahum Humu Al-Mufsidūna Wa Lakin Lā Yash`urūna (Al-Baqarah: 12).

Wa 'Idhā Qīla Lahum 'Āminū Kamā 'Āmana An-Nāsu Qālū 'Anu'uminu Kamā 'Āmana As-Sufahā'u 'Alā 'Innahum Humu As-Sufahā'u Wa Lakin Lā Ya`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 13).

Wa 'Idhā Laqū Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Qālū 'Āmannā Wa 'Idhā Khalaw 'Ilá Shayāţīnihim Qālū 'Innā Ma`akum 'Innamā Naĥnu Mustahzi'ūna (Al-Baqarah: 14).

Allāhu Yastahzi'u Bihim Wa Yamudduhum Fī Ţughyānihim Ya`mahūna (Al-Baqarah: 15).

'Ūlā'ika Al-Ladhīna Ashtaraw Ađ-Đalālata Bil-Hudá Famā Rabiĥat Tijāratuhum Wa Mā Kānū Muhtadīna (Al-Baqarah: 16).

Mathaluhum Kamathali Al-Ladhī Astawqada Nārāan Falammā 'Ađā'at Mā Ĥawlahu Dhahaba Allāhu Binūrihim Wa Tarakahum Fī Žulumātin Lā Yubşirūna (Al-Baqarah: 17).

Şummun Bukmun `Umyun Fahum Lā Yarji`ūna (Al-Baqarah: 18).

'Aw Kaşayyibin Mina As-Samā'i Fīhi Žulumātun Wa Ra`dun Wa Barqun Yaj`alūna 'Aşābi`ahum Fī 'Ādhānihim Mina Aş-Şawā`iqi Ĥadhara Al-Mawti Wa Allāhu Muĥīţun Bil-Kāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 19).

Yakādu Al-Barqu Yakhţafu 'Abşārahum Kullamā 'Ađā'a Lahum Mashaw Fīhi Wa 'Idhā 'Ažlama `Alayhim Qāmū Wa Law Shā'a Allāhu Ladhahaba Bisam`ihim Wa 'Abşārihim 'Inna Allāha `Alá Kulli Shay'in Qadīrun (Al-Baqarah: 20).

Yā 'Ayyuhā An-Nāsu A`budū Rabbakumu Al-Ladhī Khalaqakum Wa Al-Ladhīna Min Qablikum La`allakum Tattaqūna (Al-Baqarah: 21).

Al-Ladhī Ja`ala Lakumu Al-'Arđa Firāshāan Wa As-Samā'a Binā'an Wa 'Anzala Mina As-Samā'i Mā'an Fa'akhraja Bihi Mina Ath-Thamarāti Rizqāan Lakum Falā Taj`alū Lillāhi 'Andādāan Wa 'Antum Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 22).

Wa 'In Kuntum Fī Raybin Mimmā Nazzalnā `Alá `Abdinā Fa'tū Bisūratin Min Mithlihi Wa Ad`ū Shuhadā'akum Min Dūni Allāhi 'In Kuntum Şādiqīna (Al-Baqarah: 23).

Fa'in Lam Taf`alū Wa Lan Taf`alū Fa Attaqū An-Nāra Allatī Waqūduhā An-Nāsu Wa Al-Ĥijāratu 'U`iddat Lilkāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 24).

Wa Bashshiri Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Wa `Amilū Aş-Şāliĥāti 'Anna Lahum Jannātin Tajrī Min Taĥtihā Al-'Anhāru Kullamā Ruziqū Minhā Min Thamaratin Rizqāan Qālū Hādhā Al-Ladhī Ruziqnā Min Qablu Wa 'Utū Bihi Mutashābihāan Wa Lahum Fīhā 'Azwājun Muţahharatun Wa Hum Fīhā Khālidūna (Al-Baqarah: 25).

'Inna Allāha Lā Yastaĥyī 'An Yađriba Mathalāan Mā Ba`ūđatan Famā Fawqahā Fa'ammā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Faya`lamūna 'Annahu Al-Ĥaqqu Min Rabbihim Wa 'Ammā Al-Ladhīna Kafarū Fayaqūlūna Mādhā 'Arāda Allāhu Bihadhā Mathalāan Yuđillu Bihi Kathīrāan Wa Yahdī Bihi Kathīrāan Wa Mā Yuđillu Bihi 'Illā Al-Fāsiqīna (Al-Baqarah: 26).

Al-Ladhīna Yanquđūna `Ahda Allāhi Min Ba`di Mīthāqihi Wa Yaqţa`ūna Mā 'Amara Allāhu Bihi 'An Yūşala Wa Yufsidūna Fī Al-'Arđi 'Ūlā'ika Humu Al-Khāsirūna (Al-Baqarah: 27).

Kayfa Takfurūna Billāhi Wa Kuntum 'Amwātāan Fa'aĥyākum Thumma Yumītukum Thumma Yuĥyīkum Thumma 'Ilayhi Turja`ūna (Al-Baqarah: 28).

Huwa Al-Ladhī Khalaqa Lakum Mā Fī Al-'Arđi Jamī`āan Thumma Astawá 'Ilá As-Samā'i Fasawwāhunna Sab`a Samāwātin Wa Huwa Bikulli Shay'in `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 29).

Wa 'Idh Qāla Rabbuka Lilmalā'ikati 'Innī Jā`ilun Fī Al-'Arđi Khalīfatan Qālū 'Ataj`alu Fīhā Man Yufsidu Fīhā Wa Yasfiku Ad-Dimā'a Wa Naĥnu Nusabbiĥu Biĥamdika Wa Nuqaddisu Laka Qāla 'Innī 'A`lamu Mā Lā Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 30).

Wa `Allama 'Ādama Al-'Asmā'a Kullahā Thumma `Arađahum `Alá Al-Malā'ikati Faqāla 'Anbi'ūnī Bi'asmā'i Hā'uulā' 'In Kuntum Şādiqīna (Al-Baqarah: 31).

Qālū Subĥānaka Lā `Ilma Lanā 'Illā Mā `Allamtanā 'Innaka 'Anta Al-`Alīmu Al-Ĥakīmu (Al-Baqarah: 32).

Qāla Yā 'Ādamu 'Anbi'hum Bi'asmā'ihim Falammā 'Anba'ahum Bi'asmā'ihim Qāla 'Alam 'Aqul Lakum 'Innī 'A`lamu Ghayba As-Samāwāti Wa Al-'Arđi Wa 'A`lamu Mā Tubdūna Wa Mā Kuntum Taktumūna (Al-Baqarah: 33).

Wa 'Idh Qulnā Lilmalā'ikati Asjudū Li'dama Fasajadū 'Illā 'Iblīsa 'Abá Wa Astakbara Wa Kāna Mina Al-Kāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 34).

Wa Qulnā Yā 'Ādamu Askun 'Anta Wa Zawjuka Al-Jannata Wa Kulā Minhā Raghadāan Ĥaythu Shi'tumā Wa Lā Taqrabā Hadhihi Ash-Shajarata Fatakūnā Mina Až-Žālimīna (Al-Baqarah: 35).

Fa'azallahumā Ash-Shayţānu `Anhā Fa'akhrajahumā Mimmā Kānā Fīhi Wa Qulnā Ahbiţū Ba`đukum Liba`đin `Adūwun Wa Lakum Fī Al-'Arđi Mustaqarrun Wa Matā`un 'Ilá Ĥīnin (Al-Baqarah: 36).

Fatalaqqá 'Ādamu Min Rabbihi Kalimātin Fatāba `Alayhi 'Innahu Huwa At-Tawwābu Ar-Raĥīmu (Al-Baqarah: 37).

Qulnā Ahbiţū Minhā Jamī`āan Fa'immā Ya'tiyannakum Minnī Hudan Faman Tabi`a Hudāya Falā Khawfun `Alayhim Wa Lā Hum Yaĥzanūna (Al-Baqarah: 38).

Wa Al-Ladhīna Kafarū Wa Kadhdhabū Bi'āyātinā 'Ūlā'ika 'Aşĥābu An-Nāri Hum Fīhā Khālidūna (Al-Baqarah: 39).

Yā Banī 'Isrā'īla Adhkurū Ni`matiya Allatī 'An`amtu `Alaykum Wa 'Awfū Bi`ahdī 'Ūfi Bi`ahdikum Wa 'Īyāya Fārhabūni (Al-Baqarah: 40).

Wa 'Āminū Bimā 'Anzaltu Muşaddiqāan Limā Ma`akum Wa Lā Takūnū 'Awwala Kāfirin Bihi Wa Lā Tashtarū Bi'āyātī Thamanāan Qalīlāan Wa 'Īyāya Fa Attaqūni (Al-Baqarah: 41).

Wa Lā Talbisū Al-Ĥaqqa Bil-Bāţili Wa Taktumū Al-Ĥaqqa Wa 'Antum Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 42).

Wa 'Aqīmū Aş-Şalāata Wa 'Ātū Az-Zakāata Wa Arka`ū Ma`a Ar-Rāki`īna (Al-Baqarah: 43).

'Ata'murūna An-Nāsa Bil-Birri Wa Tansawna 'Anfusakum Wa 'Antum Tatlūna Al-Kitāba 'Afalā Ta`qilūna (Al-Baqarah: 44).

Wa Asta`īnū Biş-Şabri Wa Aş-Şalāati Wa 'Innahā Lakabīratun 'Illā `Alá Al-Khāshi`īna (Al-Baqarah: 45).

Al-Ladhīna Yažunnūna 'Annahum Mulāqū Rabbihim Wa 'Annahum 'Ilayhi Rāji`ūna (Al-Baqarah: 46).

Yā Banī 'Isrā'īla Adhkurū Ni`matiya Allatī 'An`amtu `Alaykum Wa 'Annī Fađđaltukum `Alá Al-`Ālamīna (Al-Baqarah: 47).

Wa Attaqū Yawmāan Lā Tajzī Nafsun `An Nafsin Shay'āan Wa Lā Yuqbalu Minhā Shafā`atun Wa Lā Yu'ukhadhu Minhā `Adlun Wa Lā Hum Yunşarūna (Al-Baqarah: 48).

Wa 'Idh Najjaynākum Min 'Āli Fir`awna Yasūmūnakum Sū'a Al-`Adhābi Yudhabbiĥūna 'Abnā'akum Wa Yastaĥyūna Nisā'akum Wa Fī Dhālikum Balā'un Min Rabbikum `Ažīmun (Al-Baqarah: 49).

Wa 'Idh Faraqnā Bikumu Al-Baĥra Fa'anjaynākum Wa 'Aghraqnā 'Āla Fir`awna Wa 'Antum Tanžurūna (Al-Baqarah: 50).

Wa 'Idh Wā`adnā Mūsá 'Arba`īna Laylatan Thumma Attakhadhtumu Al-`Ijla Min Ba`dihi Wa 'Antum Žālimūna (Al-Baqarah: 51).

Thumma `Afawnā `Ankum Min Ba`di Dhālika La`allakum Tashkurūna (Al-Baqarah: 52).

Wa 'Idh 'Ātaynā Mūsá Al-Kitāba Wa Al-Furqāna La`allakum Tahtadūna (Al-Baqarah: 53).

Wa 'Idh Qāla Mūsá Liqawmihi Yā Qawmi 'Innakum Žalamtum 'Anfusakum Biāttikhādhikumu Al-`Ijla Fatūbū 'Ilá Bāri'ikum Fāqtulū 'Anfusakum Dhālikum Khayrun Lakum `Inda Bāri'ikum Fatāba `Alaykum 'Innahu Huwa At-Tawwābu Ar-Raĥīmu (Al-Baqarah: 54).

Wa 'Idh Qultum Yā Mūsá Lan Nu'umina Laka Ĥattá Nará Allāha Jahratan Fa'akhadhatkumu Aş-Şā`iqatu Wa 'Antum Tanžurūna (Al-Baqarah: 55).

Thumma Ba`athnākum Min Ba`di Mawtikum La`allakum Tashkurūna (Al-Baqarah: 56).

Wa Žallalnā `Alaykumu Al-Ghamāma Wa 'Anzalnā `Alaykumu Al-Manna Wa As-Salwá Kulū Min Ţayyibāti Mā Razaqnākum Wa Mā Žalamūnā Wa Lakin Kānū 'Anfusahum Yažlimūna (Al-Baqarah: 57).

Wa 'Idh Qulnā Adkhulū Hadhihi Al-Qaryata Fakulū Minhā Ĥaythu Shi'tum Raghadāan Wa Adkhulū Al-Bāba Sujjadāan Wa Qūlū Ĥiţţatun Naghfir Lakum Khaţāyākum Wa Sanazīdu Al-Muĥsinīna (Al-Baqarah: 58).

Fabaddala Al-Ladhīna Žalamū Qawlāan Ghayra Al-Ladhī Qīla Lahum Fa'anzalnā `Alá Al-Ladhīna Žalamū Rijzāan Mina As-Samā'i Bimā Kānū Yafsuqūna (Al-Baqarah: 59).

Wa 'Idh Astasqá Mūsá Liqawmihi Faqulnā Ađrib Bi`aşāka Al-Ĥajara Fānfajarat Minhu Athnatā `Ashrata `Aynāan Qad `Alima Kullu 'Unāsin Mashrabahum Kulū Wa Ashrabū Min Rizqi Allāhi Wa Lā Ta`thaw Fī Al-'Arđi Mufsidīna (Al-Baqarah: 60).

Wa 'Idhi Qultum Yā Mūsá Lan Naşbira `Alá Ţa`āmin Wāĥidin Fād`u Lanā Rabbaka Yukhrij Lanā Mimmā Tunbitu Al-'Arđu Min Baqlihā Wa Qiththā'ihā Wa Fūmihā Wa `Adasihā Wa Başalihā Qāla 'Atastabdilūna Al-Ladhī Huwa 'Adná Bial-Ladhī Huwa Khayrun Ahbiţū Mişrāan Fa'inna Lakum Mā Sa'altum Wa Đuribat `Alayhimu Adh-Dhillatu Wa Al-Maskanatu Wa Bā'ū Bighađabin Mina Allāhi Dhālika Bi'annahum Kānū Yakfurūna Bi'āyāti Allāhi Wa Yaqtulūna An-Nabīyīna Bighayri Al-Ĥaqqi Dhālika Bimā `Aşaw Wa Kānū Ya`tadūna (Al-Baqarah: 61).

'Inna Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Wa Al-Ladhīna Hādū Wa An-Naşārá Wa Aş-Şābi'īna Man 'Āmana Billāhi Wa Al-Yawmi Al-'Ākhiri Wa `Amila Şāliĥāan Falahum 'Ajruhum `Inda Rabbihim Wa Lā Khawfun `Alayhim Wa Lā Hum Yaĥzanūna (Al-Baqarah: 62).

Wa 'Idh 'Akhadhnā Mīthāqakum Wa Rafa`nā Fawqakumu Aţ-Ţūra Khudhū Mā 'Ātaynākum Biqūwatin Wa Adhkurū Mā Fīhi La`allakum Tattaqūna (Al-Baqarah: 63).

Thumma Tawallaytum Min Ba`di Dhālika Falawlā Fađlu Allāhi `Alaykum Wa Raĥmatuhu Lakuntum Mina Al-Khāsirīna (Al-Baqarah: 64).

Wa Laqad `Alimtumu Al-Ladhīna A`tadaw Minkum Fī As-Sabti Faqulnā Lahum Kūnū Qiradatan Khāsi'īna (Al-Baqarah: 65).

Faja`alnāhā Nakālāan Limā Bayna Yadayhā Wa Mā Khalfahā Wa Maw`ižatan Lilmuttaqīna (Al-Baqarah: 66).

Wa 'Idh Qāla Mūsá Liqawmihi 'Inna Allāha Ya'murukum 'An Tadhbaĥū Baqaratan Qālū 'Atattakhidhunā Huzūan Qāla 'A`ūdhu Billāhi 'An 'Akūna Mina Al-Jāhilīn (Al-Baqarah: 67).

Qālū Ad`u Lanā Rabbaka Yubayyin Lanā Mā Hiya Qāla 'Innahu Yaqūlu 'Innahā Baqaratun Lā Fāriđun Wa Lā Bikrun `Awānun Bayna Dhālika Fāf`alū Mā Tu'umarūna (Al-Baqarah: 68).

Qālū Ad`u Lanā Rabbaka Yubayyin Lanā Mā Lawnuhā Qāla 'Innahu Yaqūlu 'Innahā Baqaratun Şafrā'u Fāqi`un Lawnuhā Tasurru An-Nāžirīna (Al-Baqarah: 69).

Qālū Ad`u Lanā Rabbaka Yubayyin Lanā Mā Hiya 'Inna Al-Baqara Tashābaha `Alaynā Wa 'Innā 'In Shā'a Allāhu Lamuhtadūna (Al-Baqarah: 70).

Qāla 'Innahu Yaqūlu 'Innahā Baqaratun Lā Dhalūlun Tuthīru Al-'Arđa Wa Lā Tasqī Al-Ĥartha Musallamatun Lā Shiyata Fīhā Qālū Al-'Āna Ji'ta Bil-Ĥaqqi Fadhabaĥūhā Wa Mā Kādū Yaf`alūna (Al-Baqarah: 71).

Wa 'Idh Qataltum Nafsāan Fa Addāra'tum Fīhā Wa Allāhu Mukhrijun Mā Kuntum Taktumūna (Al-Baqarah: 72).

Faqulnā Ađribūhu Biba`đihā Kadhālika Yuĥyī Allāhu Al-Mawtá Wa Yurīkum 'Āyātihi La`allakum Ta`qilūna (Al-Baqarah: 73).

Thumma Qasat Qulūbukum Min Ba`di Dhālika Fahiya Kālĥijārati 'Aw 'Ashaddu Qaswatan Wa 'Inna Mina Al-Ĥijārati Lamā Yatafajjaru Minhu Al-'Anhāru Wa 'Inna Minhā Lamā Yashshaqqaqu Fayakhruju Minhu Al-Mā'u Wa 'Inna Minhā Lamā Yahbiţu Min Khashyati Allāhi Wa Mā Allāhu Bighāfilin `Ammā Ta`malūna (Al-Baqarah: 74).

'Afataţma`ūna 'An Yu'uminū Lakum Wa Qad Kāna Farīqun Minhum Yasma`ūna Kalāma Allāhi Thumma Yuĥarrifūnahu Min Ba`di Mā `Aqalūhu Wa Hum Ya`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 75).

Wa 'Idhā Laqū Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Qālū 'Āmannā Wa 'Idhā Khalā Ba`đuhum 'Ilá Ba`đin Qālū 'Atuĥaddithūnahum Bimā Fataĥa Allāhu `Alaykum Liyuĥājjūkum Bihi `Inda Rabbikum 'Afalā Ta`qilūna (Al-Baqarah: 76).

'Awalā Ya`lamūna 'Anna Allāha Ya`lamu Mā Yusirrūna Wa Mā Yu`linūna (Al-Baqarah: 77).

Wa Minhum 'Ummīyūna Lā Ya`lamūna Al-Kitāba 'Illā 'Amānīya Wa 'In Hum 'Illā Yažunnūna (Al-Baqarah: 78).

Fawaylun Lilladhīna Yaktubūna Al-Kitāba Bi'aydīhim Thumma Yaqūlūna Hādhā Min `Indi Allāhi Liyashtarū Bihi Thamanāan Qalīlāan Fawaylun Lahum Mimmā Katabat 'Aydīhim Wa Waylun Lahum Mimmā Yaksibūna (Al-Baqarah: 79).

Wa Qālū Lan Tamassanā An-Nāru 'Illā 'Ayyāmāan Ma`dūdatan Qul 'Āttakhadhtum `Inda Allāhi `Ahdāan Falan Yukhlifa Allāhu `Ahdahu 'Am Taqūlūna `Alá Allāhi Mā Lā Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 80).

Balá Man Kasaba Sayyi'atan Wa 'Aĥāţat Bihi Khaţī'atuhu Fa'ūlā'ika 'Aşĥābu An-Nāri Hum Fīhā Khālidūna (Al-Baqarah: 81).

Wa Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Wa `Amilū Aş-Şāliĥāti 'Ūlā'ika 'Aşĥābu Al-Jannati Hum Fīhā Khālidūna (Al-Baqarah: 82).

Wa 'Idh 'Akhadhnā Mīthāqa Banī 'Isrā'īla Lā Ta`budūna 'Illā Allāha Wa Bil-Wālidayni 'Iĥsānāan Wa Dhī Al-Qurbá Wa Al-Yatāmá Wa Al-Masākīni Wa Qūlū Lilnnāsi Ĥusnāan Wa 'Aqīmū Aş-Şalāata Wa 'Ātū Az-Zakāata Thumma Tawallaytum 'Illā Qalīlāan Minkum Wa 'Antum Mu`riđūna (Al-Baqarah: 83).

Wa 'Idh 'Akhadhnā Mīthāqakum Lā Tasfikūna Dimā'akum Wa Lā Tukhrijūna 'Anfusakum Min Diyārikum Thumma 'Aqrartum Wa 'Antum Tash/hadūna (Al-Baqarah: 84).

Thumma 'Antum Hā'uulā' Taqtulūna 'Anfusakum Wa Tukhrijūna Farīqāan Minkum Min Diyārihim Tažāharūna `Alayhim Bil-'Ithmi Wa Al-`Udwāni Wa 'In Ya'tūkum 'Usārá Tufādūhum Wa Huwa Muĥarramun `Alaykum 'Ikhrājuhum 'A Fatu'uminūna Biba`đi Al-Kitābi Wa Takfurūna Biba`đin Famā Jazā'u Man Yaf`alu Dhālika Minkum 'Illā Khizyun Fī Al-Ĥayāati Ad-Dunyā Wa Yawma Al-Qiyāmati Yuraddūna 'Ilá 'Ashaddi Al-`Adhābi Wa Mā Allāhu Bighāfilin `Ammā Ta`malūna (Al-Baqarah: 85).

'Ūlā'ika Al-Ladhīna Ashtaraw Al-Ĥayāata Ad-Dunyā Bil-'Ākhirati Falā Yukhaffafu `Anhumu Al-`Adhābu Wa Lā Hum Yunşarūna (Al-Baqarah: 86).

Wa Laqad 'Ātaynā Mūsá Al-Kitāba Wa Qaffaynā Min Ba`dihi Bir-Rusuli Wa 'Ātaynā `Īsá Abna Maryama Al-Bayyināti Wa 'Ayyadnāhu Birūĥi Al-Qudusi 'Afakullamā Jā'akum Rasūlun Bimā Lā Tahwá 'Anfusukum Astakbartum Fafarīqāan Kadhdhabtum Wa Farīqāan Taqtulūn (Al-Baqarah: 87).

Wa Qālū Qulūbunā Ghulfun Bal La`anahumu Allāhu Bikufrihim Faqalīlāan Mā Yu'uminūna (Al-Baqarah: 88).

Wa Lammā Jā'ahum Kitābun Min `Indi Allāhi Muşaddiqun Limā Ma`ahum Wa Kānū Min Qablu Yastaftiĥūna `Alá Al-Ladhīna Kafarū Falammā Jā'ahum Mā `Arafū Kafarū Bihi Fala`natu Allāhi `Alá Al-Kāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 89).

Bi'sa Mā Ashtaraw Bihi 'Anfusahum 'An Yakfurū Bimā 'Anzala Allāhu Baghyāan 'An Yunazzila Allāhu Min Fađlih `Alá Man Yashā'u Min `Ibādihi Fabā'ū Bighađabin `Alá Ghađabin Wa Lilkāfirīna `Adhābun Muhīnun (Al-Baqarah: 90).

Wa 'Idhā Qīla Lahum 'Āminū Bimā 'Anzala Allāhu Qālū Nu'uminu Bimā 'Unzila `Alaynā Wa Yakfurūna Bimā Warā'ahu Wa Huwa Al-Ĥaqqu Muşaddiqāan Limā Ma`ahum Qul Falima Taqtulūna 'Anbiyā'a Allāhi Min Qablu 'In Kuntum Mu'uminīna (Al-Baqarah: 91).

Wa Laqad Jā'akum Mūsá Bil-Bayyināti Thumma Attakhadhtumu Al-`Ijla Min Ba`dihi Wa 'Antum Žālimūna (Al-Baqarah: 92).

Wa 'Idh 'Akhadhnā Mīthāqakum Wa Rafa`nā Fawqakumu Aţ-Ţūra Khudhū Mā 'Ātaynākum Biqūwatin Wa Asma`ū Qālū Sami`nā Wa `Aşaynā Wa 'Ushribū Fī Qulūbihimu Al-`Ijla Bikufrihim Qul Bi'samā Ya'murukum Bihi 'Īmānukum 'In Kuntum Mu'uminīna (Al-Baqarah: 93).

Qul 'In Kānat Lakumu Ad-Dāru Al-'Ākhiratu `Inda Allāhi Khālişatan Min Dūni An-Nāsi Fatamannaw Al-Mawta 'In Kuntum Şādiqīna (Al-Baqarah: 94).

Wa Lan Yatamannawhu 'Abadāan Bimā Qaddamat 'Aydīhim Wa Allāhu `Alīmun Biž-Žālimīna (Al-Baqarah: 95).

Wa Latajidannahum 'Aĥraşa An-Nāsi `Alá Ĥayāatin Wa Mina Al-Ladhīna 'Ashrakū Yawaddu 'Aĥaduhum Law Yu`ammaru 'Alfa Sanatin Wa Mā Huwa Bimuzaĥziĥihi Mina Al-`Adhābi 'An Yu`ammara Wa Allāhu Başīrun Bimā Ya`malūna (Al-Baqarah: 96).

Qul Man Kāna `Adūwāan Lijibrīla Fa'innahu Nazzalahu `Alá Qalbika Bi'idhni Allāhi Muşaddiqāan Limā Bayna Yadayhi Wa Hudan Wa Bushrá Lilmu'uminīna (Al-Baqarah: 97).

Man Kāna `Adūwāan Lillāhi Wa Malā'ikatihi Wa Rusulihi Wa Jibrīla Wa Mīkāla Fa'inna Allāha `Adūwun Lilkāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 98).

Wa Laqad 'Anzalnā 'Ilayka 'Āyātin Bayyinātin Wa Mā Yakfuru Bihā 'Illā Al-Fāsiqūna (Al-Baqarah: 99).

'Awakullamā `Āhadū `Ahdāan Nabadhahu Farīqun Minhum Bal 'Aktharuhum Lā Yu'uminūna (Al-Baqarah: 100).

Wa Lammā Jā'ahum Rasūlun Min `Indi Allāhi Muşaddiqun Limā Ma`ahum Nabadha Farīqun Mina Al-Ladhīna 'Ūtū Al-Kitāba Kitāba Allāhi Warā'a Žuhūrihim Ka'annahum Lā Ya`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 101).

Wa Attaba`ū Mā Tatlū Ash-Shayāţīnu `Alá Mulki Sulaymāna Wa Mā Kafara Sulaymānu Wa Lakinna Ash-Shayāţīna Kafarū Yu`allimūna An-Nāsa As-Siĥra Wa Mā 'Unzila `Alá Al-Malakayni Bibābila Hārūta Wa Mārūta Wa Mā Yu`allimāni Min 'Aĥadin Ĥattá Yaqūlā 'Innamā Naĥnu Fitnatun Falā Takfur Fayata`allamūna Minhumā Mā Yufarriqūna Bihi Bayna Al-Mar'i Wa Zawjihi Wa Mā Hum Biđārrīna Bihi Min 'Aĥadin 'Illā Bi'idhni Allāhi Wa Yata`allamūna Mā Yađurruhum Wa Lā Yanfa`uhum Wa Laqad `Alimū Lamani Ashtarāhu Mā Lahu Fī Al-'Ākhirati Min Khalāqin Wa Labi'sa Mā Sharaw Bihi 'Anfusahum Law Kānū Ya`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 102).

Wa Law 'Annahum 'Āmanū Wa Attaqaw Lamathūbatun Min `Indi Allāhi Khayrun Law Kānū Ya`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 103).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Lā Taqūlū Rā`inā Wa Qūlū Anžurnā Wa Asma`ū Wa Lilkāfirīna `Adhābun 'Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 104).

Mā Yawaddu Al-Ladhīna Kafarū Min 'Ahli Al-Kitābi Wa Lā Al-Mushrikīna 'An Yunazzala `Alaykum Min Khayrin Min Rabbikum Wa Allāhu Yakhtaşşu Biraĥmatihi Man Yashā'u Wa Allāhu Dhū Al-Fađli Al-`Ažīmi (Al-Baqarah: 105).

Mā Nansakh Min 'Āyatin 'Aw Nunsihā Na'ti Bikhayrin Minhā 'Aw Mithlihā 'Alam Ta`lam 'Anna Allāha `Alá Kulli Shay'in Qadīrun (Al-Baqarah: 106).

'Alam Ta`lam 'Anna Allāha Lahu Mulku As-Samāwāti Wa Al-'Arđi Wa Mā Lakum Min Dūni Allāhi Min Wa Līyin Wa Lā Naşīrin (Al-Baqarah: 107).

'Am Turīdūna 'An Tas'alū Rasūlakum Kamā Su'ila Mūsá Min Qablu Wa Man Yatabaddali Al-Kufra Bil-'Īmāni Faqad Đalla Sawā'a As-Sabīli (Al-Baqarah: 108).

Wadda Kathīrun Min 'Ahli Al-Kitābi Law Yaruddūnakum Min Ba`di 'Īmānikum Kuffārāan Ĥasadāan Min `Indi 'Anfusihim Min Ba`di Mā Tabayyana Lahumu Al-Ĥaqqu Fā`fū Wa Aşfaĥū Ĥattá Ya'tiya Allāhu Bi'amrihi 'Inna Allāha `Alá Kulli Shay'in Qadīrun (Al-Baqarah: 109).

Wa 'Aqīmū Aş-Şalāata Wa 'Ātū Az-Zakāata Wa Mā Tuqaddimū Li'nfusikum Min Khayrin Tajidūhu `Inda Allāhi 'Inna Allāha Bimā Ta`malūna Başīrun (Al-Baqarah: 110).

Wa Qālū Lan Yadkhula Al-Jannata 'Illā Man Kāna Hūdāan 'Aw Naşārá Tilka 'Amānīyuhum Qul Hātū Burhānakum 'In Kuntum Şādiqīn (Al-Baqarah: 111).

Balá Man 'Aslama Wajhahu Lillāhi Wa Huwa Muĥsinun Falahu 'Ajruhu `Inda Rabbihi Wa Lā Khawfun `Alayhim Wa Lā Hum Yaĥzanūna (Al-Baqarah: 112).

Wa Qālati Al-Yahūdu Laysati An-Naşārá `Alá Shay'in Wa Qālati An-Naşārá Laysati Al-Yahūdu `Alá Shay'in Wa Hum Yatlūna Al-Kitāba Kadhālika Qāla Al-Ladhīna Lā Ya`lamūna Mithla Qawlihim Fa-Allāhu Yaĥkumu Baynahum Yawma Al-Qiyāmati Fīmā Kānū Fīhi Yakhtalifūna (Al-Baqarah: 113).

Wa Man 'Ažlamu Mimman Mana`a Masājida Allāhi 'An Yudhkara Fīhā Asmuhu Wa Sa`á Fī Kharābihā 'Ūlā'ika Mā Kāna Lahum 'An Yadkhulūhā 'Ilā Khā'ifīna Lahum Fī Ad-Dunyā Khizyun Wa Lahum Fī Al-'Ākhirati `Adhābun `Ažīmun (Al-Baqarah: 114).

Wa Lillahi Al-Mashriqu Wa Al-Maghribu Fa'aynamā Tuwallū Fathamma Wajhu Allāhi 'Inna Allāha Wāsi`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 115).

Wa Qālū Attakhadha Allāhu Waladāan Subĥānahu Bal Lahu Mā Fī As-Samāwāti Wa Al-'Arđi Kullun Lahu Qānitūna (Al-Baqarah: 116).

Badī`u As-Samāwāti Wa Al-'Arđi Wa 'Idhā Qađá 'Amrāan Fa'innamā Yaqūlu Lahu Kun Fayakūnu (Al-Baqarah: 117).

Wa Qāla Al-Ladhīna Lā Ya`lamūna Lawlā Yukallimunā Allāhu 'Aw Ta'tīnā 'Āyatun Kadhālika Qāla Al-Ladhīna Min Qablihim Mithla Qawlihim Tashābahat Qulūbuhum Qad Bayyannā Al-'Āyāti Liqawmin Yūqinūna (Al-Baqarah: 118).

'Innā 'Arsalnāka Bil-Ĥaqqi Bashīrāan Wa Nadhīrāan Wa Lā Tus'alu `An 'Aşĥābi Al-Jaĥīmi (Al-Baqarah: 119).

Wa Lan Tarđá `Anka Al-Yahūdu Wa Lā An-Naşārá Ĥattá Tattabi`a Millatahum Qul 'Inna Hudá Allāhi Huwa Al-Hudá Wa La'ini Attaba`ta 'Ahwā'ahum Ba`da Al-Ladhī Jā'aka Mina Al-`Ilmi Mā Laka Mina Allāhi Min Wa Līyin Wa Lā Naşīrin (Al-Baqarah: 120).

Al-Ladhīna 'Ātaynāhumu Al-Kitāba Yatlūnahu Ĥaqqa Tilāwatihi 'Ūlā'ika Yu'uminūna Bihi Wa Man Yakfur Bihi Fa'ūlā'ika Humu Al-Khāsirūna (Al-Baqarah: 121).

Yā Banī 'Isrā'īla Adhkurū Ni`matiya Allatī 'An`amtu `Alaykum Wa 'Annī Fađđaltukum `Alá Al-`Ālamīna (Al-Baqarah: 122).

Wa Attaqū Yawmāan Lā Tajzī Nafsun `An Nafsin Shay'āan Wa Lā Yuqbalu Minhā `Adlun Wa Lā Tanfa`uhā Shafā`atun Wa Lā Hum Yunşarūna (Al-Baqarah: 123).

Wa 'Idh Abtalá 'Ibrāhīma Rabbuhu Bikalimātin Fa'atammahunna Qāla 'Innī Jā`iluka Lilnnāsi 'Imāmāan Qāla Wa Min Dhurrīyatī Qāla Lā Yanālu `Ahdī Až-Žālimīna (Al-Baqarah: 124).

Wa 'Idh Ja`alnā Al-Bayta Mathābatan Lilnnāsi Wa 'Amnāan Wa Attakhidhū Min Maqāmi 'Ibrāhīma Muşallan Wa `Ahidnā 'Ilá 'Ibrāhīma Wa 'Ismā`īla 'An Ţahhirā Baytiya Lilţţā'ifīna Wa Al-`Ākifīna Wa Ar-Rukka`i As-Sujūdi (Al-Baqarah: 125).

Wa 'Idh Qāla 'Ibrāhīmu Rabbi Aj`al Hādhā Baladāan 'Āmināan Wa Arzuq 'Ahlahu Mina Ath-Thamarāti Man 'Āmana Minhum Billāhi Wa Al-Yawmi Al-'Ākhiri Qāla Wa Man Kafara Fa'umatti`uhu Qalīlāan Thumma 'Ađţarruhu 'Ilá `Adhābi An-Nāri Wa Bi'sa Al-Maşīru (Al-Baqarah: 126).

Wa 'Idh Yarfa`u 'Ibrāhīmu Al-Qawā`ida Mina Al-Bayti Wa 'Ismā`īlu Rabbanā Taqabbal Minnā 'Innaka 'Anta As-Samī`u Al-`Alīmu (Al-Baqarah: 127).

Rabbanā Wa Aj`alnā Muslimayni Laka Wa Min Dhurrīyatinā 'Ummatan Muslimatan Laka Wa 'Arinā Manāsikanā Wa Tub `Alaynā 'Innaka 'Anta At-Tawwābu Ar-Raĥīmu (Al-Baqarah: 128).

Rabbanā Wa Ab`ath Fīhim Rasūlāan Minhum Yatlū `Alayhim 'Āyātika Wa Yu`allimuhumu Al-Kitāba Wa Al-Ĥikmata Wa Yuzakkīhim 'Innaka 'Anta Al-`Azīzu Al-Ĥakīmu (Al-Baqarah: 129).

Wa Man Yarghabu `An Millati 'Ibrāhīma 'Illā Man Safiha Nafsahu Wa Laqadi Aşţafaynāhu Fī Ad-Dunyā Wa 'Innahu Fī Al-'Ākhirati Lamina Aş-Şāliĥīna (Al-Baqarah: 130).

'Idh Qāla Lahu Rabbuhu 'Aslim Qāla 'Aslamtu Lirabbi Al-`Ālamīna (Al-Baqarah: 131).

Wa Waşşá Bihā 'Ibrāhīmu Banīhi Wa Ya`qūbu Yā Banīya 'Inna Allāha Aşţafá Lakumu Ad-Dīna Falā Tamūtunna 'Illā Wa 'Antum Muslimūna (Al-Baqarah: 132).

'Am Kuntum Shuhadā'a 'Idh Ĥađara Ya`qūba Al-Mawtu 'Idh Qāla Libanīhi Mā Ta`budūna Min Ba`dī Qālū Na`budu 'Ilahaka Wa 'Ilaha 'Ābā'ika 'Ibrāhīma Wa 'Ismā`īla Wa 'Isĥāqa 'Ilahāan Wāĥidāan Wa Naĥnu Lahu Muslimūna (Al-Baqarah: 133).

Tilka 'Ummatun Qad Khalat Lahā Mā Kasabat Wa Lakum Mā Kasabtum Wa Lā Tus'alūna `Ammā Kānū Ya`malūna (Al-Baqarah: 134).

Wa Qālū Kūnū Hūdāan 'Aw Naşārá Tahtadū Qul Bal Millata 'Ibrāhīma Ĥanīfāan Wa Mā Kāna Mina Al-Mushrikīna (Al-Baqarah: 135).

Qūlū 'Āmannā Billāhi Wa Mā 'Unzila 'Ilaynā Wa Mā 'Unzila 'Ilá 'Ibrāhīma Wa 'Ismā`īla Wa 'Isĥāqa Wa Ya`qūba Wa Al-'Asbāţi Wa Mā 'Ūtiya Mūsá Wa `Īsá Wa Mā 'Ūtiya An-Nabīyūna Min Rabbihim Lā Nufarriqu Bayna 'Aĥadin Minhum Wa Naĥnu Lahu Muslimūna (Al-Baqarah: 136).

Fa'in 'Āmanū Bimithli Mā 'Āmantum Bihi Faqadi Ahtadaw Wa 'In Tawallaw Fa'innamā Hum Fī Shiqāqin Fasayakfīkahumu Allāhu Wa Huwa As-Samī`u Al-`Alīmu (Al-Baqarah: 137).

Şibghata Allāhi Wa Man 'Aĥsanu Mina Allāhi Şibghatan Wa Naĥnu Lahu `Ābidūna (Al-Baqarah: 138).

Qul 'Atuĥājjūnanā Fī Allāhi Wa Huwa Rabbunā Wa Rabbukum Wa Lanā 'A`mālunā Wa Lakum 'A`mālukum Wa Naĥnu Lahu Mukhlişūna (Al-Baqarah: 139).

'Am Taqūlūna 'Inna 'Ibrāhīma Wa 'Ismā`īla Wa 'Isĥāqa Wa Ya`qūba Wa Al-'Asbāţa Kānū Hūdāan 'Aw Naşārá Qul 'A'antum 'A`lamu 'Ami Allāhu Wa Man 'Ažlamu Mimman Katama Shahādatan `Indahu Mina Allāhi Wa Mā Allāhu Bighāfilin `Ammā Ta`malūna (Al-Baqarah: 140).

Tilka 'Ummatun Qad Khalat Lahā Mā Kasabat Wa Lakum Mā Kasabtum Wa Lā Tus'alūna `Ammā Kānū Ya`malūna (Al-Baqarah: 141).

Sayaqūlu As-Sufahā'u Mina An-Nāsi Mā Wa Llāhum `An Qiblatihimu Allatī Kānū `Alayhā Qul Lillāhi Al-Mashriqu Wa Al-Maghribu Yahdī Man Yashā'u 'Ilá Şirāţin Mustaqīmin (Al-Baqarah: 142).

Wa Kadhalika Ja`alnākum 'Ummatan Wasaţāan Litakūnū Shuhadā'a `Alá An-Nāsi Wa Yakūna Ar-Rasūlu `Alaykum Shahīdāan Wa Mā Ja`alnā Al-Qiblata Allatī Kunta `Alayhā 'Illā Lina`lama Man Yattabi`u Ar-Rasūla Mimman Yanqalibu `Alá `Aqibayhi Wa 'In Kānat Lakabīratan 'Illā `Alá Al-Ladhīna Hadá Allāhu Wa Mā Kāna Allāhu Liyuđī`a 'Īmānakum 'Inna Allāha Bin-Nāsi Lara'ūfun Raĥīmun (Al-Baqarah: 143).

Qad Nará Taqalluba Wajhika Fī As-Samā'i Falanuwalliyannaka Qiblatan Tarđāhā Fawalli Wajhaka Shaţra Al-Masjidi Al-Ĥarāmi Wa Ĥaythu Mā Kuntum Fawallū Wujūhakum Shaţrahu Wa 'Inna Al-Ladhīna 'Ūtū Al-Kitāba Laya`lamūna 'Annahu Al-Ĥaqqu Min Rabbihim Wa Mā Allāhu Bighāfilin `Ammā Ya`malūna (Al-Baqarah: 144).

Wa La'in 'Atayta Al-Ladhīna 'Ūtū Al-Kitāba Bikulli 'Āyatin Mā Tabi`ū Qiblataka Wa Mā 'Anta Bitābi`in Qiblatahum Wa Mā Ba`đuhum Bitābi`in Qiblata Ba`đin Wa La'ini Attaba`ta 'Ahwā'ahum Min Ba`di Mā Jā'aka Mina Al-`Ilmi 'Innaka 'Idhāan Lamina Až-Žālimīna (Al-Baqarah: 145).

Al-Ladhīna 'Ātaynāhumu Al-Kitāba Ya`rifūnahu Kamā Ya`rifūna 'Abnā'ahum Wa 'Inna Farīqāan Minhum Layaktumūna Al-Ĥaqqa Wa Hum Ya`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 146).

Al-Ĥaqqu Min Rabbika Falā Takūnanna Mina Al-Mumtarīna (Al-Baqarah: 147).

Wa Likullin Wijhatun Huwa Muwallīhā Fāstabiqū Al-Khayrāti 'Ayna Mā Takūnū Ya'ti Bikumu Allāhu Jamī`āan 'Inna Allāha `Alá Kulli Shay'in Qadīrun (Al-Baqarah: 148).

Wa Min Ĥaythu Kharajta Fawalli Wajhaka Shaţra Al-Masjidi Al-Ĥarāmi Wa 'Innahu Lalĥaqqu Min Rabbika Wa Mā Allāhu Bighāfilin `Ammā Ta`malūna (Al-Baqarah: 149).

Wa Min Ĥaythu Kharajta Fawalli Wajhaka Shaţra Al-Masjidi Al-Ĥarāmi Wa Ĥaythu Mā Kuntum Fawallū Wujūhakum Shaţrahu Li'allā Yakūna Lilnnāsi `Alaykum Ĥujjatun 'Illā Al-Ladhīna Žalamū Minhum Falā Takhshawhum Wa Akhshawnī Wa Li'atimma Ni`matī `Alaykum Wa La`allakum Tahtadūna (Al-Baqarah: 150).

Kamā 'Arsalnā Fīkum Rasūlāan Minkum Yatlū `Alaykum 'Āyātinā Wa Yuzakkīkum Wa Yu`allimukumu Al-Kitāba Wa Al-Ĥikmata Wa Yu`allimukum Mā Lam Takūnū Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 151).

Fādhkurūnī 'Adhkurkum Wa Ashkurū Lī Wa Lā Takfurūni (Al-Baqarah: 152).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Asta`īnū Biş-Şabri Wa Aş-Şalāati 'Inna Allāha Ma`a Aş-Şābirīna (Al-Baqarah: 153).

Wa Lā Taqūlū Liman Yuqtalu Fī Sabīli Allāhi 'Amwātun Bal 'Aĥyā'un Wa Lakin Lā Tash`urūna (Al-Baqarah: 154).

Wa Lanabluwannakum Bishay'in Mina Al-Khawfi Wa Al-Jū`i Wa Naqşin Mina Al-'Amwli Wa Al-'Anfusi Wa Ath-Thamarāti Wa Bashshiri Aş-Şābirīna (Al-Baqarah: 155).

Al-Ladhīna 'Idhā 'Aşābat/hum Muşībatun Qālū 'Innā Lillāhi Wa 'Innā 'Ilayhi Rāji`ūna (Al-Baqarah: 156).

'Ūlā'ika `Alayhim Şalawātun Min Rabbihim Wa Raĥmatun Wa 'Ūlā'ika Humu Al-Muhtadūna (Al-Baqarah: 157).

'Inna Aş-Şafā Wa Al-Marwata Min Sha`ā'iri Allāhi Faman Ĥajja Al-Bayta 'Aw A`tamara Falā Junāĥa `Alayhi 'An Yaţţawwafa Bihimā Wa Man Taţawwa`a Khayrāan Fa'inna Allāha Shākirun `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 158).

'Inna Al-Ladhīna Yaktumūna Mā 'Anzalnā Mina Al-Bayyināti Wa Al-Hudá Min Ba`di Mā Bayyannāhu Lilnnāsi Fī Al-Kitābi 'Ūlā'ika Yal`anuhumu Allāhu Wa Yal`anuhumu Al-Lā`inūna (Al-Baqarah: 159).

'Illā Al-Ladhīna Tābū Wa 'Aşlaĥū Wa Bayyanū Fa'ūlā'ika 'Atūbu `Alayhim Wa 'Anā At-Tawwābu Ar-Raĥīmu (Al-Baqarah: 160).

'Inna Al-Ladhīna Kafarū Wa Mātū Wa Hum Kuffārun 'Ūlā'ika `Alayhim La`natu Allāhi Wa Al-Malā'ikati Wa An-Nāsi 'Ajma`īna (Al-Baqarah: 161).

Khālidīna Fīhā Lā Yukhaffafu `Anhumu Al-`Adhābu Wa Lā Hum Yunžarūna (Al-Baqarah: 162).

Wa 'Ilahukum 'Ilahun Wāĥidun Lā 'Ilāha 'Illā Huwa Ar-Raĥmānu Ar-Raĥīmu (Al-Baqarah: 163).

'Inna Fī Khalqi As-Samāwāti Wa Al-'Arđi Wa Akhtilāfi Al-Layli Wa An-Nahāri Wa Al-Fulki Allatī Tajrī Fī Al-Baĥri Bimā Yanfa`u An-Nāsa Wa Mā 'Anzala Allāhu Mina As-Samā'i Min Mā'in Fa'aĥyā Bihi Al-'Arđa Ba`da Mawtihā Wa Baththa Fīhā Min Kulli Dābbatin Wa Taşrīfi Ar-Riyāĥi Wa As-Saĥābi Al-Musakhkhari Bayna As-Samā'i Wa Al-'Arđi La'āyātin Liqawmin Ya`qilūna (Al-Baqarah: 164).

Wa Mina An-Nāsi Man Yattakhidhu Min Dūni Allāhi 'Andādāan Yuĥibbūnahum Kaĥubbi Allāhi Wa Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū 'Ashaddu Ĥubbāan Lillāhi Wa Law Yará Al-Ladhīna Žalamū 'Idh Yarawna Al-`Adhāba 'Anna Al-Qūwata Lillāhi Jamī`āan Wa 'Anna Allāha Shadīdu Al-`Adhābi (Al-Baqarah: 165).

'Idh Tabarra'a Al-Ladhīna Attubi`ū Mina Al-Ladhīna Attaba`ū Wa Ra'aw Al-`Adhāba Wa Taqaţţa`at Bihimu Al-'Asbābu (Al-Baqarah: 166).

Wa Qāla Al-Ladhīna Attaba`ū Law 'Anna Lanā Karratan Fanatabarra'a Minhum Kamā Tabarra'ū Minnā Kadhālika Yurīhimu Allāhu 'A`mālahum Ĥasarātin `Alayhim Wa Mā Hum Bikhārijīna Mina An-Nāri (Al-Baqarah: 167).

Yā 'Ayyuhā An-Nāsu Kulū Mimmā Fī Al-'Arđi Ĥalālāan Ţayyibāan Wa Lā Tattabi`ū Khuţuwāti Ash-Shayţāni 'Innahu Lakum `Adūwun Mubīn (Al-Baqarah: 168).

'Innamā Ya'murukum Bis-Sū'i Wa Al-Faĥshā'i Wa 'An Taqūlū `Alá Allāhi Mā Lā Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 169).

Wa 'Idhā Qīla Lahum Attabi`ū Mā 'Anzala Allāhu Qālū Bal Nattabi`u Mā 'Alfaynā `Alayhi 'Ābā'anā 'Awalaw Kāna 'Ābā'uuhum Lā Ya`qilūna Shay'āan Wa Lā Yahtadūna (Al-Baqarah: 170).

Wa Mathalu Al-Ladhīna Kafarū Kamathali Al-Ladhī Yan`iqu Bimā Lā Yasma`u 'Illā Du`ā'an Wa Nidā'an Şummun Bukmun `Umyun Fahum Lā Ya`qilūna (Al-Baqarah: 171).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Kulū Min Ţayyibāti Mā Razaqnākum Wa Ashkurū Lillāhi 'In Kuntum 'Īyāhu Ta`budūna (Al-Baqarah: 172).

'Innamā Ĥarrama `Alaykumu Al-Maytata Wa Ad-Dama Wa Laĥma Al-Khinzīri Wa Mā 'Uhilla Bihi Lighayri Allāhi Famani Ađţurra Ghayra Bāghin Wa Lā `Ādin Falā 'Ithma `Alayhi 'Inna Allāha Ghafūrun Raĥīmun (Al-Baqarah: 173).

'Inna Al-Ladhīna Yaktumūna Mā 'Anzala Allāhu Mina Al-Kitābi Wa Yashtarūna Bihi Thamanāan Qalīlāan 'Ūlā'ika Mā Ya'kulūna Fī Buţūnihim 'Illā An-Nāra Wa Lā Yukallimuhumu Allāhu Yawma Al-Qiyāmati Wa Lā Yuzakkīhim Wa Lahum `Adhābun 'Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 174).

'Ūlā'ika Al-Ladhīna Ashtaraw Ađ-Đalālata Bil-Hudá Wa Al-`Adhāba Bil-Maghfirati Famā 'Aşbarahum `Alá An-Nāri (Al-Baqarah: 175).

Dhālika Bi'anna Allāha Nazzala Al-Kitāba Bil-Ĥaqqi Wa 'Inna Al-Ladhīna Akhtalafū Fī Al-Kitābi Lafī Shiqāqin Ba`īdin (Al-Baqarah: 176).

Laysa Al-Birra 'An Tuwallū Wujūhakum Qibala Al-Mashriqi Wa Al-Maghribi Wa Lakinna Al-Birra Man 'Āmana Billāhi Wa Al-Yawmi Al-'Ākhiri Wa Al-Malā'ikati Wa Al-Kitābi Wa An-Nabīyīna Wa 'Ātá Al-Māla `Alá Ĥubbihi Dhawī Al-Qurbá Wa Al-Yatāmá Wa Al-Masākīna Wa Abna As-Sabīli Wa As-Sā'ilīna Wa Fī Ar-Riqābi Wa 'Aqāma Aş-Şalāata Wa 'Ātá Az-Zakāata Wa Al-Mūfūna Bi`ahdihim 'Idhā `Āhadū Wa Aş-Şābirīna Fī Al-Ba'sā'i Wa Ađ-Đarrā'i Wa Ĥīna Al-Ba'si 'Ūlā'ika Al-Ladhīna Şadaqū Wa 'Ūlā'ika Humu Al-Muttaqūna (Al-Baqarah: 177).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Kutiba `Alaykumu Al-Qişāşu Fī Al-Qatlá Al-Ĥurru Bil-Ĥurri Wa Al-`Abdu Bil-`Abdi Wa Al-'Unthá Bil-'Unthá Faman `Ufiya Lahu Min 'Akhīhi Shay'un Fa Attibā`un Bil-Ma`rūfi Wa 'Adā'un 'Ilayhi Bi'iĥsānin Dhālika Takhfīfun Min Rabbikum Wa Raĥmatun Famani A`tadá Ba`da Dhālika Falahu `Adhābun 'Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 178).

Wa Lakum Fī Al-Qişāşi Ĥayāatun Yā 'Ūlī Al-'Albābi La`allakum Tattaqūna (Al-Baqarah: 179).

Kutiba `Alaykum 'Idhā Ĥađara 'Aĥadakumu Al-Mawtu 'In Taraka Khayrāan Al-Waşīyatu Lilwālidayni Wa Al-'Aqrabīna Bil-Ma`rūfi Ĥaqqāan `Alá Al-Muttaqīna (Al-Baqarah: 180).

Faman Baddalahu Ba`damā Sami`ahu Fa'innamā 'Ithmuhu `Alá Al-Ladhīna Yubaddilūnahu 'Inna Allāha Samī`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 181).

Faman Khāfa Min Mūşin Janafāan 'Aw 'Ithmāan Fa'aşlaĥa Baynahum Falā 'Ithma `Alayhi 'Inna Allāha Ghafūrun Raĥīmun (Al-Baqarah: 182).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Kutiba `Alaykumu Aş-Şiyāmu Kamā Kutiba `Alá Al-Ladhīna Min Qablikum La`allakum Tattaqūna (Al-Baqarah: 183).

'Ayyāmāan Ma`dūdātin Faman Kāna Minkum Marīđāan 'Aw `Alá Safarin Fa`iddatun Min 'Ayyāmin 'Ukhara Wa `Alá Al-Ladhīna Yuţīqūnahu Fidyatun Ţa`āmu Miskīnin Faman Taţawwa`a Khayrāan Fahuwa Khayrun Lahu Wa 'An Taşūmū Khayrun Lakum 'In Kuntum Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 184).

Shahru Ramađāna Al-Ladhī 'Unzila Fīhi Al-Qur'ānu Hudan Lilnnāsi Wa Bayyinātin Mina Al-Hudá Wa Al-Furqāni Faman Shahida Minkumu Ash-Shahra Falyaşumhu Wa Man Kāna Marīđāan 'Aw `Alá Safarin Fa`iddatun Min 'Ayyāmin 'Ukhara Yurīdu Allāhu Bikumu Al-Yusra Wa Lā Yurīdu Bikumu Al-`Usra Wa Litukmilū Al-`Iddata Wa Litukabbirū Allāha `Alá Mā Hadākum Wa La`allakum Tashkurūna (Al-Baqarah: 185).

Wa 'Idhā Sa'alaka `Ibādī `Annī Fa'innī Qarībun 'Ujību Da`wata Ad-Dā`i 'Idhā Da`āni Falyastajībū Lī Wa Līu'uminū Bī La`allahum Yarshudūna (Al-Baqarah: 186).

'Uĥilla Lakum Laylata Aş-Şiyāmi Ar-Rafathu 'Ilá Nisā'ikum Hunna Libāsun Lakum Wa 'Antum Libāsun Lahunna `Alima Allāhu 'Annakum Kuntum Takhtānūna 'Anfusakum Fatāba `Alaykum Wa `Afā `Ankum Fāl'āna Bāshirūhunna Wa Abtaghū Mā Kataba Allāhu Lakum Wa Kulū Wa Ashrabū Ĥattá Yatabayyana Lakumu Al-Khayţu Al-'Abyađu Mina Al-Khayţi Al-'Aswadi Mina Al-Fajri Thumma 'Atimmū Aş-Şiyāma 'Ilá Al-Layli Wa Lā Tubāshirūhunna Wa 'Antum `Ākifūna Fī Al-Masājidi Tilka Ĥudūdu Allāhi Falā Taqrabūhā Kadhālika Yubayyinu Allāhu 'Āyātihi Lilnnāsi La`allahum Yattaqūna (Al-Baqarah: 187).

Wa Lā Ta'kulū 'Amwālakum Baynakum Bil-Bāţili Wa Tudlū Bihā 'Ilá Al-Ĥukkāmi Lita'kulū Farīqāan Min 'Amwāli An-Nāsi Bil-'Ithmi Wa 'Antum Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 188).

Yas'alūnaka `Ani Al-'Ahillati Qul Hiya Mawāqītu Lilnnāsi Wa Al-Ĥajji Wa Laysa Al-Birru Bi'an Ta'tū Al-Buyūta Min Žuhūrihā Wa Lakinna Al-Birra Mani Attaqá Wa 'Tū Al-Buyūta Min 'Abwābihā Wa Attaqū Allāha La`allakum Tufliĥūna (Al-Baqarah: 189).

Wa Qātilū Fī Sabīli Allāhi Al-Ladhīna Yuqātilūnakum Wa Lā Ta`tadū 'Inna Allāha Lā Yuĥibbu Al-Mu`tadīna (Al-Baqarah: 190).

Wāqtulūhum Ĥaythu Thaqiftumūhum Wa 'Akhrijūhum Min Ĥaythu 'Akhrajūkum Wa Al-Fitnatu 'Ashaddu Mina Al-Qatli Wa Lā Tuqātilūhum `Inda Al-Masjidi Al-Ĥarāmi Ĥattá Yuqātilūkum Fīhi Fa'in Qātalūkum Fāqtulūhum Kadhālika Jazā'u Al-Kāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 191).

Fa'ini Antahaw Fa'inna Allāha Ghafūrun Raĥīmun (Al-Baqarah: 192).

Wa Qātilūhum Ĥattá Lā Takūna Fitnatun Wa Yakūna Ad-Dīnu Lillāhi Fa'ini Antahaw Falā `Udwāna 'Illā `Alá Až-Žālimīna (Al-Baqarah: 193).

Ash-Shahru Al-Ĥarāmu Bish-Shahri Al-Ĥarāmi Wa Al-Ĥurumātu Qişāşun Famani A`tadá `Alaykum Fā`tadū `Alayhi Bimithli Mā A`tadá `Alaykum Wa Attaqū Allāha Wa A`lamū 'Anna Allāha Ma`a Al-Muttaqīna (Al-Baqarah: 194).

Wa 'Anfiqū Fī Sabīli Allāhi Wa Lā Tulqū Bi'aydīkum 'Ilá At-Tahlukati Wa 'Aĥsinū 'Inna Allāha Yuĥibbu Al-Muĥsinīna (Al-Baqarah: 195).

Wa 'Atimmū Al-Ĥajja Wa Al-`Umrata Lillāhi Fa'in 'Uĥşirtum Famā Astaysara Mina Al-Hadyi Wa Lā Taĥliqū Ru'ūsakum Ĥattá Yablugha Al-Hadyu Maĥillahu Faman Kāna Minkum Marīđāan 'Aw Bihi 'Adhan Min Ra'sihi Fafidyatun Min Şiyāmin 'Aw Şadaqatin 'Aw Nusukin Fa'idhā 'Amintum Faman Tamatta`a Bil-`Umrati 'Ilá Al-Ĥajji Famā Astaysara Mina Al-Hadyi Faman Lam Yajid Faşiyāmu Thalāthati 'Ayyāmin Fī Al-Ĥajji Wa Sab`atin 'Idhā Raja`tum Tilka `Asharatun Kāmilatun Dhālika Liman Lam Yakun 'Ahluhu Ĥāđirī Al-Masjidi Al-Ĥarāmi Wa Attaqū Allāha Wa A`lamū 'Anna Allāha Shadīdu Al-`Iqābi (Al-Baqarah: 196).

Al-Ĥajju 'Ash/hurun Ma`lūmātun Faman Farađa Fīhinna Al-Ĥajja Falā Rafatha Wa Lā Fusūqa Wa Lā Jidāla Fī Al-Ĥajji Wa Mā Taf`alū Min Khayrin Ya`lamhu Allāhu Wa Tazawwadū Fa'inna Khayra Az-Zādi At-Taqwá Wa Attaqūnī Yā 'Ūlī Al-'Albābi (Al-Baqarah: 197).

Laysa `Alaykum Junāĥun 'An Tabtaghū Fađlāan Min Rabbikum Fa'idhā 'Afađtum Min `Arafātin Fādhkurū Allāha `Inda Al-Mash`ari Al-Ĥarāmi Wa Adhkurūhu Kamā Hadākum Wa 'In Kuntum Min Qablihi Lamina Ađ-Đāllīna (Al-Baqarah: 198).

Thumma 'Afīđū Min Ĥaythu 'Afāđa An-Nāsu Wa Astaghfirū Allāha 'Inna Allāha Ghafūrun Raĥīmun (Al-Baqarah: 199).

Fa'idhā Qađaytum Manāsikakum Fādhkurū Allāha Kadhikrikum 'Ābā'akum 'Aw 'Ashadda Dhikrāan Famina An-Nāsi Man Yaqūlu Rabbanā 'Ātinā Fī Ad-Dunyā Wa Mā Lahu Fī Al-'Ākhirati Min Khalāqin (Al-Baqarah: 200).

Wa Minhum Man Yaqūlu Rabbanā 'Ātinā Fī Ad-Dunyā Ĥasanatan Wa Fī Al-'Ākhirati Ĥasanatan Wa Qinā `Adhāba An-Nāri (Al-Baqarah: 201).

'Ūlā'ika Lahum Naşībun Mimmā Kasabū Wa Allāhu Sarī`u Al-Ĥisābi (Al-Baqarah: 202).

Wa Adhkurū Allāha Fī 'Ayyāmin Ma`dūdātin Faman Ta`ajjala Fī Yawmayni Falā 'Ithma `Alayhi Wa Man Ta'akhkhara Falā 'Ithma `Alayhi Limani Attaqá Wa Attaqū Allāha Wa A`lamū 'Annakum 'Ilayhi Tuĥsharūna (Al-Baqarah: 203).

Wa Mina An-Nāsi Man Yu`jibuka Qawluhu Fī Al-Ĥayāati Ad-Dunyā Wa Yush/hidu Allāha `Alá Mā Fī Qalbihi Wa Huwa 'Aladdu Al-Khişāmi (Al-Baqarah: 204).

Wa 'Idhā Tawallá Sa`á Fī Al-'Arđi Liyufsida Fīhā Wa Yuhlika Al-Ĥartha Wa An-Nasla Wa Allāhu Lā Yuĥibbu Al-Fasāda (Al-Baqarah: 205).

Wa 'Idhā Qīla Lahu Attaqi Allāha 'Akhadhat/hu Al-`Izzatu Bil-'Ithmi Faĥasbuhu Jahannamu Wa Labi'sa Al-Mihādu (Al-Baqarah: 206).

Wa Mina An-Nāsi Man Yashrī Nafsahu Abtighā'a Marđāati Allāhi Wa Allāhu Ra'ūfun Bil-`Ibādi (Al-Baqarah: 207).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Adkhulū Fī As-Silmi Kāffatan Wa Lā Tattabi`ū Khuţuwāti Ash-Shayţāni 'Innahu Lakum `Adūwun Mubīnun (Al-Baqarah: 208).

Fa'in Zalaltum Min Ba`di Mā Jā'atkumu Al-Bayyinātu Fā`lamū 'Anna Allāha `Azīzun Ĥakīmun (Al-Baqarah: 209).

Hal Yanžurūna 'Illā 'An Ya'tiyahumu Allāhu Fī Žulalin Mina Al-Ghamāmi Wa Al-Malā'ikatu Wa Quđiya Al-'Amru Wa 'Ilá Allāhi Turja`u Al-'Umūru (Al-Baqarah: 210).

Sal Banī 'Isrā'īla Kam 'Ātaynāhum Min 'Āyatin Bayyinatin Wa Man Yubaddil Ni`mata Allāhi Min Ba`di Mā Jā'at/hu Fa'inna Allāha Shadīdu Al-`Iqābi (Al-Baqarah: 211).

Zuyyina Lilladhīna Kafarū Al-Ĥayāatu Ad-Dunyā Wa Yaskharūna Mina Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Wa Al-Ladhīna Attaqaw Fawqahum Yawma Al-Qiyāmati Wa Allāhu Yarzuqu Man Yashā'u Bighayri Ĥisābin (Al-Baqarah: 212).

Kāna An-Nāsu 'Ummatan Wāĥidatan Faba`atha Allāhu An-Nabīyīna Mubashshirīna Wa Mundhirīna Wa 'Anzala Ma`ahumu Al-Kitāba Bil-Ĥaqqi Liyaĥkuma Bayna An-Nāsi Fīmā Akhtalafū Fīhi Wa Mā Akhtalafa Fīhi 'Illā Al-Ladhīna 'Ūtūhu Min Ba`di Mā Jā'at/humu Al-Bayyinātu Baghyāan Baynahum Fahadá Allāhu Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Limā Akhtalafū Fīhi Mina Al-Ĥaqqi Bi'idhnihi Wa Allāhu Yahdī Man Yashā'u 'Ilá Şirāţin Mustaqīmin (Al-Baqarah: 213).

'Am Ĥasibtum 'An Tadkhulū Al-Jannata Wa Lammā Ya'tikum Mathalu Al-Ladhīna Khalaw Min Qablikum Massat/humu Al-Ba'sā'u Wa Ađ-Đarrā'u Wa Zulzilū Ĥattá Yaqūla Ar-Rasūlu Wa Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Ma`ahu Matá Naşru Allāhi 'Alā 'Inna Naşra Allāhi Qarībun (Al-Baqarah: 214).

Yas'alūnaka Mādhā Yunfiqūna Qul Mā 'Anfaqtum Min Khayrin Falilwālidayni Wa Al-'Aqrabīna Wa Al-Yatāmá Wa Al-Masākīni Wa Abni As-Sabīli Wa Mā Taf`alū Min Khayrin Fa'inna Allāha Bihi `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 215).

Kutiba `Alaykumu Al-Qitālu Wa Huwa Kurhun Lakum Wa `Asá 'An Takrahū Shay'āan Wa Huwa Khayrun Lakum Wa `Asá 'An Tuĥibbū Shay'āan Wa Huwa Sharrun Lakum Wa Allāhu Ya`lamu Wa 'Antum Lā Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 216).

Yas'alūnaka `Ani Ash-Shahri Al-Ĥarāmi Qitālin Fīhi Qul Qitālun Fīhi Kabīrun Wa Şaddun `An Sabīli Allāhi Wa Kufrun Bihi Wa Al-Masjidi Al-Ĥarāmi Wa 'Ikhrāju 'Ahlihi Minhu 'Akbaru `Inda Allāhi Wa Al-Fitnatu 'Akbaru Mina Al-Qatli Wa Lā Yazālūna Yuqātilūnakum Ĥattá Yaruddūkum `An Dīnikum 'Ini Astaţā`ū Wa Man Yartadid Minkum `An Dīnihi Fayamut Wa Huwa Kāfirun Fa'ūlā'ika Ĥabiţat 'A`māluhum Fī Ad-Dunyā Wa Al-'Ākhirati Wa 'Ūlā'ika 'Aşĥābu An-Nāri Hum Fīhā Khālidūna (Al-Baqarah: 217).

'Inna Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Wa Al-Ladhīna Hājarū Wa Jāhadū Fī Sabīli Allāhi 'Ūlā'ika Yarjūna Raĥmata Allāhi Wa Allāhu Ghafūrun Raĥīmun (Al-Baqarah: 218).

Yas'alūnaka `Ani Al-Khamri Wa Al-Maysiri Qul Fīhimā 'Ithmun Kabīrun Wa Manāfi`u Lilnnāsi Wa 'Ithmuhumā 'Akbaru Min Naf`ihimā Wa Yas'alūnaka Mādhā Yunfiqūna Quli Al-`Afwa Kadhālika Yubayyinu Allāhu Lakumu Al-'Āyāti La`allakum Tatafakkarūna (Al-Baqarah: 219).

Fī Ad-Dunyā Wa Al-'Ākhirati Wa Yas'alūnaka `Ani Al-Yatāmá Qul 'Işlāĥun Lahum Khayrun Wa 'In Tukhāliţūhum Fa'ikhwānukum Wa Allāhu Ya`lamu Al-Mufsida Mina Al-Muşliĥi Wa Law Shā'a Allāhu La'a`natakum 'Inna Allāha `Azīzun Ĥakīmun (Al-Baqarah: 220).

Wa Lā Tankiĥū Al-Mushrikāti Ĥattá Yu'uminna Wa La'amatun Mu'uminatun Khayrun Min Mushrikatin Wa Law 'A`jabatkum Wa Lā Tunkiĥū Al-Mushrikīna Ĥattá Yu'uminū Wa La`abdun Mu'uminun Khayrun Min Mushrikin Wa Law 'A`jabakum 'Ūlā'ika Yad`ūna 'Ilá An-Nāri Wa Allāhu Yad`ū 'Ilá Al-Jannati Wa Al-Maghfirati Bi'idhnihi Wa Yubayyinu 'Āyātihi Lilnnāsi La`allahum Yatadhakkarūna (Al-Baqarah: 221).

Wa Yas'alūnaka `Ani Al-Maĥīđi Qul Huwa 'Adhan Fā`tazilū An-Nisā' Fī Al-Maĥīđi Wa Lā Taqrabūhunna Ĥattá Yaţhurna Fa'idhā Taţahharna Fa'tūhunna Min Ĥaythu 'Amarakumu Allāhu 'Inna Allāha Yuĥibbu At-Tawwābīna Wa Yuĥibbu Al-Mutaţahhirīna (Al-Baqarah: 222).

Nisā'uukum Ĥarthun Lakum Fa'tū Ĥarthakum 'Anná Shi'tum Wa Qaddimū Li'nfusikum Wa Attaqū Allāha Wa A`lamū 'Annakum Mulāqūhu Wa Bashshiri Al-Mu'uminīna (Al-Baqarah: 223).

Wa Lā Taj`alū Allāha `Urđatan Li'ymānikum 'An Tabarrū Wa Tattaqū Wa Tuşliĥū Bayna An-Nāsi Wa Allāhu Samī`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 224).

Lā Yu'uākhidhukumu Allāhu Bil-Laghwi Fī 'Aymānikum Wa Lakin Yu'uākhidhukum Bimā Kasabat Qulūbukum Wa Allāhu Ghafūrun Ĥalīmun (Al-Baqarah: 225).

Lilladhīna Yu'ulūna Min Nisā'ihim Tarabbuşu 'Arba`ati 'Ash/hurin Fa'in Fā'ū Fa'inna Allāha Ghafūrun Raĥīmun (Al-Baqarah: 226).

Wa 'In `Azamū Aţ-Ţalāqa Fa'inna Allāha Samī`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 227).

Wa Al-Muţallaqātu Yatarabbaşna Bi'anfusihinna Thalāthata Qurū'in Wa Lā Yaĥillu Lahunna 'An Yaktumna Mā Khalaqa Allāhu Fī 'Arĥāmihinna 'In Kunna Yu'uminna Billāhi Wa Al-Yawmi Al-'Ākhiri Wa Bu`ūlatuhunna 'Aĥaqqu Biraddihinna Fī Dhālika 'In 'Arādū 'Işlāĥāan Wa Lahunna Mithlu Al-Ladhī `Alayhinna Bil-Ma`rūfi Wa Lilrrijāli `Alayhinna Darajatun Wa Allāhu `Azīzun Ĥakīmun (Al-Baqarah: 228).

Aţ-Ţalāqu Marratāni Fa'imsākun Bima`rūfin 'Aw Tasrīĥun Bi'iĥsānin Wa Lā Yaĥillu Lakum 'An Ta'khudhū Mimmā 'Ātaytumūhunna Shay'āan 'Illā 'An Yakhāfā 'Allā Yuqīmā Ĥudūda Allāhi Fa'in Khiftum 'Allā Yuqīmā Ĥudūda Allāhi Falā Junāĥa `Alayhimā Fīmā Aftadat Bihi Tilka Ĥudūdu Allāhi Falā Ta`tadūhā Wa Man Yata`adda Ĥudūda Allāhi Fa'ūlā'ika Humu Až-Žālimūna (Al-Baqarah: 229).

Fa'in Ţallaqahā Falā Taĥillu Lahu Min Ba`du Ĥattá Tankiĥa Zawjāan Ghayrahu Fa'in Ţallaqahā Falā Junāĥa `Alayhimā 'An Yatarāja`ā 'In Žannā 'An Yuqīmā Ĥudūda Allāhi Wa Tilka Ĥudūdu Allāhi Yubayyinuhā Liqawmin Ya`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 230).

Wa 'Idhā Ţallaqtumu An-Nisā' Fabalaghna 'Ajalahunna Fa'amsikūhunna Bima`rūfin 'Aw Sarriĥūhunna Bima`rūfin Wa Lā Tumsikūhunna Đirārāan Lita`tadū Wa Man Yaf`al Dhālika Faqad Žalama Nafsahu Wa Lā Tattakhidhū 'Āyāti Allāhi Huzūan Wa Adhkurū Ni`mata Allāhi `Alaykum Wa Mā 'Anzala `Alaykum Mina Al-Kitābi Wa Al-Ĥikmati Ya`ižukum Bihi Wa Attaqū Allāha Wa A`lamū 'Anna Allāha Bikulli Shay'in `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 231).

Wa 'Idhā Ţallaqtumu An-Nisā' Fabalaghna 'Ajalahunna Falā Ta`đulūhunna 'An Yankiĥna 'Azwājahunna 'Idhā Tarāđaw Baynahum Bil-Ma`rūfi Dhālika Yū`ažu Bihi Man Kāna Minkum Yu'uminu Billāhi Wa Al-Yawmi Al-'Ākhiri Dhālikum 'Azká Lakum Wa 'Aţharu Wa Allāhu Ya`lamu Wa 'Antum Lā Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 232).

Wa Al-Wālidātu Yurđi`na 'Awlādahunna Ĥawlayni Kāmilayni Liman 'Arāda 'An Yutimma Ar-Rađā`ata Wa `Alá Al-Mawlūdi Lahu Rizquhunna Wa Kiswatuhunna Bil-Ma`rūfi Lā Tukallafu Nafsun 'Illā Wus`ahā Lā Tuđārra Wa A-Datun Biwaladihā Wa Lā Mawlūdun Lahu Biwaladihi Wa `Alá Al-Wārithi Mithlu Dhālika Fa'in 'Arādā Fişālāan `An Tarāđin Minhumā Wa Tashāwurin Falā Junāĥa `Alayhimā Wa 'In 'Aradtum 'An Tastarđi`ū 'Awlādakum Falā Junāĥa `Alaykum 'Idhā Sallamtum Mā 'Ātaytum Bil-Ma`rūfi Wa Attaqū Allāha Wa A`lamū 'Anna Allāha Bimā Ta`malūna Başīrun (Al-Baqarah: 233).

Wa Al-Ladhīna Yutawaffawna Minkum Wa Yadharūna 'Azwājāan Yatarabbaşna Bi'anfusihinna 'Arba`ata 'Ash/hurin Wa `Ashrāan Fa'idhā Balaghna 'Ajalahunna Falā Junāĥa `Alaykum Fīmā Fa`alna Fī 'Anfusihinna Bil-Ma`rūfi Wa Allāhu Bimā Ta`malūna Khabīrun (Al-Baqarah: 234).

Wa Lā Junāĥa `Alaykum Fīmā `Arrađtum Bihi Min Khiţbati An-Nisā' 'Aw 'Aknantum Fī 'Anfusikum `Alima Allāhu 'Annakum Satadhkurūnahunna Wa Lakin Lā Tuwā`idūhunna Sirrāan 'Illā 'An Taqūlū Qawlāan Ma`rūfāan Wa Lā Ta`zimū `Uqdata An-Nikāĥi Ĥattá Yablugha Al-Kitābu 'Ajalahu Wa A`lamū 'Anna Allāha Ya`lamu Mā Fī 'Anfusikum Fāĥdharūhu Wa A`lamū 'Anna Allāha Ghafūrun Ĥalīmun (Al-Baqarah: 235).

Lā Junāĥa `Alaykum 'In Ţallaqtumu An-Nisā' Mā Lam Tamassūhunna 'Aw Tafriđū Lahunna Farīđatan Wa Matti`ūhunna `Alá Al-Mūsi`i Qadaruhu Wa `Alá Al-Muqtiri Qadaruhu Matā`āan Bil-Ma`rūfi Ĥaqqāan `Alá Al-Muĥsinīna (Al-Baqarah: 236).

Wa 'In Ţallaqtumūhunna Min Qabli 'An Tamassūhunna Wa Qad Farađtum Lahunna Farīđatan Fanişfu Mā Farađtum 'Illā 'An Ya`fūna 'Aw Ya`fuwa Al-Ladhī Biyadihi `Uqdatu An-Nikāĥi Wa 'An Ta`fū 'Aqrabu Lilttaqwá Wa Lā Tansaw Al-Fađla Baynakum 'Inna Allāha Bimā Ta`malūna Başīrun (Al-Baqarah: 237).

Ĥāfižū `Alá Aş-Şalawāti Wa Aş-Şalāati Al-Wusţá Wa Qūmū Lillāhi Qānitīna (Al-Baqarah: 238).

Fa'in Khiftum Farijālāan 'Aw Rukbānāan Fa'idhā 'Amintum Fādhkurū Allāha Kamā `Allamakum Mā Lam Takūnū Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 239).

Wa Al-Ladhīna Yutawaffawna Minkum Wa Yadharūna 'Azwājāan Waşīyatan Li'zwājihim Matā`āan 'Ilá Al-Ĥawli Ghayra 'Ikhrājin Fa'in Kharajna Falā Junāĥa `Alaykum Fī Mā Fa`alna Fī 'Anfusihinna Min Ma`rūfin Wa Allāhu `Azīzun Ĥakīmun (Al-Baqarah: 240).

Wa Lilmuţallaqāti Matā`un Bil-Ma`rūfi Ĥaqqāan `Alá Al-Muttaqīna (Al-Baqarah: 241).

Kadhālika Yubayyinu Allāhu Lakum 'Āyātihi La`allakum Ta`qilūna (Al-Baqarah: 242).

'Alam Tara 'Ilá Al-Ladhīna Kharajū Min Diyārihim Wa Hum 'Ulūfun Ĥadhara Al-Mawti Faqāla Lahumu Allāhu Mūtū Thumma 'Aĥyāhum 'Inna Allāha Ladhū Fađlin `Alá An-Nāsi Wa Lakinna 'Akthara An-Nāsi Lā Yashkurūna (Al-Baqarah: 243).

Wa Qātilū Fī Sabīli Allāhi Wa A`lamū 'Anna Allāha Samī`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 244).

Man Dhā Al-Ladhī Yuqriđu Allāha Qarđāan Ĥasanāan Fayuđā`ifahu Lahu 'Ađ`āfāan Kathīratan Wa Allāhu Yaqbiđu Wa Yabsuţu Wa 'Ilayhi Turja`ūna (Al-Baqarah: 245).

'Alam Tara 'Ilá Al-Mala'i Min Banī 'Isrā'īla Min Ba`di Mūsá 'Idh Qālū Linabīyin Lahum Ab`ath Lanā Malikāan Nuqātil Fī Sabīli Allāhi Qāla Hal `Asaytum 'In Kutiba `Alaykumu Al-Qitālu 'Allā Tuqātilū Qālū Wa Mā Lanā 'Allā Nuqātila Fī Sabīli Allāhi Wa Qad 'Ukhrijnā Min Diyārinā Wa 'Abnā'inā Falammā Kutiba `Alayhimu Al-Qitālu Tawallaw 'Illā Qalīlāan Minhum Wa Allāhu `Alīmun Biž-Žālimīna (Al-Baqarah: 246).

Wa Qāla Lahum Nabīyuhum 'Inna Allāha Qad Ba`atha Lakum Ţālūta Malikāan Qālū 'Anná Yakūnu Lahu Al-Mulku `Alaynā Wa Naĥnu 'Aĥaqqu Bil-Mulki Minhu Wa Lam Yu'uta Sa`atan Mina Al-Māli Qāla 'Inna Allāha Aşţafāhu `Alaykum Wa Zādahu Basţatan Fī Al-`Ilmi Wa Al-Jismi Wa Allāhu Yu'utī Mulkahu Man Yashā'u Wa Allāhu Wāsi`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 247).

Wa Qāla Lahum Nabīyuhum 'Inna 'Āyata Mulkihi 'An Ya'tiyakumu At-Tābūtu Fīhi Sakīnatun Min Rabbikum Wa Baqīyatun Mimmā Taraka 'Ālu Mūsá Wa 'Ālu Hārūna Taĥmiluhu Al-Malā'ikatu 'Inna Fī Dhālika La'āyatan Lakum 'In Kuntum Mu'uminīna (Al-Baqarah: 248).

Falammā Faşala Ţālūtu Bil-Junūdi Qāla 'Inna Allāha Mubtalīkum Binaharin Faman Shariba Minhu Falaysa Minnī Wa Man Lam Yaţ`amhu Fa'innahu Minnī 'Illā Mani Aghtarafa Ghurfatan Biyadihi Fasharibū Minhu 'Illā Qalīlāan Minhum Falammā Jāwazahu Huwa Wa Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Ma`ahu Qālū Lā Ţāqata Lanā Al-Yawma Bijālūta Wa Junūdihi Qāla Al-Ladhīna Yažunnūna 'Annahum Mulāqū Allāhi Kam Min Fi'atin Qalīlatin Ghalabat Fi'atan Kathīratan Bi'idhni Allāhi Wa Allāhu Ma`a Aş-Şābirīna (Al-Baqarah: 249).

Wa Lammā Barazū Lijālūta Wa Junūdihi Qālū Rabbanā 'Afrigh `Alaynā Şabrāan Wa Thabbit 'Aqdāmanā Wa Anşurnā `Alá Al-Qawmi Al-Kāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 250).

Fahazamūhum Bi'idhni Allāhi Wa Qatala Dāwūdu Jālūta Wa 'Ātāhu Allāhu Al-Mulka Wa Al-Ĥikmata Wa `Allamahu Mimmā Yashā'u Wa Lawlā Daf`u Allāhi An-Nāsa Ba`đahum Biba`đin Lafasadati Al-'Arđu Wa Lakinna Allāha Dhū Fađlin `Alá Al-`Ālamīna (Al-Baqarah: 251).

Tilka 'Āyātu Allāhi Natlūhā `Alayka Bil-Ĥaqqi Wa 'Innaka Lamina Al-Mursalīna (Al-Baqarah: 252).

Tilka Ar-Rusulu Fađđalnā Ba`đahum `Alá Ba`đin Minhum Man Kallama Allāhu Wa Rafa`a Ba`đahum Darajātin Wa 'Ātaynā `Īsá Abna Maryama Al-Bayyināti Wa 'Ayyadnāhu Birūĥi Al-Qudusi Wa Law Shā'a Allāhu Mā Aqtatala Al-Ladhīna Min Ba`dihim Min Ba`di Mā Jā'at/humu Al-Bayyinātu Wa Lakini Akhtalafū Faminhum Man 'Āmana Wa Minhum Man Kafara Wa Law Shā'a Allāhu Mā Aqtatalū Wa Lakinna Allāha Yaf`alu Mā Yurīdu (Al-Baqarah: 253).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū 'Anfiqū Mimmā Razaqnākum Min Qabli 'An Ya'tiya Yawmun Lā Bay`un Fīhi Wa Lā Khullatun Wa Lā Shafā`atun Wa Al-Kāfirūna Humu Až-Žālimūna (Al-Baqarah: 254).

Allāhu Lā 'Ilāha 'Illā Huwa Al-Ĥayyu Al-Qayyūmu Lā Ta'khudhuhu Sinatun Wa Lā Nawmun Lahu Mā Fī As-Samāwāti Wa Mā Fī Al-'Arđi Man Dhā Al-Ladhī Yashfa`u `Indahu 'Illā Bi'idhnihi Ya`lamu Mā Bayna 'Aydīhim Wa Mā Khalfahum Wa Lā Yuĥīţūna Bishay'in Min `Ilmihi 'Illā Bimā Shā'a Wasi`a Kursīyuhu As-Samāwāti Wa Al-'Arđa Wa Lā Ya'ūduhu Ĥifžuhumā Wa Huwa Al-`Alīyu Al-`Ažīmu (Al-Baqarah: 255).

Lā 'Ikrāha Fī Ad-Dīni Qad Tabayyana Ar-Rushdu Mina Al-Ghayyi Faman Yakfur Biţ-Ţāghūti Wa Yu'umin Billāhi Faqadi Astamsaka Bil-`Urwati Al-Wuthqá Lā Anfişāma Lahā Wa Allāhu Samī`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 256).

Allāhu Wa Līyu Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Yukhrijuhum Mina Až-Žulumāti 'Ilá An-Nūr Wa Al-Ladhīna Kafarū 'Awliyā'uuhumu Aţ-Ţāghūtu Yukhrijūnahum Mina An-Nūr 'Ilá Až-Žulumāti 'Ūlā'ika 'Aşĥābu An-Nāri Hum Fīhā Khālidūna (Al-Baqarah: 257).

'Alam Tara 'Ilá Al-Ladhī Ĥājja 'Ibrāhīma Fī Rabbihi 'An 'Ātāhu Allāhu Al-Mulka 'Idh Qāla 'Ibrāhīmu Rabbī Al-Ladhī Yuĥyī Wa Yumītu Qāla 'Anā 'Uĥyī Wa 'Umītu Qāla 'Ibrāhīmu Fa'inna Allāha Ya'tī Bish-Shamsi Mina Al-Mashriqi Fa'ti Bihā Mina Al-Maghribi Fabuhita Al-Ladhī Kafara Wa Allāhu Lā Yahdī Al-Qawma Až-Žālimīna (Al-Baqarah: 258).

'Aw Kālladhī Marra `Alá Qaryatin Wa Hiya Khāwiyatun `Alá `Urūshihā Qāla 'Anná Yuĥyī Hadhihi Allāhu Ba`da Mawtihā Fa'amātahu Allāhu Miā'ata `Āmin Thumma Ba`athahu Qāla Kam Labithta Qāla Labithtu Yawmāan 'Aw Ba`đa Yawmin Qāla Bal Labithta Miā'ata `Āmin Fānžur 'Ilá Ţa`āmika Wa Sharābika Lam Yatasannah Wa Anžur 'Ilá Ĥimārika Wa Linaj`alaka 'Āyatan Lilnnāsi Wa Anžur 'Ilá Al-`Ižāmi Kayfa Nunshizuhā Thumma Naksūhā Laĥmāan Falammā Tabayyana Lahu Qāla 'A`lamu 'Anna Allāha `Alá Kulli Shay'in Qadīrun (Al-Baqarah: 259).

Wa 'Idh Qāla 'Ibrāhīmu Rabbi 'Arinī Kayfa Tuĥyī Al-Mawtá Qāla 'Awalam Tu'umin Qāla Balá Wa Lakin Liyaţma'inna Qalbī Qāla Fakhudh 'Arba`atan Mina Aţ-Ţayri Faşurhunna 'Ilayka Thumma Aj`al `Alá Kulli Jabalin Minhunna Juz'āan Thumma Ad`uhunna Ya'tīnaka Sa`yāan Wa A`lam 'Anna Allāha `Azīzun Ĥakīmun (Al-Baqarah: 260).

Mathalu Al-Ladhīna Yunfiqūna 'Amwālahum Fī Sabīli Allāhi Kamathali Ĥabbatin 'Anbatat Sab`a Sanābila Fī Kulli Sunbulatin Miā'atu Ĥabbatin Wa Allāhu Yuđā`ifu Liman Yashā'u Wa Allāhu Wāsi`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 261).

Al-Ladhīna Yunfiqūna 'Amwālahum Fī Sabīli Allāhi Thumma Lā Yutbi`ūna Mā 'Anfaqū Mannāan Wa Lā 'Adhan Lahum 'Ajruhum `Inda Rabbihim Wa Lā Khawfun `Alayhim Wa Lā Hum Yaĥzanūna (Al-Baqarah: 262).

Qawlun Ma`rūfun Wa Maghfiratun Khayrun Min Şadaqatin Yatba`uhā 'Adhan Wa Allāhu Ghanīyun Ĥalīmun (Al-Baqarah: 263).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Lā Tubţilū Şadaqātikum Bil-Manni Wa Al-'Adhá Kālladhī Yunfiqu Mālahu Ri'ā'a An-Nāsi Wa Lā Yu'uminu Billāhi Wa Al-Yawmi Al-'Ākhiri Famathaluhu Kamathali Şafwānin `Alayhi Turābun Fa'aşābahu Wa Abilun Fatarakahu Şaldāan Lā Yaqdirūna `Alá Shay'in Mimmā Kasabū Wa Allāhu Lā Yahdī Al-Qawma Al-Kāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 264).

Wa Mathalu Al-Ladhīna Yunfiqūna 'Amwālahumu Abtighā'a Marđāati Allāhi Wa Tathbītāan Min 'Anfusihim Kamathali Jannatin Birabwatin 'Aşābahā Wa Abilun Fa'ātat 'Ukulahā Đi`fayni Fa'in Lam Yuşibhā Wa Abilun Faţallun Wa Allāhu Bimā Ta`malūna Başīrun (Al-Baqarah: 265).

'Ayawaddu 'Aĥadukum 'An Takūna Lahu Jannatun Min Nakhīlin Wa 'A`nābin Tajrī Min Taĥtihā Al-'Anhāru Lahu Fīhā Min Kulli Ath-Thamarāti Wa 'Aşābahu Al-Kibaru Wa Lahu Dhurrīyatun Đu`afā'u Fa'aşābahā 'I`şārun Fīhi Nārun Fāĥtaraqat Kadhālika Yubayyinu Allāhu Lakumu Al-'Āyāti La`allakum Tatafakkarūna (Al-Baqarah: 266).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū 'Anfiqū Min Ţayyibāti Mā Kasabtum Wa Mimmā 'Akhrajnā Lakum Mina Al-'Arđi Wa Lā Tayammamū Al-Khabītha Minhu Tunfiqūna Wa Lastum Bi'ākhidhīhi 'Illā 'An Tughmiđū Fīhi Wa A`lamū 'Anna Allāha Ghanīyun Ĥamīdun (Al-Baqarah: 267).

Ash-Shayţānu Ya`idukumu Al-Faqra Wa Ya'murukum Bil-Faĥshā'i Wa Allāhu Ya`idukum Maghfiratan Minhu Wa Fađlāan Wa Allāhu Wāsi`un `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 268).

Yu'utī Al-Ĥikmata Man Yashā'u Wa Man Yu'uta Al-Ĥikmata Faqad 'Ūtiya Khayrāan Kathīrāan Wa Mā Yadhdhakkaru 'Illā 'Ūlū Al-'Albābi (Al-Baqarah: 269).

Wa Mā 'Anfaqtum Min Nafaqatin 'Aw Nadhartum Min Nadhrin Fa'inna Allāha Ya`lamuhu Wa Mā Lilžžālimīna Min 'Anşārin (Al-Baqarah: 270).

'In Tubdū Aş-Şadaqāti Fani`immā Hiya Wa 'In Tukhfūhā Wa Tu'utūhā Al-Fuqarā'a Fahuwa Khayrun Lakum Wa Yukaffiru `Ankum Min Sayyi'ātikum Wa Allāhu Bimā Ta`malūna Khabīrun (Al-Baqarah: 271).

Laysa `Alayka Hudāhum Wa Lakinna Allāha Yahdī Man Yashā'u Wa Mā Tunfiqū Min Khayrin Fali'anfusikum Wa Mā Tunfiqūna 'Illā Abtighā'a Wajhi Allāhi Wa Mā Tunfiqū Min Khayrin Yuwaffa 'Ilaykum Wa 'Antum Lā Tužlamūna (Al-Baqarah: 272).

Lilfuqarā'i Al-Ladhīna 'Uĥşirū Fī Sabīli Allāhi Lā Yastaţī`ūna Đarbāan Fī Al-'Arđi Yaĥsabuhumu Al-Jāhilu 'Aghniyā'a Mina At-Ta`affufi Ta`rifuhum Bisīmāhum Lā Yas'alūna An-Nāsa 'Ilĥāfāan Wa Mā Tunfiqū Min Khayrin Fa'inna Allāha Bihi `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 273).

Al-Ladhīna Yunfiqūna 'Amwālahum Bil-Layli Wa An-Nahāri Sirrāan Wa `Alāniyatan Falahum 'Ajruhum `Inda Rabbihim Wa Lā Khawfun `Alayhim Wa Lā Hum Yaĥzanūna (Al-Baqarah: 274).

Al-Ladhīna Ya'kulūna Ar-Ribā Lā Yaqūmūna 'Illā Kamā Yaqūmu Al-Ladhī Yatakhabbaţuhu Ash-Shayţānu Mina Al-Massi Dhālika Bi'annahum Qālū 'Innamā Al-Bay`u Mithlu Ar-Ribā Wa 'Aĥalla Allāhu Al-Bay`a Wa Ĥarrama Ar-Ribā Faman Jā'ahu Maw`ižatun Min Rabbihi Fāntahá Falahu Mā Salafa Wa 'Amruhu 'Ilá Allāhi Wa Man `Āda Fa'ūlā'ika 'Aşĥābu An-Nāri Hum Fīhā Khālidūna (Al-Baqarah: 275).

Yamĥaqu Allāhu Ar-Ribā Wa Yurbī Aş-Şadaqāti Wa Allāhu Lā Yuĥibbu Kulla Kaffārin 'Athīmin (Al-Baqarah: 276).

'Inna Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Wa `Amilū Aş-Şāliĥāti Wa 'Aqāmū Aş-Şalāata Wa 'Ātaw Az-Zakāata Lahum 'Ajruhum `Inda Rabbihim Wa Lā Khawfun `Alayhim Wa Lā Hum Yaĥzanūna (Al-Baqarah: 277).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū Attaqū Allāha Wa Dharū Mā Baqiya Mina Ar-Ribā 'In Kuntum Mu'uminīna (Al-Baqarah: 278).

Fa'in Lam Taf`alū Fa'dhanū Biĥarbin Mina Allāhi Wa Rasūlihi Wa 'In Tubtum Falakum Ru'ūsu 'Amwālikum Lā Tažlimūna Wa Lā Tužlamūna (Al-Baqarah: 279).

Wa 'In Kāna Dhū `Usratin Fanažiratun 'Ilá Maysaratin Wa 'An Taşaddaqū Khayrun Lakum 'In Kuntum Ta`lamūna (Al-Baqarah: 280).

Wa Attaqū Yawmāan Turja`ūna Fīhi 'Ilá Allāhi Thumma Tuwaffá Kullu Nafsin Mā Kasabat Wa Hum Lā Yužlamūna (Al-Baqarah: 281).

Yā 'Ayyuhā Al-Ladhīna 'Āmanū 'Idhā Tadāyantum Bidaynin 'Ilá 'Ajalin Musamman Fāktubūhu Wa Līaktub Baynakum Kātibun Bil-`Adli Wa Lā Ya'ba Kātibun 'An Yaktuba Kamā `Allamahu Allāhu Falyaktub Wa Līumlili Al-Ladhī `Alayhi Al-Ĥaqqu Wa Līattaqi Allāha Rabbahu Wa Lā Yabkhas Minhu Shay'āan Fa'in Kāna Al-Ladhī `Alayhi Al-Ĥaqqu Safīhāan 'Aw Đa`īfāan 'Aw Lā Yastaţī`u 'An Yumilla Huwa Falyumlil Walīyuhu Bil-`Adli Wa Astash/hidū Shahīdayni Min Rijālikum Fa'in Lam Yakūnā Rajulayni Farajulun Wa Amra'atāni Mimman Tarđawna Mina Ash-Shuhadā'i 'An Tađilla 'Iĥdāhumā Fatudhakkira 'Iĥdāhumā Al-'Ukhrá Wa Lā Ya'ba Ash-Shuhadā'u 'Idhā Mā Du`ū Wa Lā Tas'amū 'An Taktubūhu Şaghīrāan 'Aw Kabīrāan 'Ilá 'Ajalihi Dhālikum 'Aqsaţu `Inda Allāhi Wa 'Aqwamu Lilshshahādati Wa 'Adná 'Allā Tartābū 'Illā 'An Takūna Tijāratan Ĥāđiratan Tudīrūnahā Baynakum Falaysa `Alaykum Junāĥun 'Allā Taktubūhā Wa 'Ash/hidū 'Idhā Tabāya`tum Wa Lā Yuđārra Kātibun Wa Lā Shahīdun Wa 'In Taf`alū Fa'innahu Fusūqun Bikum Wa Attaqū Allāha Wa Yu`allimukumu Allāhu Wa Allāhu Bikulli Shay'in `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 282).

Wa 'In Kuntum `Alá Safarin Wa Lam Tjidū Kātibāan Farihānun Maqbūđatun Fa'in 'Amina Ba`đukum Ba`đāan Falyu'uaddi Al-Ladhī A'utumina 'Amānatahu Wa Līattaqi Allāha Rabbahu Wa Lā Taktumū Ash-Shahādata Wa Man Yaktumhā Fa'innahu 'Āthimun Qalbuhu Wa Allāhu Bimā Ta`malūna `Alīmun (Al-Baqarah: 283).

Lillāhi Mā Fī As-Samāwāti Wa Mā Fī Al-'Arđi Wa 'In Tubdū Mā Fī 'Anfusikum 'Aw Tukhfūhu Yuĥāsibkum Bihi Allāhu Fayaghfiru Liman Yashā'u Wa Yu`adhdhibu Man Yashā'u Wa Allāhu `Alá Kulli Shay'in Qadīrun (Al-Baqarah: 284).

'Āmana Ar-Rasūlu Bimā 'Unzila 'Ilayhi Min Rabbihi Wa Al-Mu'uminūna Kullun 'Āmana Billāhi Wa Malā'ikatihi Wa Kutubihi Wa Rusulihi Lā Nufarriqu Bayna 'Aĥadin Min Rusulihi Wa Qālū Sami`nā Wa 'Aţa`nā Ghufrānaka Rabbanā Wa 'Ilayka Al-Maşīru (Al-Baqarah: 285).

Lā Yukallifu Allāhu Nafsāan 'Illā Wus`ahā Lahā Mā Kasabat Wa `Alayhā Mā Aktasabat Rabbanā Lā Tu'uākhidhnā 'In Nasīnā 'Aw 'Akhţa'nā Rabbanā Wa Lā Taĥmil `Alaynā 'Işrāan Kamā Ĥamaltahu `Alá Al-Ladhīna Min Qablinā Rabbanā Wa Lā Tuĥammilnā Mā Lā Ţāqata Lanā Bihi Wa A`fu `Annā Wa Aghfir Lanā Wa Arĥamnā 'Anta Mawlānā Fānşurnā `Alá Al-Qawmi Al-Kāfirīna (Al-Baqarah: 286).

CHAPTER 2 THE COW AL-BAQARAH ( البقرة ) 286 verses • revealed at Medinan

»The surah that mentions the story of The Cow designated by God for sacrificial offering, whereby He tested the sincerity of faith of the Children of Israel after their deliverance from Pharaoh. Its name is taken from the story of the cow (baqarah) mentioned in ff. The surah comprises five principal sections, where the addressee shifts as the surah progresses. The first section ( ff.) mentions the revelation; the dynamics of belief and unbelief; and the story of Adam. The next section ( ff.) is an address to the Children of Israel, which highlights there shortcomings in the time of Moses and in Muḥammad’s own day. They are urged to serve God who has been so gracious to them (they are reminded that God created Adam and favoured him over the angels), the Children of Israel. This is followed ( ff.) by a final appeal to the Children of Israel to agree with the Muslims on the basis of the religion of Abraham, which predate the covenant with Moses. ff. marks the beginning of the fourth section, which consists mainly of legal provisions for the newly-established community. The fifth and final section ( ff.) also contains some legislation, but the primary emphasis is on striving for God with your life and property. The last tree ayahs ( ff.), draw together a number of themes encountered earlier in the surah.«

The surah is also known as: The Heifer.

بِسمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحمٰنِ الرَّحيمِ

TRANSLITERATION: bi-smi llāhi r-raḥmāni r-raḥīmi

TRANSLATION: In the Name of Allah, the All-beneficent, the All-merciful. 1 الم TRANSLITERATION a-l-m (ʾalif lām mīm)

TRANSLATION Alif, Lām, Mīm.

2 ذٰلِكَ الكِتابُ لا رَيبَ ۛ فيهِ ۛ هُدًى لِلمُتَّقينَ TRANSLITERATION dhālika l-kitābu lā rayba fīhi hudan li-l-muttaqīna

TRANSLATION This is the Book,1 there is no doubt in it, a guidance to the Godwary,2 The term ‘the Book’ in the Qurʾān, in such contexts, means a Divine scripture. Or ‘This Book, in which there is no doubt, is guidance to the Godwary.’ Or ‘This Book is no doubt a guidance to the Godwary.’ 3 الَّذينَ يُؤمِنونَ بِالغَيبِ وَيُقيمونَ الصَّلاةَ وَمِمّا رَزَقناهُم يُنفِقونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna yuʾminūna bi-l-ghaybi wa-yuqīmūna ṣ-ṣalāta wa-mimmā razaqnāhum yunfiqūna

TRANSLATION who believe in the Unseen, and maintain the prayer, and spend1 out of what We have provided for them; The expression ‘to spend’ is used in the Qurʾān elliptically to mean spending in the way of Allah and for the sake of His pleasure. Cf. , -, ; ; ; ; . 4 وَالَّذينَ يُؤمِنونَ بِما أُنزِلَ إِلَيكَ وَما أُنزِلَ مِن قَبلِكَ وَبِالآخِرَةِ هُم يوقِنونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lladhīna yuʾminūna bi-mā ʾunzila ʾilayka wa-mā ʾunzila min qablika wa-bi-l-ʾākhirati hum yūqinūna

TRANSLATION and who believe in what has been sent down to you1 and what was sent down before you, and are certain of the Hereafter. That is, the Prophet, may Allah bless him and his Household. Throughout this translation whenever the pronoun ‘you’ refers to the second person singular in the Arabic and is meant as an address to the Prophet, it has been italicized (for similar reasons, also the related verbs) in order to distinguish it from cases where it stands for the second person plural. This is to avoid the use of ‘thee’ and ‘thou,’ which are, unfortunately, archaic in contemporary English. 5 أُولٰئِكَ عَلىٰ هُدًى مِن رَبِّهِم ۖ وَأُولٰئِكَ هُمُ المُفلِحونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾulāʾika ʿalā hudan min rabbihim wa-ʾulāʾika humu l-mufliḥūna

TRANSLATION Those follow their Lord’s guidance, and it is they who are the felicitous. 6 إِنَّ الَّذينَ كَفَروا سَواءٌ عَلَيهِم أَأَنذَرتَهُم أَم لَم تُنذِرهُم لا يُؤمِنونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna lladhīna kafarū sawāʾun ʿalayhim ʾa-ʾandhartahum ʾam lam tundhirhum lā yuʾminūna

TRANSLATION As for the faithless, it is the same to them whether you warn them or do not warn them, they will not have faith. 7 خَتَمَ اللَّهُ عَلىٰ قُلوبِهِم وَعَلىٰ سَمعِهِم ۖ وَعَلىٰ أَبصارِهِم غِشاوَةٌ ۖ وَلَهُم عَذابٌ عَظيمٌ TRANSLITERATION khatama llāhu ʿalā qulūbihim wa-ʿalā samʿihim wa-ʿalā ʾabṣārihim ghishāwatun wa-lahum ʿadhābun ʿaẓīmun

TRANSLATION Allah has set a seal on their hearts and their hearing, and there is a blindfold on their sight,1 and there is a great punishment for them.

The hearing and sight, often mentioned in the Qurʾān, refer to the inner spiritual hearing and vision by the means of which someone possessing faith apprehends the reality lying beyond the physical realm. Cf. , ; ; , , , ; , ; ; , ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; . 8 وَمِنَ النّاسِ مَن يَقولُ آمَنّا بِاللَّهِ وَبِاليَومِ الآخِرِ وَما هُم بِمُؤمِنينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-mina n-nāsi man yaqūlu ʾāmannā bi-llāhi wa-bi-l-yawmi l-ʾākhiri wa-mā hum bi-muʾminīna

TRANSLATION And among the people are those who say, ‘We have faith in Allah and the Last Day,’ but they have no faith. 9 يُخادِعونَ اللَّهَ وَالَّذينَ آمَنوا وَما يَخدَعونَ إِلّا أَنفُسَهُم وَما يَشعُرونَ TRANSLITERATION yukhādiʿūna llāha wa-lladhīna ʾāmanū wa-mā yakhdaʿūna ʾillā ʾanfusahum wa-mā yashʿurūna

TRANSLATION They seek to deceive Allah and those who have faith, yet they deceive no one but themselves, but they are not aware. 10 في قُلوبِهِم مَرَضٌ فَزادَهُمُ اللَّهُ مَرَضًا ۖ وَلَهُم عَذابٌ أَليمٌ بِما كانوا يَكذِبونَ TRANSLITERATION fī qulūbihim maraḍun fa-zādahumu llāhu maraḍan wa-lahum ʿadhābun ʾalīmun bi-mā kānū yakdhibūna

TRANSLATION There is a sickness in their hearts; then Allah increased their sickness, and there is a painful punishment for them because of the lies they used to tell. 11 وَإِذا قيلَ لَهُم لا تُفسِدوا فِي الأَرضِ قالوا إِنَّما نَحنُ مُصلِحونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā qīla lahum lā tufsidū fī l-ʾarḍi qālū ʾinnamā naḥnu muṣliḥūna

TRANSLATION When they are told, ‘Do not cause corruption on the earth,’ they say, ‘We are only reformers!’ 12 أَلا إِنَّهُم هُمُ المُفسِدونَ وَلٰكِن لا يَشعُرونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-lā ʾinnahum humu l-mufsidūna wa-lākin lā yashʿurūna

TRANSLATION Look! They are themselves the agents of corruption, but they are not aware. 13 وَإِذا قيلَ لَهُم آمِنوا كَما آمَنَ النّاسُ قالوا أَنُؤمِنُ كَما آمَنَ السُّفَهاءُ ۗ أَلا إِنَّهُم هُمُ السُّفَهاءُ وَلٰكِن لا يَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā qīla lahum ʾāminū ka-mā ʾāmana n-nāsu qālū ʾa-nuʾminu ka-mā ʾāmana s-sufahāʾu ʾa-lā ʾinnahum humu s-sufahāʾu wa-lākin lā yaʿlamūna

TRANSLATION And when they are told, ‘Believe like the people who have believed,’ they say, ‘Shall we believe like the fools who have believed?’ Look! They are themselves the fools, but they do not know. 14 وَإِذا لَقُوا الَّذينَ آمَنوا قالوا آمَنّا وَإِذا خَلَوا إِلىٰ شَياطينِهِم قالوا إِنّا مَعَكُم إِنَّما نَحنُ مُستَهزِئونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā laqū lladhīna ʾāmanū qālū ʾāmannā wa-ʾidhā khalaw ʾilā shayāṭīnihim qālū ʾinnā maʿakum ʾinnamā naḥnu mustahziʾūna

TRANSLATION When they meet the faithful, they say, ‘We believe,’ but when they are alone with their devils, they say, ‘We are with you; we were only deriding [them].’ 15 اللَّهُ يَستَهزِئُ بِهِم وَيَمُدُّهُم في طُغيانِهِم يَعمَهونَ TRANSLITERATION allāhu yastahziʾu bihim wa-yamudduhum fī ṭughyānihim yaʿmahūna

TRANSLATION It is Allah who derides them,1 and leaves them bewildered in their rebellion. That is, by letting them imagine that they are mocking the faithful. 16 أُولٰئِكَ الَّذينَ اشتَرَوُا الضَّلالَةَ بِالهُدىٰ فَما رَبِحَت تِجارَتُهُم وَما كانوا مُهتَدينَ TRANSLITERATION ʾulāʾika lladhīna shtarawu ḍ-ḍalālata bi-l-hudā fa-mā rabiḥat tijāratuhum wa-mā kānū muhtadīna

TRANSLATION They are the ones who bought error for guidance, so their trade did not profit them, nor were they guided. 17 مَثَلُهُم كَمَثَلِ الَّذِي استَوقَدَ نارًا فَلَمّا أَضاءَت ما حَولَهُ ذَهَبَ اللَّهُ بِنورِهِم وَتَرَكَهُم في ظُلُماتٍ لا يُبصِرونَ TRANSLITERATION mathaluhum ka-mathali lladhī stawqada nāran fa-lammā ʾaḍāʾat mā ḥawlahū dhahaba llāhu bi-nūrihim wa-tarakahum fī ẓulumātin lā yubṣirūna

TRANSLATION Their parable is that of one who lighted a torch, and when it had lit up all around him, Allah took away their light, and left them sightless in a manifold darkness.1 The one who lights the torch in the parable is the Prophet (ṣ), who illuminated the spiritual horizons of the Arabia of those days with the message of Islam. But the hypocrites, with their inward blindness, did not benefit from its light and continued to remain in the darkness of their faithlessness. 18 صُمٌّ بُكمٌ عُميٌ فَهُم لا يَرجِعونَ TRANSLITERATION ṣummun bukmun ʿumyun fa-hum lā yarjiʿūna

TRANSLATION Deaf, dumb, and blind, they will not come back. 19 أَو كَصَيِّبٍ مِنَ السَّماءِ فيهِ ظُلُماتٌ وَرَعدٌ وَبَرقٌ يَجعَلونَ أَصابِعَهُم في آذانِهِم مِنَ الصَّواعِقِ حَذَرَ المَوتِ ۚ وَاللَّهُ مُحيطٌ بِالكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION ʾaw ka-ṣayyibin mina s-samāʾi fīhi ẓ-ẓulumātun wa-raʿdun wa-barqun yajʿalūna ʾaṣābiʿahum fī ʾādhānihim mina ṣ-ṣawāʿiqi ḥadhara l-mawti wa-llāhu muḥīṭun bi-l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION Or that of a rainstorm from the sky, wherein is darkness, thunder, and lightning: they put their fingers in their ears due to the thunderclaps, apprehensive of death; and Allah besieges the faithless.1 This is another parable for the condition of the hypocrites. In it the Prophet’s mission, with its downpour of Divine knowledge, the accompanying light of guidance, along with the hardships of struggle against polytheism and injustice, is likened to a rainstorm. 20 يَكادُ البَرقُ يَخطَفُ أَبصارَهُم ۖ كُلَّما أَضاءَ لَهُم مَشَوا فيهِ وَإِذا أَظلَمَ عَلَيهِم قاموا ۚ وَلَو شاءَ اللَّهُ لَذَهَبَ بِسَمعِهِم وَأَبصارِهِم ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيءٍ قَديرٌ TRANSLITERATION yakādu l-barqu yakhṭafu ʾabṣārahum kullamā ʾaḍāʾa lahum mashaw fīhi wa-ʾidhā ʾaẓlama ʿalayhim qāmū wa-law shāʾa llāhu la-dhahaba bi-samʿihim wa-ʾabṣārihim ʾinna llāha ʿalā kulli shayʾin qadīrun

TRANSLATION The lightning almost snatches away their sight: whenever it shines for them, they walk in it, and when the darkness falls upon them, they stand. Had Allah willed, He would have taken away their hearing and their sight. Indeed Allah has power over all things.

21 يا أَيُّهَا النّاسُ اعبُدوا رَبَّكُمُ الَّذي خَلَقَكُم وَالَّذينَ مِن قَبلِكُم لَعَلَّكُم تَتَّقونَ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā n-nāsu ʿbudū rabbakumu lladhī khalaqakum wa-lladhīna min qablikum laʿallakum tattaqūna

TRANSLATION O mankind! Worship your Lord, who created you and those who were before you, so that you may be Godwary. 22 الَّذي جَعَلَ لَكُمُ الأَرضَ فِراشًا وَالسَّماءَ بِناءً وَأَنزَلَ مِنَ السَّماءِ ماءً فَأَخرَجَ بِهِ مِنَ الثَّمَراتِ رِزقًا لَكُم ۖ فَلا تَجعَلوا لِلَّهِ أَندادًا وَأَنتُم تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhī jaʿala lakumu l-ʾarḍa firāshan wa-s-samāʾa bināʾan wa-ʾanzala mina s-samāʾi māʾan fa-ʾakhraja bihī mina th-thamarāti rizqan lakum fa-lā tajʿalū li-llāhi ʾandādan wa-ʾantum taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION He who made the earth a place of repose for you, and the sky a canopy, and He sends down water from the sky, and with it He brings forth crops for your sustenance. So do not set up equals to Allah, while you know. 23 وَإِن كُنتُم في رَيبٍ مِمّا نَزَّلنا عَلىٰ عَبدِنا فَأتوا بِسورَةٍ مِن مِثلِهِ وَادعوا شُهَداءَكُم مِن دونِ اللَّهِ إِن كُنتُم صادِقينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾin kuntum fī raybin mimmā nazzalnā ʿalā ʿabdinā fa-ʾtū bi-sūratin min mithlihī wa-dʿū shuhadāʾakum min dūni llāhi ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

TRANSLATION And if you are in doubt concerning what We have sent down to Our servant, then bring a sūrah like it, and invoke your helpers besides Allah, should you be truthful. 24 فَإِن لَم تَفعَلوا وَلَن تَفعَلوا فَاتَّقُوا النّارَ الَّتي وَقودُهَا النّاسُ وَالحِجارَةُ ۖ أُعِدَّت لِلكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾin lam tafʿalū wa-lan tafʿalū fa-ttaqū n-nāra llatī waqūduhā n-nāsu wa-l-ḥijāratu ʾuʿiddat li-l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION And if you do not—and you will not— then beware the Fire whose fuel will be humans and stones, prepared for the faithless. 25 وَبَشِّرِ الَّذينَ آمَنوا وَعَمِلُوا الصّالِحاتِ أَنَّ لَهُم جَنّاتٍ تَجري مِن تَحتِهَا الأَنهارُ ۖ كُلَّما رُزِقوا مِنها مِن ثَمَرَةٍ رِزقًا ۙ قالوا هٰذَا الَّذي رُزِقنا مِن قَبلُ ۖ وَأُتوا بِهِ مُتَشابِهًا ۖ وَلَهُم فيها أَزواجٌ مُطَهَّرَةٌ ۖ وَهُم فيها خالِدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-bashshiri lladhīna ʾāmanū wa-ʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti ʾanna lahum jannātin tajrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru kullamā ruziqū minhā min thamaratin rizqan qālū hādhā lladhī ruziqnā min qablu wa-ʾutū bihī mutashābihan wa-lahum fīhā ʾazwājun muṭahharatun wa-hum fīhā khālidūna

TRANSLATION And give good news to those who have faith and do righteous deeds, that for them shall be gardens with streams running in them: whenever they are provided with their fruit for nourishment, they will say, ‘This is what we were provided before,’ and they were given something resembling it. In it there will be chaste mates for them, and they will remain in it [forever].

26 ۞ إِنَّ اللَّهَ لا يَستَحيي أَن يَضرِبَ مَثَلًا ما بَعوضَةً فَما فَوقَها ۚ فَأَمَّا الَّذينَ آمَنوا فَيَعلَمونَ أَنَّهُ الحَقُّ مِن رَبِّهِم ۖ وَأَمَّا الَّذينَ كَفَروا فَيَقولونَ ماذا أَرادَ اللَّهُ بِهٰذا مَثَلًا ۘ يُضِلُّ بِهِ كَثيرًا وَيَهدي بِهِ كَثيرًا ۚ وَما يُضِلُّ بِهِ إِلَّا الفاسِقينَ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna llāha lā yastaḥyī ʾan yaḍriba mathalan mā baʿūḍatan fa-mā fawqahā fa-ʾammā lladhīna ʾāmanū fa-yaʿlamūna ʾannahu l-ḥaqqu min rabbihim wa-ʾammā lladhīna kafarū fa-yaqūlūna mādhā ʾarāda llāhu bi-hādhā mathalan yuḍillu bihī kathīran wa-yahdī bihī kathīran wa-mā yuḍillu bihī ʾillā l-fāsiqīna

TRANSLATION Indeed Allah is not ashamed to draw a parable whether it is that of a gnat or something above it. As for those who have faith, they know it is the truth from their Lord; and as for the faithless, they say, ‘What did Allah mean by this parable?’ Thereby He leads many astray, and thereby He guides many; and He leads no one astray thereby except the transgressors 27 الَّذينَ يَنقُضونَ عَهدَ اللَّهِ مِن بَعدِ ميثاقِهِ وَيَقطَعونَ ما أَمَرَ اللَّهُ بِهِ أَن يوصَلَ وَيُفسِدونَ فِي الأَرضِ ۚ أُولٰئِكَ هُمُ الخاسِرونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna yanquḍūna ʿahda llāhi min baʿdi mīthāqihī wa-yaqṭaʿūna mā ʾamara llāhu bihī ʾan yūṣala wa-yufsidūna fī l-ʾarḍi ʾulāʾika humu l-khāsirūna

TRANSLATION —those who break the covenant made with Allah after having pledged it solemnly, and sever what Allah has commanded to be joined, and cause corruption on the earth— it is they who are the losers. 28 كَيفَ تَكفُرونَ بِاللَّهِ وَكُنتُم أَمواتًا فَأَحياكُم ۖ ثُمَّ يُميتُكُم ثُمَّ يُحييكُم ثُمَّ إِلَيهِ تُرجَعونَ TRANSLITERATION kayfa takfurūna bi-llāhi wa-kuntum ʾamwātan fa-ʾaḥyākum thumma yumītukum thumma yuḥyīkum thumma ʾilayhi turjaʿūna

TRANSLATION How can you be unfaithful to Allah, [seeing that] you were lifeless and He gave you life, then He will make you die, and then He shall bring you to life, and then you will be brought back to Him? 29 هُوَ الَّذي خَلَقَ لَكُم ما فِي الأَرضِ جَميعًا ثُمَّ استَوىٰ إِلَى السَّماءِ فَسَوّاهُنَّ سَبعَ سَماواتٍ ۚ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ شَيءٍ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION huwa lladhī khalaqa lakum mā fī l-ʾarḍi jamīʿan thumma stawā ʾilā s-samāʾi fa-sawwāhunna sabʿa samāwātin wa-huwa bi-kulli shayʾin ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION It is He who created for you all that is in the earth, then He turned to the heaven, and fashioned it into seven heavens, and He has knowledge of all things.

30 وَإِذ قالَ رَبُّكَ لِلمَلائِكَةِ إِنّي جاعِلٌ فِي الأَرضِ خَليفَةً ۖ قالوا أَتَجعَلُ فيها مَن يُفسِدُ فيها وَيَسفِكُ الدِّماءَ وَنَحنُ نُسَبِّحُ بِحَمدِكَ وَنُقَدِّسُ لَكَ ۖ قالَ إِنّي أَعلَمُ ما لا تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qāla rabbuka li-l-malāʾikati ʾinnī jāʿilun fī l-ʾarḍi khalīfatan qālū ʾa-tajʿalu fīhā man yufsidu fīhā wa-yasfiku d-dimāʾa wa-naḥnu nusabbiḥu bi-ḥamdika wa-nuqaddisu laka qāla ʾinnī ʾaʿlamu mā lā taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION When your Lord said to the angels, ‘Indeed I am going to set a viceroy on the earth,’ they said, ‘Will You set in it someone who will cause corruption in it, and shed blood, while we celebrate Your praise and proclaim Your sanctity?’ He said, ‘Indeed I know what you do not know.’ 31 وَعَلَّمَ آدَمَ الأَسماءَ كُلَّها ثُمَّ عَرَضَهُم عَلَى المَلائِكَةِ فَقالَ أَنبِئوني بِأَسماءِ هٰؤُلاءِ إِن كُنتُم صادِقينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʿallama ʾādama l-ʾasmāʾa kullahā thumma ʿaraḍahum ʿalā l-malāʾikati fa-qāla ʾanbiʾūnī bi-ʾasmāʾi hāʾulāʾi ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

TRANSLATION And He taught Adam the Names, all of them;1 then presented them2 to the angels and said, ‘Tell me the names of these, if you are truthful.’ It is to be noted that the pronoun in ‘all of them’ [kullahā] is feminine. The pronoun in the phrase ‘He presented them’ [ʿaraḍahum] is masculine, indicating that it does not refer to the ‘Names’ but to their referents. 32 قالوا سُبحانَكَ لا عِلمَ لَنا إِلّا ما عَلَّمتَنا ۖ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ العَليمُ الحَكيمُ TRANSLITERATION qālū subḥānaka lā ʿilma lanā ʾillā mā ʿallamtanā ʾinnaka ʾanta l-ʿalīmu l-ḥakīmu

TRANSLATION They said, ‘Immaculate are You! We have no knowledge except what You have taught us. Indeed You are the All-knowing, the All-wise.’ 33 قالَ يا آدَمُ أَنبِئهُم بِأَسمائِهِم ۖ فَلَمّا أَنبَأَهُم بِأَسمائِهِم قالَ أَلَم أَقُل لَكُم إِنّي أَعلَمُ غَيبَ السَّماواتِ وَالأَرضِ وَأَعلَمُ ما تُبدونَ وَما كُنتُم تَكتُمونَ TRANSLITERATION qāla yā-ʾādamu ʾanbiʾhum bi-ʾasmāʾihim fa-lammā ʾanbaʾahum bi-ʾasmāʾihim qāla ʾa-lam ʾaqul lakum ʾinnī ʾaʿlamu ghayba s-samāwāti wa-l-ʾarḍi wa-ʾaʿlamu mā tubdūna wa-mā kuntum taktumūna

TRANSLATION He said, ‘O Adam, inform them1 of their names,’ and when he had informed them of their names, He said, ‘Did I not tell you that I indeed know the Unseen in the heavens and the earth, and that I know whatever you disclose and whatever you were concealing?’ That is, the angels, about the names of those referents. 34 وَإِذ قُلنا لِلمَلائِكَةِ اسجُدوا لِآدَمَ فَسَجَدوا إِلّا إِبليسَ أَبىٰ وَاستَكبَرَ وَكانَ مِنَ الكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qulnā li-l-malāʾikati sjudū li-ʾādama fa-sajadū ʾillā ʾiblīsa ʾabā wa-stakbara wa-kāna mina l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION And when We said to the angels, ‘Prostrate before Adam,’ they prostrated, but not Iblis: he refused and acted arrogantly, and he was one of the faithless. 35 وَقُلنا يا آدَمُ اسكُن أَنتَ وَزَوجُكَ الجَنَّةَ وَكُلا مِنها رَغَدًا حَيثُ شِئتُما وَلا تَقرَبا هٰذِهِ الشَّجَرَةَ فَتَكونا مِنَ الظّالِمينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qulnā yā-ʾādamu skun ʾanta wa-zawjuka l-jannata wa-kulā minhā raghadan ḥaythu shiʾtumā wa-lā taqrabā hādhihi sh-shajarata fa-takūnā mina ẓ-ẓālimīna

TRANSLATION We said, ‘O Adam, dwell with your mate in paradise, and eat thereof freely whencesoever you wish; but do not approach this tree, lest you should be among the wrongdoers.’ 36 فَأَزَلَّهُمَا الشَّيطانُ عَنها فَأَخرَجَهُما مِمّا كانا فيهِ ۖ وَقُلنَا اهبِطوا بَعضُكُم لِبَعضٍ عَدُوٌّ ۖ وَلَكُم فِي الأَرضِ مُستَقَرٌّ وَمَتاعٌ إِلىٰ حينٍ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾazallahumā sh-shayṭānu ʿanhā fa-ʾakhrajahumā mimmā kānā fīhi wa-qulnā hbiṭū baʿḍukum li-baʿḍin ʿaduwwun wa-lakum fī l-ʾarḍi mustaqarrun wa-matāʿun ʾilā ḥīnin

TRANSLATION Then Satan caused them to stumble from it, and he dislodged them from what they were in; and We said, ‘Get down, being enemies of one another! On the earth shall be your abode and sustenance for a time.’ 37 فَتَلَقّىٰ آدَمُ مِن رَبِّهِ كَلِماتٍ فَتابَ عَلَيهِ ۚ إِنَّهُ هُوَ التَّوّابُ الرَّحيمُ TRANSLITERATION fa-talaqqā ʾādamu min rabbihī kalimātin fa-tāba ʿalayhi ʾinnahū huwa t-tawwābu r-raḥīmu

TRANSLATION Then Adam received certain words from his Lord, and He turned to him clemently. Indeed He is the All-clement, the All-merciful. 38 قُلنَا اهبِطوا مِنها جَميعًا ۖ فَإِمّا يَأتِيَنَّكُم مِنّي هُدًى فَمَن تَبِعَ هُدايَ فَلا خَوفٌ عَلَيهِم وَلا هُم يَحزَنونَ TRANSLITERATION qulnā hbiṭū minhā jamīʿan fa-ʾimmā yaʾtiyannakum minnī hudan fa-man tabiʿa hudāya fa-lā khawfun ʿalayhim wa-lā hum yaḥzanūna

TRANSLATION We said, ‘Get down from it, all together! Yet, should any guidance come to you from Me, those who follow My guidance shall have no fear, nor shall they grieve. 39 وَالَّذينَ كَفَروا وَكَذَّبوا بِآياتِنا أُولٰئِكَ أَصحابُ النّارِ ۖ هُم فيها خالِدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lladhīna kafarū wa-kadhdhabū bi-ʾāyātinā ʾulāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā khālidūna

TRANSLATION But those who are faithless and deny Our signs, they shall be the inmates of the Fire and they shall remain in it [forever].

40 يا بَني إِسرائيلَ اذكُروا نِعمَتِيَ الَّتي أَنعَمتُ عَلَيكُم وَأَوفوا بِعَهدي أوفِ بِعَهدِكُم وَإِيّايَ فَارهَبونِ TRANSLITERATION yā-banī ʾisrāʾīla dhkurū niʿmatiya llatī ʾanʿamtu ʿalaykum wa-ʾawfū bi-ʿahdī ʾūfi bi-ʿahdikum wa-ʾiyyāya fa-rhabūni

TRANSLATION O Children of Israel, remember My blessing which I bestowed upon you, and fulfill My covenant that I may fulfill your covenant, and be in awe of Me [alone]. 41 وَآمِنوا بِما أَنزَلتُ مُصَدِّقًا لِما مَعَكُم وَلا تَكونوا أَوَّلَ كافِرٍ بِهِ ۖ وَلا تَشتَروا بِآياتي ثَمَنًا قَليلًا وَإِيّايَ فَاتَّقونِ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾāminū bi-mā ʾanzaltu muṣaddiqan li-mā maʿakum wa-lā takūnū ʾawwala kāfirin bihī wa-lā tashtarū bi-ʾāyātī thamanan qalīlan wa-ʾiyyāya fa-ttaqūni

TRANSLATION And believe in that which I have sent down confirming that which is with you, and do not be the first ones to defy it, and do not sell My signs for a paltry gain, and be wary of Me [alone]. 42 وَلا تَلبِسُوا الحَقَّ بِالباطِلِ وَتَكتُمُوا الحَقَّ وَأَنتُم تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lā talbisū l-ḥaqqa bi-l-bāṭili wa-taktumū l-ḥaqqa wa-ʾantum taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION And do not mix the truth with falsehood, nor conceal the truth while you know. 43 وَأَقيمُوا الصَّلاةَ وَآتُوا الزَّكاةَ وَاركَعوا مَعَ الرّاكِعينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta wa-ʾātū z-zakāta wa-rkaʿū maʿa r-rākiʿīna

TRANSLATION And maintain the prayer, and give the zakāt, and bow along with those who bow [in prayer]. 44 ۞ أَتَأمُرونَ النّاسَ بِالبِرِّ وَتَنسَونَ أَنفُسَكُم وَأَنتُم تَتلونَ الكِتابَ ۚ أَفَلا تَعقِلونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-taʾmurūna n-nāsa bi-l-birri wa-tansawna ʾanfusakum wa-ʾantum tatlūna l-kitāba ʾa-fa-lā taʿqilūna

TRANSLATION Will you bid others to piety and forget yourselves, while you recite the Book? Do you not apply reason? 45 وَاستَعينوا بِالصَّبرِ وَالصَّلاةِ ۚ وَإِنَّها لَكَبيرَةٌ إِلّا عَلَى الخاشِعينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-staʿīnū bi-ṣ-ṣabri wa-ṣ-ṣalāti wa-ʾinnahā la-kabīratun ʾillā ʿalā l-khāshiʿīna

TRANSLATION And take recourse in patience and prayer, and it1 is indeed hard except for the humble The pronoun, being feminine, refers to prayer, rather than to patience or to the seeking of recourse. 46 الَّذينَ يَظُنّونَ أَنَّهُم مُلاقو رَبِّهِم وَأَنَّهُم إِلَيهِ راجِعونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna yaẓunnūna ʾannahum mulāqū rabbihim wa-ʾannahum ʾilayhi rājiʿūna

TRANSLATION —those who are certain that they will encounter their Lord, and that they will return to Him. 47 يا بَني إِسرائيلَ اذكُروا نِعمَتِيَ الَّتي أَنعَمتُ عَلَيكُم وَأَنّي فَضَّلتُكُم عَلَى العالَمينَ TRANSLITERATION yā-banī ʾisrāʾīla dhkurū niʿmatiya llatī ʾanʿamtu ʿalaykum wa-ʾannī faḍḍaltukum ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

TRANSLATION O Children of Israel, remember My blessing which I bestowed upon you, and that I gave you an advantage over all the nations. 48 وَاتَّقوا يَومًا لا تَجزي نَفسٌ عَن نَفسٍ شَيئًا وَلا يُقبَلُ مِنها شَفاعَةٌ وَلا يُؤخَذُ مِنها عَدلٌ وَلا هُم يُنصَرونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ttaqū yawman lā tajzī nafsun ʿan nafsin shayʾan wa-lā yuqbalu minhā shafāʿatun wa-lā yuʾkhadhu minhā ʿadlun wa-lā hum yunṣarūna

TRANSLATION Beware of the day when no soul shall compensate for another, neither any intercession shall be accepted from it, nor any ransom shall be received from it, nor will they be helped. 49 وَإِذ نَجَّيناكُم مِن آلِ فِرعَونَ يَسومونَكُم سوءَ العَذابِ يُذَبِّحونَ أَبناءَكُم وَيَستَحيونَ نِساءَكُم ۚ وَفي ذٰلِكُم بَلاءٌ مِن رَبِّكُم عَظيمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh najjaynākum min ʾāli firʿawna yasūmūnakum sūʾa l-ʿadhābi yudhabbiḥūna ʾabnāʾakum wa-yastaḥyūna nisāʾakum wa-fī dhālikum balāʾun min rabbikum ʿaẓīmun

TRANSLATION And when We delivered you from Pharaoh’s clan who inflicted a terrible torment on you, and slaughtered your sons and spared your women, and in that there was a great test from your Lord. 50 وَإِذ فَرَقنا بِكُمُ البَحرَ فَأَنجَيناكُم وَأَغرَقنا آلَ فِرعَونَ وَأَنتُم تَنظُرونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh faraqnā bikumu l-baḥra fa-ʾanjaynākum wa-ʾaghraqnā ʾāla firʿawna wa-ʾantum tanẓurūna

TRANSLATION And when We parted the sea with you,1 and We delivered you and drowned Pharaoh’s clan as you looked on. That is, through your entering it. 51 وَإِذ واعَدنا موسىٰ أَربَعينَ لَيلَةً ثُمَّ اتَّخَذتُمُ العِجلَ مِن بَعدِهِ وَأَنتُم ظالِمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh wāʿadnā mūsā ʾarbaʿīna laylatan thumma ttakhadhtumu l-ʿijla min baʿdihī wa-ʾantum ẓālimūna

TRANSLATION And when We made an appointment with Moses for forty nights, you took up the Calf [for worship] in his absence, and you were wrongdoers.

52 ثُمَّ عَفَونا عَنكُم مِن بَعدِ ذٰلِكَ لَعَلَّكُم تَشكُرونَ TRANSLITERATION thumma ʿafawnā ʿankum min baʿdi dhālika laʿallakum tashkurūna

TRANSLATION Then We excused you after that so that you might give thanks. 53 وَإِذ آتَينا موسَى الكِتابَ وَالفُرقانَ لَعَلَّكُم تَهتَدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh ʾātaynā mūsā l-kitāba wa-l-furqāna laʿallakum tahtadūna

TRANSLATION And when We gave Moses the Book and the Criterion1 so that you might be guided. That is, that by means of which truth and falsehood are distinguished from each other (cf. ). Elsewhere (; ) the Qurʾān is also called al-Furqān. 54 وَإِذ قالَ موسىٰ لِقَومِهِ يا قَومِ إِنَّكُم ظَلَمتُم أَنفُسَكُم بِاتِّخاذِكُمُ العِجلَ فَتوبوا إِلىٰ بارِئِكُم فَاقتُلوا أَنفُسَكُم ذٰلِكُم خَيرٌ لَكُم عِندَ بارِئِكُم فَتابَ عَلَيكُم ۚ إِنَّهُ هُوَ التَّوّابُ الرَّحيمُ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qāla mūsā li-qawmihī yā-qawmi ʾinnakum ẓalamtum ʾanfusakum bi-ttikhādhikumu l-ʿijla fa-tūbū ʾilā bāriʾikum fa-qtulū ʾanfusakum dhālikum khayrun lakum ʿinda bāriʾikum fa-tāba ʿalaykum ʾinnahū huwa t-tawwābu r-raḥīmu

TRANSLATION And [recall] when Moses said to his people, ‘O my people! You have indeed wronged yourselves by taking up the Calf [for worship]. Now turn penitently to your Maker, and slay [the guilty among] your folks. That will be better for you with your Maker.’ Then He turned to you clemently. Indeed He is the All-clement, the All-merciful. 55 وَإِذ قُلتُم يا موسىٰ لَن نُؤمِنَ لَكَ حَتّىٰ نَرَى اللَّهَ جَهرَةً فَأَخَذَتكُمُ الصّاعِقَةُ وَأَنتُم تَنظُرونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qultum yā-mūsā lan nuʾmina laka ḥattā narā llāha jahratan fa-ʾakhadhatkumu ṣ-ṣāʿiqatu wa-ʾantum tanẓurūna

TRANSLATION And when you said, ‘O Moses, we will not believe you until we see Allah visibly.’ Thereupon a thunderbolt seized you as you looked on. 56 ثُمَّ بَعَثناكُم مِن بَعدِ مَوتِكُم لَعَلَّكُم تَشكُرونَ TRANSLITERATION thumma baʿathnākum min baʿdi mawtikum laʿallakum tashkurūna

TRANSLATION Then We raised you up after your death so that you might give thanks.

57 وَظَلَّلنا عَلَيكُمُ الغَمامَ وَأَنزَلنا عَلَيكُمُ المَنَّ وَالسَّلوىٰ ۖ كُلوا مِن طَيِّباتِ ما رَزَقناكُم ۖ وَما ظَلَمونا وَلٰكِن كانوا أَنفُسَهُم يَظلِمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ẓallalnā ʿalaykumu l-ghamāma wa-ʾanzalnā ʿalaykumu l-manna wa-s-salwā kulū min ṭayyibāti mā razaqnākum wa-mā ẓalamūnā wa-lākin kānū ʾanfusahum yaẓlimūna

TRANSLATION And We shaded you with clouds, and We sent down to you manna and quails: ‘Eat of the good things We have provided for you.’ And they did not wrong Us, but they used to wrong [only] themselves. 58 وَإِذ قُلنَا ادخُلوا هٰذِهِ القَريَةَ فَكُلوا مِنها حَيثُ شِئتُم رَغَدًا وَادخُلُوا البابَ سُجَّدًا وَقولوا حِطَّةٌ نَغفِر لَكُم خَطاياكُم ۚ وَسَنَزيدُ المُحسِنينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qulnā dkhulū hādhihi l-qaryata fa-kulū minhā ḥaythu shiʾtum raghadan wa-dkhulū l-bāba sujjadan wa-qūlū ḥiṭṭatun naghfir lakum khaṭāyākum wa-sa-nazīdu l-muḥsinīna

TRANSLATION And when We said, ‘Enter this town,1 and eat thereof freely whencesoever you wish, and enter prostrating at the gate, and say, “Relieve [us of the burden of our sins],”2 that We may forgive your iniquities, and soon We will enhance the virtuous.’ This city, according to tradition (see Tafsīr al-Imām al-ʿAskarī), was Arīḥāʾ or Jericho (or Jerusalem, according to some commentators), an ancient city of Palestine near the northwest shore of the Dead Sea. A stronghold commanding the valley of the lower Jordan River, it was captured and destroyed by Joshua forty years later. Or ‘[We beseech] forgiveness [for our sins].’ 59 فَبَدَّلَ الَّذينَ ظَلَموا قَولًا غَيرَ الَّذي قيلَ لَهُم فَأَنزَلنا عَلَى الَّذينَ ظَلَموا رِجزًا مِنَ السَّماءِ بِما كانوا يَفسُقونَ TRANSLITERATION fa-baddala lladhīna ẓalamū qawlan ghayra lladhī qīla lahum fa-ʾanzalnā ʿalā lladhīna ẓalamū rijzan mina s-samāʾi bi-mā kānū yafsuqūna

TRANSLATION But the wrongdoers changed the saying with other than what they were told. So We sent down on those who were wrongdoers a plague from the sky because of the transgressions they used to commit. 60 ۞ وَإِذِ استَسقىٰ موسىٰ لِقَومِهِ فَقُلنَا اضرِب بِعَصاكَ الحَجَرَ ۖ فَانفَجَرَت مِنهُ اثنَتا عَشرَةَ عَينًا ۖ قَد عَلِمَ كُلُّ أُناسٍ مَشرَبَهُم ۖ كُلوا وَاشرَبوا مِن رِزقِ اللَّهِ وَلا تَعثَوا فِي الأَرضِ مُفسِدينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhi stasqā mūsā li-qawmihī fa-qulnā ḍrib bi-ʿaṣāka l-ḥajara fa-nfajarat minhu thnatā ʿashrata ʿaynan qad ʿalima kullu ʾunāsin mashrabahum kulū wa-shrabū min rizqi llāhi wa-lā taʿthaw fī l-ʾarḍi mufsidīna

TRANSLATION And when Moses prayed for water for his people, We said, ‘Strike the rock with your staff.’ Thereat twelve fountains gushed forth from it; every tribe came to know its drinking-place. ‘Eat and drink of Allah’s provision, and do not act wickedly on the earth, causing corruption.’ 61 وَإِذ قُلتُم يا موسىٰ لَن نَصبِرَ عَلىٰ طَعامٍ واحِدٍ فَادعُ لَنا رَبَّكَ يُخرِج لَنا مِمّا تُنبِتُ الأَرضُ مِن بَقلِها وَقِثّائِها وَفومِها وَعَدَسِها وَبَصَلِها ۖ قالَ أَتَستَبدِلونَ الَّذي هُوَ أَدنىٰ بِالَّذي هُوَ خَيرٌ ۚ اهبِطوا مِصرًا فَإِنَّ لَكُم ما سَأَلتُم ۗ وَضُرِبَت عَلَيهِمُ الذِّلَّةُ وَالمَسكَنَةُ وَباءوا بِغَضَبٍ مِنَ اللَّهِ ۗ ذٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُم كانوا يَكفُرونَ بِآياتِ اللَّهِ وَيَقتُلونَ النَّبِيّينَ بِغَيرِ الحَقِّ ۗ ذٰلِكَ بِما عَصَوا وَكانوا يَعتَدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qultum yā-mūsā lan naṣbira ʿalā ṭaʿāmin wāḥidin fa-dʿu lanā rabbaka yukhrij lanā mimmā tunbitu l-ʾarḍu min baqlihā wa-qiththāʾihā wa-fūmihā wa-ʿadasihā wa-baṣalihā qāla ʾa-tastabdilūna lladhī huwa ʾadnā bi-lladhī huwa khayrun-i hbiṭū miṣran fa-ʾinna lakum mā saʾaltum wa-ḍuribat ʿalayhimu dh-dhillatu wa-l-maskanatu wa-bāʾū bi-ghaḍabin mina llāhi dhālika bi-ʾannahum kānū yakfurūna bi-ʾāyāti llāhi wa-yaqtulūna n-nabiyyīna bi-ghayri l-ḥaqqi dhālika bi-mā ʿaṣaw wa-kānū yaʿtadūna

TRANSLATION And when you said, ‘O Moses, ‘We will not put up with one kind of food. So invoke your Lord for us, that He may bring forth for us of that which the earth grows —its greens and its cucumbers, its garlic, its lentils, and its onions.’ He said, ‘Do you seek to replace what is superior with that which is inferior? Go down to any town and you will indeed get what you ask for!’ So they were struck with abasement and poverty, and they earned Allah’s wrath. That, because they would defy the signs of Allah and kill the prophets unjustly. That, because they would disobey and used to commit transgression.

62 إِنَّ الَّذينَ آمَنوا وَالَّذينَ هادوا وَالنَّصارىٰ وَالصّابِئينَ مَن آمَنَ بِاللَّهِ وَاليَومِ الآخِرِ وَعَمِلَ صالِحًا فَلَهُم أَجرُهُم عِندَ رَبِّهِم وَلا خَوفٌ عَلَيهِم وَلا هُم يَحزَنونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna lladhīna ʾāmanū wa-lladhīna hādū wa-n-naṣārā wa-ṣ-ṣābiʾīna man ʾāmana bi-llāhi wa-l-yawmi l-ʾākhiri wa-ʿamila ṣāliḥan fa-lahum ʾajruhum ʿinda rabbihim wa-lā khawfun ʿalayhim wa-lā hum yaḥzanūna

TRANSLATION Indeed the faithful, the Jews, the Christians, and the Sabaeans —those of them who have faith in Allah and the Last Day and act righteously— they shall have their reward near their Lord, and they will have no fear, nor will they grieve.

63 وَإِذ أَخَذنا ميثاقَكُم وَرَفَعنا فَوقَكُمُ الطّورَ خُذوا ما آتَيناكُم بِقُوَّةٍ وَاذكُروا ما فيهِ لَعَلَّكُم تَتَّقونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh ʾakhadhnā mīthāqakum wa-rafaʿnā fawqakumu ṭ-ṭūra khudhū mā ʾātaynākum bi-quwwatin wa-dhkurū mā fīhi laʿallakum tattaqūna

TRANSLATION And when We took a pledge from you, and raised the Mount above you [declaring], ‘Hold on with power to what We have given you, and remember that which is in it, so that you may be Godwary.’ 64 ثُمَّ تَوَلَّيتُم مِن بَعدِ ذٰلِكَ ۖ فَلَولا فَضلُ اللَّهِ عَلَيكُم وَرَحمَتُهُ لَكُنتُم مِنَ الخاسِرينَ TRANSLITERATION thumma tawallaytum min baʿdi dhālika fa-law-lā faḍlu llāhi ʿalaykum wa-raḥmatuhū la-kuntum mina l-khāsirīna

TRANSLATION Then after that you turned away; and were it not for Allah’s grace on you and His mercy, you would surely have been among the losers. 65 وَلَقَد عَلِمتُمُ الَّذينَ اعتَدَوا مِنكُم فِي السَّبتِ فَقُلنا لَهُم كونوا قِرَدَةً خاسِئينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-la-qad ʿalimtumu lladhīna ʿtadaw minkum fī s-sabti fa-qulnā lahum kūnū qiradatan khāsiʾīna

TRANSLATION And certainly you know those of you who violated the Sabbath, whereupon We said to them, ‘Be you spurned apes.’ 66 فَجَعَلناها نَكالًا لِما بَينَ يَدَيها وَما خَلفَها وَمَوعِظَةً لِلمُتَّقينَ TRANSLITERATION fa-jaʿalnāhā nakālan li-mā bayna yadayhā wa-mā khalfahā wa-mawʿiẓatan li-l-muttaqīna

TRANSLATION So We made it an exemplary punishment for the present and the succeeding [generations], and an advice to the Godwary.

67 وَإِذ قالَ موسىٰ لِقَومِهِ إِنَّ اللَّهَ يَأمُرُكُم أَن تَذبَحوا بَقَرَةً ۖ قالوا أَتَتَّخِذُنا هُزُوًا ۖ قالَ أَعوذُ بِاللَّهِ أَن أَكونَ مِنَ الجاهِلينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qāla mūsā li-qawmihī ʾinna llāha yaʾmurukum ʾan tadhbaḥū baqaratan qālū ʾa-tattakhidhunā huzuwan qāla ʾaʿūdhu bi-llāhi ʾan ʾakūna mina l-jāhilīna

TRANSLATION And when Moses said to his people, ‘Indeed Allah commands you to slaughter a cow,’ they said, ‘Do you take us in derision?’ He said, ‘I seek Allah’s protection lest I should be one of the senseless!’ 68 قالُوا ادعُ لَنا رَبَّكَ يُبَيِّن لَنا ما هِيَ ۚ قالَ إِنَّهُ يَقولُ إِنَّها بَقَرَةٌ لا فارِضٌ وَلا بِكرٌ عَوانٌ بَينَ ذٰلِكَ ۖ فَافعَلوا ما تُؤمَرونَ TRANSLITERATION qālū dʿu lanā rabbaka yubayyin lanā mā hiya qāla ʾinnahū yaqūlu ʾinnahā baqaratun lā fāriḍun wa-lā bikrun ʿawānun bayna dhālika fa-fʿalū mā tuʾmarūna

TRANSLATION They said, ‘Invoke your Lord for us, that He may clarify for us what she may be.’ He said, ‘He says, She is a cow, neither old nor young, of a middle age. Now do what you are commanded.’ 69 قالُوا ادعُ لَنا رَبَّكَ يُبَيِّن لَنا ما لَونُها ۚ قالَ إِنَّهُ يَقولُ إِنَّها بَقَرَةٌ صَفراءُ فاقِعٌ لَونُها تَسُرُّ النّاظِرينَ TRANSLITERATION qālū dʿu lanā rabbaka yubayyin lanā mā lawnuhā qāla ʾinnahū yaqūlu ʾinnahā baqaratun ṣafrāʾu fāqiʿun lawnuhā tasurru n-nāẓirīna

TRANSLATION They said, ‘Invoke your Lord for us, that He may clarify for us what her colour may be.’ He said, ‘He says, She is a cow that is yellow, of a bright hue, pleasing to the onlookers.’ 70 قالُوا ادعُ لَنا رَبَّكَ يُبَيِّن لَنا ما هِيَ إِنَّ البَقَرَ تَشابَهَ عَلَينا وَإِنّا إِن شاءَ اللَّهُ لَمُهتَدونَ TRANSLITERATION qālū dʿu lanā rabbaka yubayyin lanā mā hiya ʾinna l-baqara tashābaha ʿalaynā wa-ʾinnā ʾin shāʾa llāhu la-muhtadūna

TRANSLATION They said, ‘Invoke your Lord for us, that He may clarify for us what she may be. Indeed all cows are much alike to us, and, if Allah wishes, we will surely be guided.’ 71 قالَ إِنَّهُ يَقولُ إِنَّها بَقَرَةٌ لا ذَلولٌ تُثيرُ الأَرضَ وَلا تَسقِي الحَرثَ مُسَلَّمَةٌ لا شِيَةَ فيها ۚ قالُوا الآنَ جِئتَ بِالحَقِّ ۚ فَذَبَحوها وَما كادوا يَفعَلونَ TRANSLITERATION qāla ʾinnahū yaqūlu ʾinnahā baqaratun lā dhalūlun tuthīru l-ʾarḍa wa-lā tasqī l-ḥartha musallamatun lā shiyata fīhā qālū l-ʾāna jiʾta bi-l-ḥaqqi fa-dhabaḥūhā wa-mā kādū yafʿalūna

TRANSLATION He said, ‘He says, She is a cow not broken to till the earth or to water the tillage, sound and without blemish.’ They said, ‘Now have you come up with the truth!’ And they slaughtered it, though they were about not to do it. 72 وَإِذ قَتَلتُم نَفسًا فَادّارَأتُم فيها ۖ وَاللَّهُ مُخرِجٌ ما كُنتُم تَكتُمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qataltum nafsan fa-ddāraʾtum fīhā wa-llāhu mukhrijun mā kuntum taktumūna

TRANSLATION And when you killed a soul, and accused one another about it —and Allah was to expose whatever you were concealing— 73 فَقُلنَا اضرِبوهُ بِبَعضِها ۚ كَذٰلِكَ يُحيِي اللَّهُ المَوتىٰ وَيُريكُم آياتِهِ لَعَلَّكُم تَعقِلونَ TRANSLITERATION fa-qulnā ḍribūhu bi-baʿḍihā ka-dhālika yuḥyi llāhu l-mawtā wa-yurīkum ʾāyātihī laʿallakum taʿqilūna

TRANSLATION We said, ‘Strike him with a piece of it:’ thus does Allah revive the dead, and He shows you His signs so that you may apply reason. 74 ثُمَّ قَسَت قُلوبُكُم مِن بَعدِ ذٰلِكَ فَهِيَ كَالحِجارَةِ أَو أَشَدُّ قَسوَةً ۚ وَإِنَّ مِنَ الحِجارَةِ لَما يَتَفَجَّرُ مِنهُ الأَنهارُ ۚ وَإِنَّ مِنها لَما يَشَّقَّقُ فَيَخرُجُ مِنهُ الماءُ ۚ وَإِنَّ مِنها لَما يَهبِطُ مِن خَشيَةِ اللَّهِ ۗ وَمَا اللَّهُ بِغافِلٍ عَمّا تَعمَلونَ TRANSLITERATION thumma qasat qulūbukum min baʿdi dhālika fa-hiya ka-l-ḥijārati ʾaw ʾashaddu qaswatan wa-ʾinna mina l-ḥijārati la-mā yatafajjaru minhu l-ʾanhāru wa-ʾinna minhā la-mā yashshaqqaqu fa-yakhruju minhu l-māʾu wa-ʾinna minhā la-mā yahbiṭu min khashyati llāhi wa-mā llāhu bi-ghāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

TRANSLATION Then your hearts hardened after that; so they are like stones, or even harder. For indeed there are some stones from which streams gush forth, and indeed there are some of them that split, and water issues from them, and indeed there are some of them that fall for the fear of Allah. And Allah is not oblivious of what you do.

75 ۞ أَفَتَطمَعونَ أَن يُؤمِنوا لَكُم وَقَد كانَ فَريقٌ مِنهُم يَسمَعونَ كَلامَ اللَّهِ ثُمَّ يُحَرِّفونَهُ مِن بَعدِ ما عَقَلوهُ وَهُم يَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-fa-taṭmaʿūna ʾan yuʾminū lakum wa-qad kāna farīqun minhum yasmaʿūna kalāma llāhi thumma yuḥarrifūnahū min baʿdi mā ʿaqalūhu wa-hum yaʿlamūna

TRANSLATION Are you then eager that they should believe you,1 though a part of them would hear the word of Allah and then they would distort it2 after they had understood it, and they knew [what they were doing]? This is an address to the muslims who were eager that the Jews should embrace Islam and follow the Prophet’s teachings. Cf. ; , , for this characteristic of the Jews. 76 وَإِذا لَقُوا الَّذينَ آمَنوا قالوا آمَنّا وَإِذا خَلا بَعضُهُم إِلىٰ بَعضٍ قالوا أَتُحَدِّثونَهُم بِما فَتَحَ اللَّهُ عَلَيكُم لِيُحاجّوكُم بِهِ عِندَ رَبِّكُم ۚ أَفَلا تَعقِلونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā laqū lladhīna ʾāmanū qālū ʾāmannā wa-ʾidhā khalā baʿḍuhum ʾilā baʿḍin qālū ʾa-tuḥaddithūnahum bi-mā fataḥa llāhu ʿalaykum li-yuḥājjūkum bihī ʿinda rabbikum ʾa-fa-lā taʿqilūna

TRANSLATION When they meet the faithful, they say, ‘We believe,’ and when they are alone with one another, they say, ‘Do you recount to them what Allah has revealed to you, so that they may argue with you therewith before your Lord? Do you not apply reason?’

77 أَوَلا يَعلَمونَ أَنَّ اللَّهَ يَعلَمُ ما يُسِرّونَ وَما يُعلِنونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-wa-lā yaʿlamūna ʾanna llāha yaʿlamu mā yusirrūna wa-mā yuʿlinūna

TRANSLATION Do they not know that Allah knows whatever they hide and whatever they disclose?

78 وَمِنهُم أُمِّيّونَ لا يَعلَمونَ الكِتابَ إِلّا أَمانِيَّ وَإِن هُم إِلّا يَظُنّونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-minhum ʾummiyyūna lā yaʿlamūna l-kitāba ʾillā ʾamāniyya wa-ʾin hum ʾillā yaẓunnūna

TRANSLATION And among them are the illiterate who know nothing of the Book except hearsay,1 and they only make conjectures. That is, what they learnt through word of mouth from their scribes and priests, rather than from a direct knowledge of the scriptures. Or ‘hopes,’ or ‘lies.’ 79 فَوَيلٌ لِلَّذينَ يَكتُبونَ الكِتابَ بِأَيديهِم ثُمَّ يَقولونَ هٰذا مِن عِندِ اللَّهِ لِيَشتَروا بِهِ ثَمَنًا قَليلًا ۖ فَوَيلٌ لَهُم مِمّا كَتَبَت أَيديهِم وَوَيلٌ لَهُم مِمّا يَكسِبونَ TRANSLITERATION fa-waylun li-lladhīna yaktubūna l-kitāba bi-ʾaydīhim thumma yaqūlūna hādhā min ʿindi llāhi li-yashtarū bihī thamanan qalīlan fa-waylun lahum mimmā katabat ʾaydīhim wa-waylun lahum mimmā yaksibūna

TRANSLATION So woe to those who write the Book with their hands and then say, ‘This is from Allah,’ that they may sell it for a paltry gain. So woe to them for what their hands have written, and woe to them for what they earn!

80 وَقالوا لَن تَمَسَّنَا النّارُ إِلّا أَيّامًا مَعدودَةً ۚ قُل أَتَّخَذتُم عِندَ اللَّهِ عَهدًا فَلَن يُخلِفَ اللَّهُ عَهدَهُ ۖ أَم تَقولونَ عَلَى اللَّهِ ما لا تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qālū lan tamassanā n-nāru ʾillā ʾayyāman maʿdūdatan qul ʾa-ttakhadhtum ʿinda llāhi ʿahdan fa-lan yukhlifa llāhu ʿahdahū ʾam taqūlūna ʿalā llāhi mā lā taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION And they say, ‘The Fire shall not touch us except for a number of days.’ Say, ‘Have you taken a promise from Allah? If so, Allah shall never break His promise. Or do you ascribe to Allah what you do not know?’

81 بَلىٰ مَن كَسَبَ سَيِّئَةً وَأَحاطَت بِهِ خَطيئَتُهُ فَأُولٰئِكَ أَصحابُ النّارِ ۖ هُم فيها خالِدونَ TRANSLITERATION balā man kasaba sayyiʾatan wa-ʾaḥāṭat bihī khaṭīʾatuhū fa-ʾulāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā khālidūna

TRANSLATION Certainly whoever commits misdeeds and is besieged by his iniquity —such shall be the inmates of the Fire, and they shall remain in it [forever].

82 وَالَّذينَ آمَنوا وَعَمِلُوا الصّالِحاتِ أُولٰئِكَ أَصحابُ الجَنَّةِ ۖ هُم فيها خالِدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lladhīna ʾāmanū wa-ʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti ʾulāʾika ʾaṣḥābu l-jannati hum fīhā khālidūna

TRANSLATION And those who have faith and do righteous deeds, —they shall be the inhabitants of paradise; they shall remain in it [forever]. 83 وَإِذ أَخَذنا ميثاقَ بَني إِسرائيلَ لا تَعبُدونَ إِلَّا اللَّهَ وَبِالوالِدَينِ إِحسانًا وَذِي القُربىٰ وَاليَتامىٰ وَالمَساكينِ وَقولوا لِلنّاسِ حُسنًا وَأَقيمُوا الصَّلاةَ وَآتُوا الزَّكاةَ ثُمَّ تَوَلَّيتُم إِلّا قَليلًا مِنكُم وَأَنتُم مُعرِضونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh ʾakhadhnā mīthāqa banī ʾisrāʾīla lā taʿbudūna ʾillā llāha wa-bi-l-wālidayni ʾiḥsānan wa-dhī l-qurbā wa-l-yatāmā wa-l-masākīni wa-qūlū li-n-nāsi ḥusnan wa-ʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta wa-ʾātū z-zakāta thumma tawallaytum ʾillā qalīlan minkum wa-ʾantum muʿriḍūna

TRANSLATION And when We took a pledge from the Children of Israel: ‘Worship no one but Allah, do good to parents, relatives, orphans, and the needy, and speak kindly to people, and maintain the prayer, and give the zakāt,’ you turned away, except a few of you, and you were disregardful.

84 وَإِذ أَخَذنا ميثاقَكُم لا تَسفِكونَ دِماءَكُم وَلا تُخرِجونَ أَنفُسَكُم مِن دِيارِكُم ثُمَّ أَقرَرتُم وَأَنتُم تَشهَدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh ʾakhadhnā mīthāqakum lā tasfikūna dimāʾakum wa-lā tukhrijūna ʾanfusakum min diyārikum thumma ʾaqrartum wa-ʾantum tashhadūna

TRANSLATION And when We took a pledge from you: ‘You shall not shed your [own people’s] blood, and you shall not expel your folks from your homes,’ you pledged, and you testify1 [to this pledge of your ancestors]. Or ‘and you testified.’ 85 ثُمَّ أَنتُم هٰؤُلاءِ تَقتُلونَ أَنفُسَكُم وَتُخرِجونَ فَريقًا مِنكُم مِن دِيارِهِم تَظاهَرونَ عَلَيهِم بِالإِثمِ وَالعُدوانِ وَإِن يَأتوكُم أُسارىٰ تُفادوهُم وَهُوَ مُحَرَّمٌ عَلَيكُم إِخراجُهُم ۚ أَفَتُؤمِنونَ بِبَعضِ الكِتابِ وَتَكفُرونَ بِبَعضٍ ۚ فَما جَزاءُ مَن يَفعَلُ ذٰلِكَ مِنكُم إِلّا خِزيٌ فِي الحَياةِ الدُّنيا ۖ وَيَومَ القِيامَةِ يُرَدّونَ إِلىٰ أَشَدِّ العَذابِ ۗ وَمَا اللَّهُ بِغافِلٍ عَمّا تَعمَلونَ TRANSLITERATION thumma ʾantum hāʾulāʾi taqtulūna ʾanfusakum wa-tukhrijūna farīqan minkum min diyārihim taẓāharūna ʿalayhim bi-l-ʾithmi wa-l-ʿudwāni wa-ʾin yaʾtūkum ʾusārā tufādūhum wa-huwa muḥarramun ʿalaykum ʾikhrājuhum ʾa-fa-tuʾminūna bi-baʿḍi l-kitābi wa-takfurūna bi-baʿḍin fa-mā jazāʾu man yafʿalu dhālika minkum ʾillā khizyun fī l-ḥayāti d-dunyā wa-yawma l-qiyāmati yuraddūna ʾilā ʾashaddi l-ʿadhābi wa-mā llāhu bi-ghāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

TRANSLATION Then there you were, killing your folks and expelling a part of your folks from their homes, backing one another against them in sin and aggression! And if they came to you as captives, you would ransom them, though their expulsion itself was forbidden you. What! Do you believe in part of the Book and defy another part? So what is the requital of those of you who do that except disgrace in the life of this world? And on the Day of Resurrection, they shall be consigned to the severest punishment. And Allah is not oblivious of what you do.

86 أُولٰئِكَ الَّذينَ اشتَرَوُا الحَياةَ الدُّنيا بِالآخِرَةِ ۖ فَلا يُخَفَّفُ عَنهُمُ العَذابُ وَلا هُم يُنصَرونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾulāʾika lladhīna shtarawu l-ḥayāta d-dunyā bi-l-ʾākhirati fa-lā yukhaffafu ʿanhumu l-ʿadhābu wa-lā hum yunṣarūna

TRANSLATION They are the ones who bought the life of this world for the Hereafter; so their punishment shall not be lightened, nor will they be helped.

87 وَلَقَد آتَينا موسَى الكِتابَ وَقَفَّينا مِن بَعدِهِ بِالرُّسُلِ ۖ وَآتَينا عيسَى ابنَ مَريَمَ البَيِّناتِ وَأَيَّدناهُ بِروحِ القُدُسِ ۗ أَفَكُلَّما جاءَكُم رَسولٌ بِما لا تَهوىٰ أَنفُسُكُمُ استَكبَرتُم فَفَريقًا كَذَّبتُم وَفَريقًا تَقتُلونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-la-qad ʾātaynā mūsā l-kitāba wa-qaffaynā min baʿdihī bi-r-rusuli wa-ʾātaynā ʿīsā bna maryama l-bayyināti wa-ʾayyadnāhu bi-rūḥi l-qudusi ʾa-fa-kullamā jāʾakum rasūlun bi-mā lā tahwā ʾanfusukumu stakbartum fa-farīqan kadhdhabtum wa-farīqan taqtulūna

TRANSLATION Certainly We gave Moses the Book, and followed him with the apostles, and We gave Jesus, the son of Mary, manifest proofs, and confirmed him with the Holy Spirit. Is it not that whenever an apostle brought you1 that which was not to your liking, you would act arrogantly; so you would impugn a part [of them], and slay a[nother] part? That is, the Jews. 88 وَقالوا قُلوبُنا غُلفٌ ۚ بَل لَعَنَهُمُ اللَّهُ بِكُفرِهِم فَقَليلًا ما يُؤمِنونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qālū qulūbunā ghulfun bal laʿanahumu llāhu bi-kufrihim fa-qalīlan mā yuʾminūna

TRANSLATION And they say, ‘Our hearts are uncircumcised.’1 Rather Allah has cursed them for their unfaith, so few of them have faith. Uncircumcised: unconverted, heathen, faithless; cf. . In Leviticus 26.41, it is said of the Israelites, ‘Then when their uncircumcised hearts are humbled and they pay for their sin, I will remember my covenant with Jacob … ,’ and in Jeremiah 9.26: ‘Even the whole house of Israel is uncircumcised in heart … .’ There are other similar expressions and phrases in the Bible: “uncircumcised lips” (Exodus 6.12 and 6.30); “their ear is uncircumcised and they cannot hearken” (Jeremiah 6.10); “uncircumcised in heart, and uncircumcised in flesh” (Ezekiel 44.7, 9); “uncircumcised in heart and ears” (Acts 7.51), “putting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ” (Colossians 2.11). 89 وَلَمّا جاءَهُم كِتابٌ مِن عِندِ اللَّهِ مُصَدِّقٌ لِما مَعَهُم وَكانوا مِن قَبلُ يَستَفتِحونَ عَلَى الَّذينَ كَفَروا فَلَمّا جاءَهُم ما عَرَفوا كَفَروا بِهِ ۚ فَلَعنَةُ اللَّهِ عَلَى الكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lammā jāʾahum kitābun min ʿindi llāhi muṣaddiqun li-mā maʿahum wa-kānū min qablu yastaftiḥūna ʿalā lladhīna kafarū fa-lammā jāʾahum mā ʿarafū kafarū bihī fa-laʿnatu llāhi ʿalā l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION And when there came to them a Book from Allah, confirming that which is with them —and earlier they would pray for victory over the pagans— so when there came to them what they recognized, they defied it. So may the curse of Allah be on the faithless!

90 بِئسَمَا اشتَرَوا بِهِ أَنفُسَهُم أَن يَكفُروا بِما أَنزَلَ اللَّهُ بَغيًا أَن يُنَزِّلَ اللَّهُ مِن فَضلِهِ عَلىٰ مَن يَشاءُ مِن عِبادِهِ ۖ فَباءوا بِغَضَبٍ عَلىٰ غَضَبٍ ۚ وَلِلكافِرينَ عَذابٌ مُهينٌ TRANSLITERATION biʾsamā shtaraw bihī ʾanfusahum ʾan yakfurū bi-mā ʾanzala llāhu baghyan ʾan yunazzila llāhu min faḍlihī ʿalā man yashāʾu min ʿibādihī fa-bāʾū bi-ghaḍabin ʿalā ghaḍabin wa-li-l-kāfirīna ʿadhābun muhīnun

TRANSLATION Evil is that for which they have sold their souls, by defying what Allah has sent down, out of envy, that Allah should bestow His grace on any of His servants that He wishes. Thus they earned wrath upon wrath, and there is a humiliating punishment for the faithless.

91 وَإِذا قيلَ لَهُم آمِنوا بِما أَنزَلَ اللَّهُ قالوا نُؤمِنُ بِما أُنزِلَ عَلَينا وَيَكفُرونَ بِما وَراءَهُ وَهُوَ الحَقُّ مُصَدِّقًا لِما مَعَهُم ۗ قُل فَلِمَ تَقتُلونَ أَنبِياءَ اللَّهِ مِن قَبلُ إِن كُنتُم مُؤمِنينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā qīla lahum ʾāminū bi-mā ʾanzala llāhu qālū nuʾminu bi-mā ʾunzila ʿalaynā wa-yakfurūna bi-mā warāʾahū wa-huwa l-ḥaqqu muṣaddiqan li-mā maʿahum qul fa-li-ma taqtulūna ʾanbiyāʾa llāhi min qablu ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

TRANSLATION And when they are told, ‘Believe in what Allah has sent down,’ they say, ‘We believe in what was sent down to us,’ and they disbelieve what is besides it, though it is the truth confirming what is with them. Say, ‘Then why would you kill the prophets of Allah formerly, should you be faithful?’

92 ۞ وَلَقَد جاءَكُم موسىٰ بِالبَيِّناتِ ثُمَّ اتَّخَذتُمُ العِجلَ مِن بَعدِهِ وَأَنتُم ظالِمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-la-qad jāʾakum mūsā bi-l-bayyināti thumma ttakhadhtumu l-ʿijla min baʿdihī wa-ʾantum ẓālimūna

TRANSLATION Certainly Moses brought you manifest proofs, but then you took up the Calf in his absence, and you were wrongdoers.

93 وَإِذ أَخَذنا ميثاقَكُم وَرَفَعنا فَوقَكُمُ الطّورَ خُذوا ما آتَيناكُم بِقُوَّةٍ وَاسمَعوا ۖ قالوا سَمِعنا وَعَصَينا وَأُشرِبوا في قُلوبِهِمُ العِجلَ بِكُفرِهِم ۚ قُل بِئسَما يَأمُرُكُم بِهِ إيمانُكُم إِن كُنتُم مُؤمِنينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh ʾakhadhnā mīthāqakum wa-rafaʿnā fawqakumu ṭ-ṭūra khudhū mā ʾātaynākum bi-quwwatin wa-smaʿū qālū samiʿnā wa-ʿaṣaynā wa-ʾushribū fī qulūbihimu l-ʿijla bi-kufrihim qul biʾsa-mā yaʾmurukum bihī ʾīmānukum ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

TRANSLATION And when We took covenant with you and raised the Mount above you [declaring], ‘Hold on with power to what We have given you, and listen!’ They said, ‘We hear, and disobey,’ and their hearts had been imbued with [the love of] the Calf, due to their faithlessness. Say, ‘Evil is that to which your faith prompts you, should you be faithful!’

94 قُل إِن كانَت لَكُمُ الدّارُ الآخِرَةُ عِندَ اللَّهِ خالِصَةً مِن دونِ النّاسِ فَتَمَنَّوُا المَوتَ إِن كُنتُم صادِقينَ TRANSLITERATION qul ʾin kānat lakumu d-dāru l-ʾākhiratu ʿinda llāhi khāliṣatan min dūni n-nāsi fa-tamannawu l-mawta ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

TRANSLATION Say, ‘If the abode of the Hereafter with Allah were exclusively for you, and not for other people, then long for death, should you be truthful.’

95 وَلَن يَتَمَنَّوهُ أَبَدًا بِما قَدَّمَت أَيديهِم ۗ وَاللَّهُ عَليمٌ بِالظّالِمينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lan yatamannawhu ʾabadan bi-mā qaddamat ʾaydīhim wa-llāhu ʿalīmun bi-ẓ-ẓālimīna

TRANSLATION But they will not long for it ever because of what their hands have sent ahead,1 and Allah knows best the wrongdoers. That is, to the scene of judgement and retribution on the Day of Resurrection. Or ‘prepared,’ ‘made ready,’ or ‘committed,’ ‘perpetrated.’ 96 وَلَتَجِدَنَّهُم أَحرَصَ النّاسِ عَلىٰ حَياةٍ وَمِنَ الَّذينَ أَشرَكوا ۚ يَوَدُّ أَحَدُهُم لَو يُعَمَّرُ أَلفَ سَنَةٍ وَما هُوَ بِمُزَحزِحِهِ مِنَ العَذابِ أَن يُعَمَّرَ ۗ وَاللَّهُ بَصيرٌ بِما يَعمَلونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-la-tajidannahum ʾaḥraṣa n-nāsi ʿalā ḥayātin wa-mina lladhīna ʾashrakū yawaddu ʾaḥaduhum law yuʿammaru ʾalfa sanatin wa-mā huwa bi-muzaḥziḥihī mina l-ʿadhābi ʾan yuʿammara wa-llāhu baṣīrun bi-mā yaʿmalūna

TRANSLATION Surely, you will find them the greediest for life, of all people ⎯even the idolaters. Each of them is eager to live a thousand years, though it would not deliver him from the punishment, were he to live [that long]. And Allah sees best what they do.

97 قُل مَن كانَ عَدُوًّا لِجِبريلَ فَإِنَّهُ نَزَّلَهُ عَلىٰ قَلبِكَ بِإِذنِ اللَّهِ مُصَدِّقًا لِما بَينَ يَدَيهِ وَهُدًى وَبُشرىٰ لِلمُؤمِنينَ TRANSLITERATION qul man kāna ʿaduwwan li-jibrīla fa-ʾinnahū nazzalahū ʿalā qalbika bi-ʾidhni llāhi muṣaddiqan li-mā bayna yadayhi wa-hudan wa-bushrā li-l-muʾminīna

TRANSLATION Say, ‘Whoever is an enemy of Gabriel [should know that] it is he who has brought it down on your heart with the will of Allah, confirming what has been [revealed] before it, and as a guidance and good news to the faithful.’

98 مَن كانَ عَدُوًّا لِلَّهِ وَمَلائِكَتِهِ وَرُسُلِهِ وَجِبريلَ وَميكالَ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ عَدُوٌّ لِلكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION man kāna ʿaduwwan li-llāhi wa-malāʾikatihī wa-rusulihī wa-jibrīla wa-mīkāla fa-ʾinna llāha ʿaduwwun li-l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION [Say,] ‘Whoever is an enemy of Allah, His angels and His apostles, and Gabriel and Michael, [let him know that] Allah is indeed the enemy of the faithless.’ 99 وَلَقَد أَنزَلنا إِلَيكَ آياتٍ بَيِّناتٍ ۖ وَما يَكفُرُ بِها إِلَّا الفاسِقونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-la-qad ʾanzalnā ʾilayka ʾāyātin bayyinātin wa-mā yakfuru bihā ʾillā l-fāsiqūna

TRANSLATION We have certainly sent down manifest signs to you, and no one defies them except transgressors. 100 أَوَكُلَّما عاهَدوا عَهدًا نَبَذَهُ فَريقٌ مِنهُم ۚ بَل أَكثَرُهُم لا يُؤمِنونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-wa-kullamā ʿāhadū ʿahdan nabadhahū farīqun minhum bal ʾaktharuhum lā yuʾminūna

TRANSLATION Is it not that whenever they made a covenant, a part of them would cast it away? Rather the majority of them do not have faith.

101 وَلَمّا جاءَهُم رَسولٌ مِن عِندِ اللَّهِ مُصَدِّقٌ لِما مَعَهُم نَبَذَ فَريقٌ مِنَ الَّذينَ أوتُوا الكِتابَ كِتابَ اللَّهِ وَراءَ ظُهورِهِم كَأَنَّهُم لا يَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lammā jāʾahum rasūlun min ʿindi llāhi muṣaddiqun li-mā maʿahum nabadha farīqun mina lladhīna ʾūtū l-kitāba kitāba llāhi warāʾa ẓuhūrihim ka-ʾannahum lā yaʿlamūna

TRANSLATION And when there came to them an apostle from Allah, confirming that which is with them, a part of those who were given the Book cast the Book of Allah behind their back, as if they did not know [that it is Allah’s Book].

102 وَاتَّبَعوا ما تَتلُو الشَّياطينُ عَلىٰ مُلكِ سُلَيمانَ ۖ وَما كَفَرَ سُلَيمانُ وَلٰكِنَّ الشَّياطينَ كَفَروا يُعَلِّمونَ النّاسَ السِّحرَ وَما أُنزِلَ عَلَى المَلَكَينِ بِبابِلَ هاروتَ وَماروتَ ۚ وَما يُعَلِّمانِ مِن أَحَدٍ حَتّىٰ يَقولا إِنَّما نَحنُ فِتنَةٌ فَلا تَكفُر ۖ فَيَتَعَلَّمونَ مِنهُما ما يُفَرِّقونَ بِهِ بَينَ المَرءِ وَزَوجِهِ ۚ وَما هُم بِضارّينَ بِهِ مِن أَحَدٍ إِلّا بِإِذنِ اللَّهِ ۚ وَيَتَعَلَّمونَ ما يَضُرُّهُم وَلا يَنفَعُهُم ۚ وَلَقَد عَلِموا لَمَنِ اشتَراهُ ما لَهُ فِي الآخِرَةِ مِن خَلاقٍ ۚ وَلَبِئسَ ما شَرَوا بِهِ أَنفُسَهُم ۚ لَو كانوا يَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ttabaʿū mā tatlū sh-shayāṭīnu ʿalā mulki sulaymāna wa-mā kafara sulaymānu wa-lākinna sh-shayāṭīna kafarū yuʿallimūna n-nāsa s-siḥra wa-mā ʾunzila ʿalā l-malakayni bi-bābila hārūta wa-mārūta wa-mā yuʿallimāni min ʾaḥadin ḥattā yaqūlā ʾinnamā naḥnu fitnatun fa-lā takfur fa-yataʿallamūna minhumā mā yufarriqūna bihī bayna l-marʾi wa-zawjihī wa-mā hum bi-ḍārrīna bihī min ʾaḥadin ʾillā bi-ʾidhni llāhi wa-yataʿallamūna mā yaḍurruhum wa-lā yanfaʿuhum wa-la-qad ʿalimū la-mani shtarāhu mā lahū fī l-ʾākhirati min khalāqin wa-la-biʾsa mā sharaw bihī ʾanfusahum law kānū yaʿlamūna

TRANSLATION And they followed what the devils pursued during Solomon’s reign1 —and Solomon did not turn faithless, but it was the devils who were faithless— teaching the people magic, and what was sent down to the two angels at Babylon, Hārūt and Mārūt, and they would not teach anyone without telling [him], ‘We are only a test,2 so do not be faithless.’ But they would learn from those two that with which they would cause a split between man and his wife —though they could not harm anyone with it except with Allah’s leave. And they would learn that which would harm them and bring them no benefit; though they certainly knew that anyone who buys it has no share in the Hereafter. Surely, evil is that for which they sold their souls; had they known! Or ‘they followed what the devils recited during Solomon’s reign.’ Or ‘they followed the lies the devils uttered against Solomon’s reign.’ Or ‘temptation.’ 103 وَلَو أَنَّهُم آمَنوا وَاتَّقَوا لَمَثوبَةٌ مِن عِندِ اللَّهِ خَيرٌ ۖ لَو كانوا يَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-law ʾannahum ʾāmanū wa-ttaqaw la-mathūbatun min ʿindi llāhi khayrun law kānū yaʿlamūna

TRANSLATION Had they been faithful and Godwary, the reward from Allah would have been better; had they known! 104 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنوا لا تَقولوا راعِنا وَقولُوا انظُرنا وَاسمَعوا ۗ وَلِلكافِرينَ عَذابٌ أَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū lā taqūlū rāʿinā wa-qūlū nẓurnā wa-smaʿū wa-li-l-kāfirīna ʿadhābun ʾalīmun

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Do not say Raʿinā, but say Unzurnā, and listen!1 And there is a painful punishment for the faithless. The Jews in ridiculing the Prophet would say rāʿinā [meaning, ‘have regard for us’] with a change of accent turning it into another word which made it a term of reproach. The muslims are told to say unzurnā [meaning, ‘give us a little respite’] instead while addressing the Prophet (ṣ), as there is no room in this term for such a distortion. 105 ما يَوَدُّ الَّذينَ كَفَروا مِن أَهلِ الكِتابِ وَلَا المُشرِكينَ أَن يُنَزَّلَ عَلَيكُم مِن خَيرٍ مِن رَبِّكُم ۗ وَاللَّهُ يَختَصُّ بِرَحمَتِهِ مَن يَشاءُ ۚ وَاللَّهُ ذُو الفَضلِ العَظيمِ TRANSLITERATION mā yawaddu lladhīna kafarū min ʾahli l-kitābi wa-lā l-mushrikīna ʾan yunazzala ʿalaykum min khayrin min rabbikum wa-llāhu yakhtaṣṣu bi-raḥmatihī man yashāʾu wa-llāhu dhū l-faḍli l-ʿaẓīmi

TRANSLATION Neither the faithless from among the People of the Book, nor the idolaters, like that any good be showered on you from your Lord; but Allah singles out for His mercy whomever He wishes, and Allah is dispenser of a mighty grace. 106 ۞ ما نَنسَخ مِن آيَةٍ أَو نُنسِها نَأتِ بِخَيرٍ مِنها أَو مِثلِها ۗ أَلَم تَعلَم أَنَّ اللَّهَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيءٍ قَديرٌ TRANSLITERATION mā nansakh min ʾāyatin ʾaw nunsihā naʾti bi-khayrin minhā ʾaw mithlihā ʾa-lam taʿlam ʾanna llāha ʿalā kulli shayʾin qadīrun

TRANSLATION For any verse that We abrogate or remove from memories, We bring another which is better than it, or similar to it. Do you not know that Allah has power over all things?

107 أَلَم تَعلَم أَنَّ اللَّهَ لَهُ مُلكُ السَّماواتِ وَالأَرضِ ۗ وَما لَكُم مِن دونِ اللَّهِ مِن وَلِيٍّ وَلا نَصيرٍ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-lam taʿlam ʾanna llāha lahū mulku s-samāwāti wa-l-ʾarḍi wa-mā lakum min dūni llāhi min waliyyin wa-lā naṣīrin

TRANSLATION Do you not know that to Allah belongs the kingdom of the heavens and the earth? And besides Allah you do not have any guardian or any helper. 108 أَم تُريدونَ أَن تَسأَلوا رَسولَكُم كَما سُئِلَ موسىٰ مِن قَبلُ ۗ وَمَن يَتَبَدَّلِ الكُفرَ بِالإيمانِ فَقَد ضَلَّ سَواءَ السَّبيلِ TRANSLITERATION ʾam turīdūna ʾan tasʾalū rasūlakum ka-mā suʾila mūsā min qablu wa-man yatabaddali l-kufra bi-l-ʾīmāni fa-qad ḍalla sawāʾa s-sabīli

TRANSLATION Would you question your Apostle as Moses was questioned formerly? Whoever changes faith for unfaith certainly strays from the right way.

109 وَدَّ كَثيرٌ مِن أَهلِ الكِتابِ لَو يَرُدّونَكُم مِن بَعدِ إيمانِكُم كُفّارًا حَسَدًا مِن عِندِ أَنفُسِهِم مِن بَعدِ ما تَبَيَّنَ لَهُمُ الحَقُّ ۖ فَاعفوا وَاصفَحوا حَتّىٰ يَأتِيَ اللَّهُ بِأَمرِهِ ۗ إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيءٍ قَديرٌ TRANSLITERATION wadda kathīrun min ʾahli l-kitābi law yaruddūnakum min baʿdi ʾīmānikum kuffāran ḥasadan min ʿindi ʾanfusihim min baʿdi mā tabayyana lahumu l-ḥaqqu fa-ʿfū wa-ṣfaḥū ḥattā yaʾtiya llāhu bi-ʾamrihī ʾinna llāha ʿalā kulli shayʾin qadīrun

TRANSLATION Many of the People of the Book are eager to turn you into unbelievers after your faith, out of their inner envy, [and] after the truth had become manifest to them. Yet excuse [them] and forbear until Allah issues His edict. Indeed Allah has power over all things.

110 وَأَقيمُوا الصَّلاةَ وَآتُوا الزَّكاةَ ۚ وَما تُقَدِّموا لِأَنفُسِكُم مِن خَيرٍ تَجِدوهُ عِندَ اللَّهِ ۗ إِنَّ اللَّهَ بِما تَعمَلونَ بَصيرٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾaqīmū ṣ-ṣalāta wa-ʾātū z-zakāta wa-mā tuqaddimū li-ʾanfusikum min khayrin tajidūhu ʿinda llāhi ʾinna llāha bi-mā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

TRANSLATION And maintain the prayer and give the zakāt. Any good that you send ahead for your souls, you shall find it with Allah. Indeed Allah sees best what you do. 111 وَقالوا لَن يَدخُلَ الجَنَّةَ إِلّا مَن كانَ هودًا أَو نَصارىٰ ۗ تِلكَ أَمانِيُّهُم ۗ قُل هاتوا بُرهانَكُم إِن كُنتُم صادِقينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qālū lan yadkhula l-jannata ʾillā man kāna hūdan ʾaw naṣārā tilka ʾamāniyyuhum qul hātū burhānakum ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

TRANSLATION And they say, ‘No one shall enter paradise except one who is a Jew or a Christian.’ Those are their [false] hopes! Say, ‘Produce your evidence, should you be truthful.’

112 بَلىٰ مَن أَسلَمَ وَجهَهُ لِلَّهِ وَهُوَ مُحسِنٌ فَلَهُ أَجرُهُ عِندَ رَبِّهِ وَلا خَوفٌ عَلَيهِم وَلا هُم يَحزَنونَ TRANSLITERATION balā man ʾaslama wajhahū li-llāhi wa-huwa muḥsinun fa-lahū ʾajruhū ʿinda rabbihī wa-lā khawfun ʿalayhim wa-lā hum yaḥzanūna

TRANSLATION Certainly whoever submits his will to Allah and is virtuous, he shall have his reward near his Lord, and they shall have no fear, nor shall they grieve. 113 وَقالَتِ اليَهودُ لَيسَتِ النَّصارىٰ عَلىٰ شَيءٍ وَقالَتِ النَّصارىٰ لَيسَتِ اليَهودُ عَلىٰ شَيءٍ وَهُم يَتلونَ الكِتابَ ۗ كَذٰلِكَ قالَ الَّذينَ لا يَعلَمونَ مِثلَ قَولِهِم ۚ فَاللَّهُ يَحكُمُ بَينَهُم يَومَ القِيامَةِ فيما كانوا فيهِ يَختَلِفونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qālati l-yahūdu laysati n-naṣārā ʿalā shayʾin wa-qālati n-naṣārā laysati l-yahūdu ʿalā shayʾin wa-hum yatlūna l-kitāba ka-dhālika qāla lladhīna lā yaʿlamūna mithla qawlihim fa-llāhu yaḥkumu baynahum yawma l-qiyāmati fī-mā kānū fīhi yakhtalifūna

TRANSLATION The Jews say, ‘The Christians stand on nothing,’ and the Christians say, ‘The Jews stand on nothing,’ though they follow the [same] Book. So said those who had no knowledge, [words] similar to what they say. Allah will judge between them on the Day of Resurrection concerning that about which they used to differ. 114 وَمَن أَظلَمُ مِمَّن مَنَعَ مَساجِدَ اللَّهِ أَن يُذكَرَ فيهَا اسمُهُ وَسَعىٰ في خَرابِها ۚ أُولٰئِكَ ما كانَ لَهُم أَن يَدخُلوها إِلّا خائِفينَ ۚ لَهُم فِي الدُّنيا خِزيٌ وَلَهُم فِي الآخِرَةِ عَذابٌ عَظيمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-man ʾaẓlamu mimman manaʿa masājida llāhi ʾan yudhkara fīhā smuhū wa-saʿā fī kharābihā ʾulāʾika mā kāna lahum ʾan yadkhulūhā ʾillā khāʾifīna lahum fī d-dunyā khizyun wa-lahum fī l-ʾākhirati ʿadhābun ʿaẓīmun

TRANSLATION Who is a greater wrongdoer than him who denies access to the mosques of Allah lest His Name be celebrated therein, and tries to ruin them? Such ones may not enter them, except in fear. There is disgrace for them in this world, and there is for them a great punishment in the Hereafter. 115 وَلِلَّهِ المَشرِقُ وَالمَغرِبُ ۚ فَأَينَما تُوَلّوا فَثَمَّ وَجهُ اللَّهِ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ واسِعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-li-llāhi l-mashriqu wa-l-maghribu fa-ʾaynamā tuwallū fa-thamma wajhu llāhi ʾinna llāha wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION To Allah belong the east and the west: so whichever way you turn, there is the face of Allah! Allah is indeed all-bounteous, all-knowing.

116 وَقالُوا اتَّخَذَ اللَّهُ وَلَدًا ۗ سُبحانَهُ ۖ بَل لَهُ ما فِي السَّماواتِ وَالأَرضِ ۖ كُلٌّ لَهُ قانِتونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qālū ttakhadha llāhu waladan subḥānahū bal lahū mā fī s-samāwāti wa-l-ʾarḍi kullun lahū qānitūna

TRANSLATION And they say, ‘Allah has taken a son.’ Immaculate is He! Rather to Him belongs whatever is in the heavens and the earth. All are obedient to Him,

117 بَديعُ السَّماواتِ وَالأَرضِ ۖ وَإِذا قَضىٰ أَمرًا فَإِنَّما يَقولُ لَهُ كُن فَيَكونُ TRANSLITERATION badīʿu s-samāwāti wa-l-ʾarḍi wa-ʾidhā qaḍā ʾamran fa-ʾinnamā yaqūlu lahū kun fa-yakūnu

TRANSLATION the Originator of the heavens and the earth; and when He decides on a matter, He just says to it, ‘Be!’ and it is.

118 وَقالَ الَّذينَ لا يَعلَمونَ لَولا يُكَلِّمُنَا اللَّهُ أَو تَأتينا آيَةٌ ۗ كَذٰلِكَ قالَ الَّذينَ مِن قَبلِهِم مِثلَ قَولِهِم ۘ تَشابَهَت قُلوبُهُم ۗ قَد بَيَّنَّا الآياتِ لِقَومٍ يوقِنونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qāla lladhīna lā yaʿlamūna law-lā yukallimunā llāhu ʾaw taʾtīnā ʾāyatun ka-dhālika qāla lladhīna min qablihim mithla qawlihim tashābahat qulūbuhum qad bayyannā l-ʾāyāti li-qawmin yūqinūna

TRANSLATION Those who have no knowledge say, ‘Why does not Allah speak to us, or come to us a sign?’ So said those who were before them, [words] similar to what they say. Alike are their hearts. We have certainly made the signs clear for a people who have certainty. 119 إِنّا أَرسَلناكَ بِالحَقِّ بَشيرًا وَنَذيرًا ۖ وَلا تُسأَلُ عَن أَصحابِ الجَحيمِ TRANSLITERATION ʾinnā ʾarsalnāka bi-l-ḥaqqi bashīran wa-nadhīran wa-lā tusʾalu ʿan ʾaṣḥābi l-jaḥīmi

TRANSLATION Indeed We have sent you with the truth, as a bearer of good news and as a warner, and you will not be questioned concerning the inmates of hell.

120 وَلَن تَرضىٰ عَنكَ اليَهودُ وَلَا النَّصارىٰ حَتّىٰ تَتَّبِعَ مِلَّتَهُم ۗ قُل إِنَّ هُدَى اللَّهِ هُوَ الهُدىٰ ۗ وَلَئِنِ اتَّبَعتَ أَهواءَهُم بَعدَ الَّذي جاءَكَ مِنَ العِلمِ ۙ ما لَكَ مِنَ اللَّهِ مِن وَلِيٍّ وَلا نَصيرٍ TRANSLITERATION wa-lan tarḍā ʿanka l-yahūdu wa-lā n-naṣārā ḥattā tattabiʿa millatahum qul ʾinna hudā llāhi huwa l-hudā wa-la-ʾini ttabaʿta ʾahwāʾahum baʿda lladhī jāʾaka mina l-ʿilmi mā laka mina llāhi min waliyyin wa-lā naṣīrin

TRANSLATION Never will the Jews be pleased with you, nor the Christians, unless you followed their creed. Say, ‘Indeed it is the guidance of Allah which is the [true] guidance.’ And should you follow their desires after the knowledge that has come to you, you will not have against Allah any guardian nor any helper. 121 الَّذينَ آتَيناهُمُ الكِتابَ يَتلونَهُ حَقَّ تِلاوَتِهِ أُولٰئِكَ يُؤمِنونَ بِهِ ۗ وَمَن يَكفُر بِهِ فَأُولٰئِكَ هُمُ الخاسِرونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna ʾātaynāhumu l-kitāba yatlūnahū ḥaqqa tilāwatihī ʾulāʾika yuʾminūna bihī wa-man yakfur bihī fa-ʾulāʾika humu l-khāsirūna

TRANSLATION Those to whom We have given the Book follow it as it ought to be followed: they have faith in it. As for those who defy it —it is they who are the losers.

122 يا بَني إِسرائيلَ اذكُروا نِعمَتِيَ الَّتي أَنعَمتُ عَلَيكُم وَأَنّي فَضَّلتُكُم عَلَى العالَمينَ TRANSLITERATION yā-banī ʾisrāʾīla dhkurū niʿmatiya llatī ʾanʿamtu ʿalaykum wa-ʾannī faḍḍaltukum ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

TRANSLATION O Children of Israel, remember My blessing which I bestowed upon you, and that I gave you an advantage over all the nations.

123 وَاتَّقوا يَومًا لا تَجزي نَفسٌ عَن نَفسٍ شَيئًا وَلا يُقبَلُ مِنها عَدلٌ وَلا تَنفَعُها شَفاعَةٌ وَلا هُم يُنصَرونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ttaqū yawman lā tajzī nafsun ʿan nafsin shayʾan wa-lā yuqbalu minhā ʿadlun wa-lā tanfaʿuhā shafāʿatun wa-lā hum yunṣarūna

TRANSLATION And beware of the Day when no soul shall compensate for another, neither shall any ransom be accepted from it, nor shall any intercession benefit it, nor will they be helped. 124 ۞ وَإِذِ ابتَلىٰ إِبراهيمَ رَبُّهُ بِكَلِماتٍ فَأَتَمَّهُنَّ ۖ قالَ إِنّي جاعِلُكَ لِلنّاسِ إِمامًا ۖ قالَ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتي ۖ قالَ لا يَنالُ عَهدِي الظّالِمينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhi btalā ʾibrāhīma rabbuhū bi-kalimātin fa-ʾatammahunna qāla ʾinnī jāʿiluka li-n-nāsi ʾimāman qāla wa-min dhurriyyatī qāla lā yanālu ʿahdī ẓ-ẓālimīna

TRANSLATION And when his Lord tested Abraham with certain words, and he fulfilled them, He said, ‘I am making you the Imam1 of mankind.’ Said he, ‘And from among my descendants?’ He said, ‘My pledge does not extend to the unjust.’ That is, the spiritual and temporal guide and leader of mankind. For other Qurʾānic occurrences of this term, see ; ; ; ; . 125 وَإِذ جَعَلنَا البَيتَ مَثابَةً لِلنّاسِ وَأَمنًا وَاتَّخِذوا مِن مَقامِ إِبراهيمَ مُصَلًّى ۖ وَعَهِدنا إِلىٰ إِبراهيمَ وَإِسماعيلَ أَن طَهِّرا بَيتِيَ لِلطّائِفينَ وَالعاكِفينَ وَالرُّكَّعِ السُّجودِ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh jaʿalnā l-bayta mathābatan li-n-nāsi wa-ʾamnan wa-ttakhidhū min maqāmi ʾibrāhīma muṣallan wa-ʿahidnā ʾilā ʾibrāhīma wa-ʾismāʿīla ʾan ṭahhirā baytiya li-ṭ-ṭāʾifīna wa-l-ʿākifīna wa-r-rukkaʿi s-sujūdi

TRANSLATION And [remember] when We made the House a place of reward1 for mankind and a sanctuary, [declaring], ‘Take the venue of prayer from Abraham’s Station.’2 We charged Abraham and Ishmael [with its upkeep, saying], ‘Purify My House for those who go around it, [for] those who make it a retreat and [for] those who bow and prostrate.’ Or ‘confluence,’ or ‘resort,’ depending on whether the term mathābah is taken to mean a place of spiritual reward, a place of gathering, or a place to which one frequently returns. Abraham’s Station (maqām Ibrāhīm) is a spot at a few meters’ distance from the Kaʿbah where a stone relic is kept that bears the footprint of Abraham, behind which the pilgrims offer the prayer of the ṭawāf. 126 وَإِذ قالَ إِبراهيمُ رَبِّ اجعَل هٰذا بَلَدًا آمِنًا وَارزُق أَهلَهُ مِنَ الثَّمَراتِ مَن آمَنَ مِنهُم بِاللَّهِ وَاليَومِ الآخِرِ ۖ قالَ وَمَن كَفَرَ فَأُمَتِّعُهُ قَليلًا ثُمَّ أَضطَرُّهُ إِلىٰ عَذابِ النّارِ ۖ وَبِئسَ المَصيرُ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qāla ʾibrāhīmu rabbi jʿal hādhā baladan ʾāminan wa-rzuq ʾahlahū mina th-thamarāti man ʾāmana minhum bi-llāhi wa-l-yawmi l-ʾākhiri qāla wa-man kafara fa-ʾumattiʿuhū qalīlan thumma ʾaḍṭarruhū ʾilā ʿadhābi n-nāri wa-biʾsa l-maṣīru

TRANSLATION And when Abraham said, ‘My Lord, make this a secure town, and provide its people with fruits —such of them as have faith in Allah and the Last Day,’ He said, ‘As for him who is faithless, I will provide for him [too] for a short time, then I will shove him toward the punishment of the Fire, and it is an evil destination.’

127 وَإِذ يَرفَعُ إِبراهيمُ القَواعِدَ مِنَ البَيتِ وَإِسماعيلُ رَبَّنا تَقَبَّل مِنّا ۖ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ السَّميعُ العَليمُ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh yarfaʿu ʾibrāhīmu l-qawāʿida mina l-bayti wa-ʾismāʿīlu rabbanā taqabbal minnā ʾinnaka ʾanta s-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

TRANSLATION As Abraham raised the foundations of the House with Ishmael, [they prayed]: ‘Our Lord, accept it from us! Indeed You are the All-hearing, the All-knowing.

128 رَبَّنا وَاجعَلنا مُسلِمَينِ لَكَ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِنا أُمَّةً مُسلِمَةً لَكَ وَأَرِنا مَناسِكَنا وَتُب عَلَينا ۖ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ التَّوّابُ الرَّحيمُ TRANSLITERATION rabbanā wa-jʿalnā muslimayni laka wa-min dhurriyyatinā ʾummatan muslimatan laka wa-ʾarinā manāsikanā wa-tub ʿalaynā ʾinnaka ʾanta t-tawwābu r-raḥīmu

TRANSLATION ‘Our Lord, make us submissive to You, and [raise] from our progeny a nation submissive to You, and show us our rites [of worship], and turn to us clemently. Indeed You are the All-clement, the All-merciful.

129 رَبَّنا وَابعَث فيهِم رَسولًا مِنهُم يَتلو عَلَيهِم آياتِكَ وَيُعَلِّمُهُمُ الكِتابَ وَالحِكمَةَ وَيُزَكّيهِم ۚ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ العَزيزُ الحَكيمُ TRANSLITERATION rabbanā wa-bʿath fīhim rasūlan minhum yatlū ʿalayhim ʾāyātika wa-yuʿallimuhumu l-kitāba wa-l-ḥikmata wa-yuzakkīhim ʾinnaka ʾanta l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

TRANSLATION ‘Our Lord, raise amongst them an apostle from among them, who should recite to them Your signs, and teach them the Book and wisdom, and purify them. Indeed You are the All-mighty, the All-wise.’

130 وَمَن يَرغَبُ عَن مِلَّةِ إِبراهيمَ إِلّا مَن سَفِهَ نَفسَهُ ۚ وَلَقَدِ اصطَفَيناهُ فِي الدُّنيا ۖ وَإِنَّهُ فِي الآخِرَةِ لَمِنَ الصّالِحينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-man yarghabu ʿan millati ʾibrāhīma ʾillā man safiha nafsahū wa-la-qadi ṣṭafaynāhu fī d-dunyā wa-ʾinnahū fī l-ʾākhirati la-mina ṣ-ṣāliḥīna

TRANSLATION And who will [ever] renounce Abraham’s creed except one who fools himself? We certainly chose him in the [present] world, and in the Hereafter he will indeed be among the Righteous.1 The station of ‘the Righteous’ referred to in this verse is one which even Abraham will attain in the Hereafter. Cf. . Otherwise all prophets are, of course, righteous; see , ; ; , ; . 131 إِذ قالَ لَهُ رَبُّهُ أَسلِم ۖ قالَ أَسلَمتُ لِرَبِّ العالَمينَ TRANSLITERATION ʾidh qāla lahū rabbuhū ʾaslim qāla ʾaslamtu li-rabbi l-ʿālamīna

TRANSLATION When his Lord said to him, ‘Submit,’ he said, ‘I submit to the Lord of all the worlds.’

132 وَوَصّىٰ بِها إِبراهيمُ بَنيهِ وَيَعقوبُ يا بَنِيَّ إِنَّ اللَّهَ اصطَفىٰ لَكُمُ الدّينَ فَلا تَموتُنَّ إِلّا وَأَنتُم مُسلِمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-waṣṣā bihā ʾibrāhīmu banīhi wa-yaʿqūbu yā-baniyya ʾinna llāha ṣṭafā lakumu d-dīna fa-lā tamūtunna ʾillā wa-ʾantum muslimūna

TRANSLATION Abraham enjoined this [creed] upon his children, and [so did] Jacob, [saying], ‘My children! Allah has indeed chosen this religion for you; so never die except as muslims.’

133 أَم كُنتُم شُهَداءَ إِذ حَضَرَ يَعقوبَ المَوتُ إِذ قالَ لِبَنيهِ ما تَعبُدونَ مِن بَعدي قالوا نَعبُدُ إِلٰهَكَ وَإِلٰهَ آبائِكَ إِبراهيمَ وَإِسماعيلَ وَإِسحاقَ إِلٰهًا واحِدًا وَنَحنُ لَهُ مُسلِمونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾam kuntum shuhadāʾa ʾidh ḥaḍara yaʿqūba l-mawtu ʾidh qāla li-banīhi mā taʿbudūna min baʿdī qālū naʿbudu ʾilāhaka wa-ʾilāha ʾābāʾika ʾibrāhīma wa-ʾismāʿīla wa-ʾisḥāqa ʾilāhan wāḥidan wa-naḥnu lahū muslimūna

TRANSLATION Were you witnesses when death approached Jacob, when he said to his children, ‘What will you worship after me?’ They said, ‘We will worship your God, and the God of your fathers, Abraham, Ishmael, and Isaac, the One God, and to Him do we submit.’ 134 تِلكَ أُمَّةٌ قَد خَلَت ۖ لَها ما كَسَبَت وَلَكُم ما كَسَبتُم ۖ وَلا تُسأَلونَ عَمّا كانوا يَعمَلونَ TRANSLITERATION tilka ʾummatun qad khalat lahā mā kasabat wa-lakum mā kasabtum wa-lā tusʾalūna ʿammā kānū yaʿmalūna

TRANSLATION That was a nation that has passed: for it there will be what it has earned, and for you there will be what you have earned, and you will not be questioned about what they used to do. 135 وَقالوا كونوا هودًا أَو نَصارىٰ تَهتَدوا ۗ قُل بَل مِلَّةَ إِبراهيمَ حَنيفًا ۖ وَما كانَ مِنَ المُشرِكينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qālū kūnū hūdan ʾaw naṣārā tahtadū qul bal millata ʾibrāhīma ḥanīfan wa-mā kāna mina l-mushrikīna

TRANSLATION And they say, ‘Be either Jews or Christians, that you may be [rightly] guided.’ Say, ‘Rather [we will follow] the creed of Abraham, a ḥanīf, and he was not one of the polytheists.’

136 قولوا آمَنّا بِاللَّهِ وَما أُنزِلَ إِلَينا وَما أُنزِلَ إِلىٰ إِبراهيمَ وَإِسماعيلَ وَإِسحاقَ وَيَعقوبَ وَالأَسباطِ وَما أوتِيَ موسىٰ وَعيسىٰ وَما أوتِيَ النَّبِيّونَ مِن رَبِّهِم لا نُفَرِّقُ بَينَ أَحَدٍ مِنهُم وَنَحنُ لَهُ مُسلِمونَ TRANSLITERATION qūlū ʾāmannā bi-llāhi wa-mā ʾunzila ʾilaynā wa-mā ʾunzila ʾilā ʾibrāhīma wa-ʾismāʿīla wa-ʾisḥāqa wa-yaʿqūba wa-l-ʾasbāṭi wa-mā ʾūtiya mūsā wa-ʿīsā wa-mā ʾūtiya n-nabiyyūna min rabbihim lā nufarriqu bayna ʾaḥadin minhum wa-naḥnu lahū muslimūna

TRANSLATION Say, ‘We have faith in Allah, and that which has been sent down to us, and that which was sent down to Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob and the Tribes,1 and that which Moses and Jesus were given, and that which the prophets were given from their Lord; we make no distinction between any of them, and to Him do we submit.’ That is, the twelve tribes of the Israelites, who received the revelations through the prophets that were sent to them. Cf. ; ; . 137 فَإِن آمَنوا بِمِثلِ ما آمَنتُم بِهِ فَقَدِ اهتَدَوا ۖ وَإِن تَوَلَّوا فَإِنَّما هُم في شِقاقٍ ۖ فَسَيَكفيكَهُمُ اللَّهُ ۚ وَهُوَ السَّميعُ العَليمُ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾin ʾāmanū bi-mithli mā ʾāmantum bihī fa-qadi htadaw wa-ʾin tawallaw fa-ʾinnamā hum fī shiqāqin fa-sa-yakfīkahumu llāhu wa-huwa s-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

TRANSLATION So if they believe in the like of what you believe in, then they are certainly guided; and if they turn away, then they are only [steeped] in defiance. Allah shall suffice you against them, and He is the All-hearing, the All-knowing.

138 صِبغَةَ اللَّهِ ۖ وَمَن أَحسَنُ مِنَ اللَّهِ صِبغَةً ۖ وَنَحنُ لَهُ عابِدونَ TRANSLITERATION ṣibghata llāhi wa-man ʾaḥsanu mina llāhi ṣibghatan wa-naḥnu lahū ʿābidūna

TRANSLATION The baptism of Allah, and who baptizes better than Allah? And Him do we worship.’

139 قُل أَتُحاجّونَنا فِي اللَّهِ وَهُوَ رَبُّنا وَرَبُّكُم وَلَنا أَعمالُنا وَلَكُم أَعمالُكُم وَنَحنُ لَهُ مُخلِصونَ TRANSLITERATION qul ʾa-tuḥājjūnanā fī llāhi wa-huwa rabbunā wa-rabbukum wa-lanā ʾaʿmālunā wa-lakum ʾaʿmālukum wa-naḥnu lahū mukhliṣūna

TRANSLATION Say, ‘Will you argue with us concerning Allah, while He is our Lord and your Lord, and our deeds belong to us, and your deeds belong to you, and we worship Him dedicatedly?’

140 أَم تَقولونَ إِنَّ إِبراهيمَ وَإِسماعيلَ وَإِسحاقَ وَيَعقوبَ وَالأَسباطَ كانوا هودًا أَو نَصارىٰ ۗ قُل أَأَنتُم أَعلَمُ أَمِ اللَّهُ ۗ وَمَن أَظلَمُ مِمَّن كَتَمَ شَهادَةً عِندَهُ مِنَ اللَّهِ ۗ وَمَا اللَّهُ بِغافِلٍ عَمّا تَعمَلونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾam taqūlūna ʾinna ʾibrāhīma wa-ʾismāʿīla wa-ʾisḥāqa wa-yaʿqūba wa-l-ʾasbāṭa kānū hūdan ʾaw naṣārā qul ʾa-ʾantum ʾaʿlamu ʾami llāhu wa-man ʾaẓlamu mimman katama shahādatan ʿindahū mina llāhi wa-mā llāhu bi-ghāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

TRANSLATION Do you say that Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob, and the Tribes were Jews or Christians? Say, ‘Is it you who know better, or Allah?’ And who is a greater wrongdoer than him who conceals a testimony that is with him from Allah? And Allah is not oblivious of what you do. 141 تِلكَ أُمَّةٌ قَد خَلَت ۖ لَها ما كَسَبَت وَلَكُم ما كَسَبتُم ۖ وَلا تُسأَلونَ عَمّا كانوا يَعمَلونَ TRANSLITERATION tilka ʾummatun qad khalat lahā mā kasabat wa-lakum mā kasabtum wa-lā tusʾalūna ʿammā kānū yaʿmalūna

TRANSLATION That was a nation that has passed: for it there will be what it has earned, and for you there will be what you have earned, and you will not be questioned about what they used to do.

142 ۞ سَيَقولُ السُّفَهاءُ مِنَ النّاسِ ما وَلّاهُم عَن قِبلَتِهِمُ الَّتي كانوا عَلَيها ۚ قُل لِلَّهِ المَشرِقُ وَالمَغرِبُ ۚ يَهدي مَن يَشاءُ إِلىٰ صِراطٍ مُستَقيمٍ TRANSLITERATION sa-yaqūlu s-sufahāʾu mina n-nāsi mā wallāhum ʿan qiblatihimu llatī kānū ʿalayhā qul li-llāhi l-mashriqu wa-l-maghribu yahdī man yashāʾu ʾilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin

TRANSLATION The foolish among the people1 will say, ‘What has turned them away from the qiblah they were following?’2 Say, ‘To Allah belong the east and the west. He guides whomever He wishes to a straight path.’ That is, the Jews or the hypocrites amongst muslims, or both. The muslims first used to pray facing in the direction of Bayt al-Maqdis. This and the verses that follow pertain to the change of the qiblah, or the direction faced during prayer, from Quds to the Kaʿbah, in Makkah. 143 وَكَذٰلِكَ جَعَلناكُم أُمَّةً وَسَطًا لِتَكونوا شُهَداءَ عَلَى النّاسِ وَيَكونَ الرَّسولُ عَلَيكُم شَهيدًا ۗ وَما جَعَلنَا القِبلَةَ الَّتي كُنتَ عَلَيها إِلّا لِنَعلَمَ مَن يَتَّبِعُ الرَّسولَ مِمَّن يَنقَلِبُ عَلىٰ عَقِبَيهِ ۚ وَإِن كانَت لَكَبيرَةً إِلّا عَلَى الَّذينَ هَدَى اللَّهُ ۗ وَما كانَ اللَّهُ لِيُضيعَ إيمانَكُم ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ بِالنّاسِ لَرَءوفٌ رَحيمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-ka-dhālika jaʿalnākum ʾummatan wasaṭan li-takūnū shuhadāʾa ʿalā n-nāsi wa-yakūna r-rasūlu ʿalaykum shahīdan wa-mā jaʿalnā l-qiblata llatī kunta ʿalayhā ʾillā li-naʿlama man yattabiʿu r-rasūla mimman yanqalibu ʿalā ʿaqibayhi wa-ʾin kānat la-kabīratan ʾillā ʿalā lladhīna hadā llāhu wa-mā kāna llāhu li-yuḍīʿa ʾīmānakum ʾinna llāha bi-n-nāsi la-raʾūfun raḥīmun

TRANSLATION Thus We have made you a middle nation that you may be witnesses to the people, and that the Apostle may be a witness to you. And We did not appoint the qiblah you were following but that We may ascertain those who follow the Apostle from those who turn back on their heels. It was indeed a hard thing except for those whom Allah has guided. And Allah would not let your prayers go to waste.1 Indeed Allah is most kind and merciful to mankind. ‘Īmān’ here means prayers. Allah reassures the faithful that the prayers they have offered earlier facing towards Quds will not be wasted by the change of qiblah. 144 قَد نَرىٰ تَقَلُّبَ وَجهِكَ فِي السَّماءِ ۖ فَلَنُوَلِّيَنَّكَ قِبلَةً تَرضاها ۚ فَوَلِّ وَجهَكَ شَطرَ المَسجِدِ الحَرامِ ۚ وَحَيثُ ما كُنتُم فَوَلّوا وُجوهَكُم شَطرَهُ ۗ وَإِنَّ الَّذينَ أوتُوا الكِتابَ لَيَعلَمونَ أَنَّهُ الحَقُّ مِن رَبِّهِم ۗ وَمَا اللَّهُ بِغافِلٍ عَمّا يَعمَلونَ TRANSLITERATION qad narā taqalluba wajhika fī s-samāʾi fa-la-nuwalliyannaka qiblatan tarḍāhā fa-walli wajhaka shaṭra l-masjidi l-ḥarāmi wa-ḥaythu mā kuntum fa-wallū wujūhakum shaṭrahū wa-ʾinna lladhīna ʾūtū l-kitāba la-yaʿlamūna ʾannahu l-ḥaqqu min rabbihim wa-mā llāhu bi-ghāfilin ʿammā yaʿmalūna

TRANSLATION We certainly see you turning your face about in the sky. We will surely turn you to a qiblah of your liking: so turn your face towards the Holy Mosque, and wherever you may be, turn your faces towards it! Indeed those who were given the Book surely know that it is the truth from their Lord. And Allah is not oblivious of what they do.

145 وَلَئِن أَتَيتَ الَّذينَ أوتُوا الكِتابَ بِكُلِّ آيَةٍ ما تَبِعوا قِبلَتَكَ ۚ وَما أَنتَ بِتابِعٍ قِبلَتَهُم ۚ وَما بَعضُهُم بِتابِعٍ قِبلَةَ بَعضٍ ۚ وَلَئِنِ اتَّبَعتَ أَهواءَهُم مِن بَعدِ ما جاءَكَ مِنَ العِلمِ ۙ إِنَّكَ إِذًا لَمِنَ الظّالِمينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-la-ʾin ʾatayta lladhīna ʾūtū l-kitāba bi-kulli ʾāyatin mā tabiʿū qiblataka wa-mā ʾanta bi-tābiʿin qiblatahum wa-mā baʿḍuhum bi-tābiʿin qiblata baʿḍin wa-la-ʾini ttabaʿta ʾahwāʾahum min baʿdi mā jāʾaka mina l-ʿilmi ʾinnaka ʾidhan la-mina ẓ-ẓālimīna

TRANSLATION Even if you bring those who were given the Book every [kind of] sign,1 they will not follow your qiblah. Nor shall you follow their qiblah, nor will any of them follow the qiblah of the other. And if you follow their desires, after the knowledge that has come to you, you will indeed be one of the wrongdoers. That is, every kind of miracle. 146 الَّذينَ آتَيناهُمُ الكِتابَ يَعرِفونَهُ كَما يَعرِفونَ أَبناءَهُم ۖ وَإِنَّ فَريقًا مِنهُم لَيَكتُمونَ الحَقَّ وَهُم يَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna ʾātaynāhumu l-kitāba yaʿrifūnahū ka-mā yaʿrifūna ʾabnāʾahum wa-ʾinna farīqan minhum la-yaktumūna l-ḥaqqa wa-hum yaʿlamūna

TRANSLATION Those whom We have given the Book recognize him just as they recognize their sons,1 but a part of them indeed conceal the truth while they know. Cf. . 147 الحَقُّ مِن رَبِّكَ ۖ فَلا تَكونَنَّ مِنَ المُمتَرينَ TRANSLITERATION al-ḥaqqu min rabbika fa-lā takūnanna mina l-mumtarīna

TRANSLATION This is the truth from your Lord; so do not be among the skeptics.

148 وَلِكُلٍّ وِجهَةٌ هُوَ مُوَلّيها ۖ فَاستَبِقُوا الخَيراتِ ۚ أَينَ ما تَكونوا يَأتِ بِكُمُ اللَّهُ جَميعًا ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيءٍ قَديرٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-li-kullin wijhatun huwa muwallīhā fa-stabiqū l-khayrāti ʾayna mā takūnū yaʾti bikumu llāhu jamīʿan ʾinna llāha ʿalā kulli shayʾin qadīrun

TRANSLATION Everyone has a cynosure to which he turns; so take the lead in all good works. Wherever you may be, Allah will bring you all together. Indeed Allah has power over all things.

149 وَمِن حَيثُ خَرَجتَ فَوَلِّ وَجهَكَ شَطرَ المَسجِدِ الحَرامِ ۖ وَإِنَّهُ لَلحَقُّ مِن رَبِّكَ ۗ وَمَا اللَّهُ بِغافِلٍ عَمّا تَعمَلونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-min ḥaythu kharajta fa-walli wajhaka shaṭra l-masjidi l-ḥarāmi wa-ʾinnahū la-l-ḥaqqu min rabbika wa-mā llāhu bi-ghāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

TRANSLATION Whencesoever you may go out, turn your face towards the Holy Mosque. Indeed it is the truth from your Lord, and Allah is not oblivious of what you do.

150 وَمِن حَيثُ خَرَجتَ فَوَلِّ وَجهَكَ شَطرَ المَسجِدِ الحَرامِ ۚ وَحَيثُ ما كُنتُم فَوَلّوا وُجوهَكُم شَطرَهُ لِئَلّا يَكونَ لِلنّاسِ عَلَيكُم حُجَّةٌ إِلَّا الَّذينَ ظَلَموا مِنهُم فَلا تَخشَوهُم وَاخشَوني وَلِأُتِمَّ نِعمَتي عَلَيكُم وَلَعَلَّكُم تَهتَدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-min ḥaythu kharajta fa-walli wajhaka shaṭra l-masjidi l-ḥarāmi wa-ḥaythu mā kuntum fa-wallū wujūhakum shaṭrahū li-ʾallā yakūna li-n-nāsi ʿalaykum ḥujjatun ʾillā lladhīna ẓalamū minhum fa-lā takhshawhum wa-khshawnī wa-li-ʾutimma niʿmatī ʿalaykum wa-laʿallakum tahtadūna

TRANSLATION And whencesoever you may go out, turn your face towards the Holy Mosque, and wherever you may be, turn your faces towards it, so that the people may have no argument against you, neither those of them who are wrongdoers.1 So do not fear them, but fear Me, that I may complete My blessing on you and so that you may be guided. As suggested by the Tafsīr al-Qummī, illā here stands for wa lā, and does not imply exclusion. 151 كَما أَرسَلنا فيكُم رَسولًا مِنكُم يَتلو عَلَيكُم آياتِنا وَيُزَكّيكُم وَيُعَلِّمُكُمُ الكِتابَ وَالحِكمَةَ وَيُعَلِّمُكُم ما لَم تَكونوا تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION ka-mā ʾarsalnā fīkum rasūlan minkum yatlū ʿalaykum ʾāyātinā wa-yuzakkīkum wa-yuʿallimukumu l-kitāba wa-l-ḥikmata wa-yuʿallimukum mā lam takūnū taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION As We sent to you an Apostle from among yourselves, who recites to you Our signs, and purifies you, and teaches you the Book and wisdom, and teaches you what you did not know.

152 فَاذكُروني أَذكُركُم وَاشكُروا لي وَلا تَكفُرونِ TRANSLITERATION fa-dhkurūnī ʾadhkurkum wa-shkurū lī wa-lā takfurūni

TRANSLATION Remember Me, and I will remember you, and thank Me, and do not be ungrateful to Me.

153 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنُوا استَعينوا بِالصَّبرِ وَالصَّلاةِ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ مَعَ الصّابِرينَ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū staʿīnū bi-ṣ-ṣabri wa-ṣ-ṣalāti ʾinna llāha maʿa ṣ-ṣābirīna

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Take recourse in patience and prayer; indeed Allah is with the patient.

154 وَلا تَقولوا لِمَن يُقتَلُ في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ أَمواتٌ ۚ بَل أَحياءٌ وَلٰكِن لا تَشعُرونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lā taqūlū li-man yuqtalu fī sabīli llāhi ʾamwātun bal ʾaḥyāʾun wa-lākin lā tashʿurūna

TRANSLATION And do not call those who were slain in Allah’s way ‘dead.’ Rather they are living, but you are not aware.

155 وَلَنَبلُوَنَّكُم بِشَيءٍ مِنَ الخَوفِ وَالجوعِ وَنَقصٍ مِنَ الأَموالِ وَالأَنفُسِ وَالثَّمَراتِ ۗ وَبَشِّرِ الصّابِرينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-la-nabluwannakum bi-shayʾin mina l-khawfi wa-l-jūʿi wa-naqṣin mina l-ʾamwāli wa-l-ʾanfusi wa-th-thamarāti wa-bashshiri ṣ-ṣābirīna

TRANSLATION We will surely test you with a measure of fear and hunger and a loss of wealth, lives, and fruits; and give good news to the patient

156 الَّذينَ إِذا أَصابَتهُم مُصيبَةٌ قالوا إِنّا لِلَّهِ وَإِنّا إِلَيهِ راجِعونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna ʾidhā ʾaṣābathum muṣībatun qālū ʾinnā li-llāhi wa-ʾinnā ʾilayhi rājiʿūna

TRANSLATION —those who, when an affliction visits them, say, ‘Indeed we belong to Allah, and to Him do we indeed return.’

157 أُولٰئِكَ عَلَيهِم صَلَواتٌ مِن رَبِّهِم وَرَحمَةٌ ۖ وَأُولٰئِكَ هُمُ المُهتَدونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾulāʾika ʿalayhim ṣalawātun min rabbihim wa-raḥmatun wa-ʾulāʾika humu l-muhtadūna

TRANSLATION It is they who receive the blessings of their Lord and [His] mercy, and it is they who are the [rightly] guided.

158 ۞ إِنَّ الصَّفا وَالمَروَةَ مِن شَعائِرِ اللَّهِ ۖ فَمَن حَجَّ البَيتَ أَوِ اعتَمَرَ فَلا جُناحَ عَلَيهِ أَن يَطَّوَّفَ بِهِما ۚ وَمَن تَطَوَّعَ خَيرًا فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ شاكِرٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna ṣ-ṣafā wa-l-marwata min shaʿāʾiri llāhi fa-man hajja l-bayta ʾawi ʿtamara fa-lā junāḥa ʿalayhi ʾan yaṭṭawwafa bihimā wa-man taṭawwaʿa khayran fa-ʾinna llāha shākirun ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION Indeed Safa and Marwah are among Allah’s sacraments. So whoever makes ḥajj to the House, or performs the ʿumrah, there is no sin upon him to circuit between them. Should anyone do good of his own accord, then Allah is indeed appreciative, all-knowing.

159 إِنَّ الَّذينَ يَكتُمونَ ما أَنزَلنا مِنَ البَيِّناتِ وَالهُدىٰ مِن بَعدِ ما بَيَّنّاهُ لِلنّاسِ فِي الكِتابِ ۙ أُولٰئِكَ يَلعَنُهُمُ اللَّهُ وَيَلعَنُهُمُ اللّاعِنونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna lladhīna yaktumūna mā ʾanzalnā mina l-bayyināti wa-l-hudā min baʿdi mā bayyannāhu li-n-nāsi fī l-kitābi ʾulāʾika yalʿanuhumu llāhu wa-yalʿanuhumu l-lāʿinūna

TRANSLATION Indeed those who conceal what We have sent down of manifest proofs and guidance, after We have clarified it in the Book for mankind, —they shall be cursed by Allah and cursed by the cursers,

160 إِلَّا الَّذينَ تابوا وَأَصلَحوا وَبَيَّنوا فَأُولٰئِكَ أَتوبُ عَلَيهِم ۚ وَأَنَا التَّوّابُ الرَّحيمُ TRANSLITERATION ʾillā lladhīna tābū wa-ʾaṣlaḥū wa-bayyanū fa-ʾulāʾika ʾatūbu ʿalayhim wa-ʾana t-tawwābu r-raḥīmu

TRANSLATION except such as repent, make amends, and clarify, —those I shall pardon, and I am the All-clement, the All-merciful.

161 إِنَّ الَّذينَ كَفَروا وَماتوا وَهُم كُفّارٌ أُولٰئِكَ عَلَيهِم لَعنَةُ اللَّهِ وَالمَلائِكَةِ وَالنّاسِ أَجمَعينَ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna lladhīna kafarū wa-mātū wa-hum kuffārun ʾulāʾika ʿalayhim laʿnatu llāhi wa-l-malāʾikati wa-n-nāsi ʾajmaʿīna

TRANSLATION Indeed those who turn faithless and die while they are faithless, —it is they on whom shall be the curse of Allah, the angels and all mankind.

162 خالِدينَ فيها ۖ لا يُخَفَّفُ عَنهُمُ العَذابُ وَلا هُم يُنظَرونَ TRANSLITERATION khālidīna fīhā lā yukhaffafu ʿanhumu l-ʿadhābu wa-lā hum yunẓarūna

TRANSLATION They will remain in it [forever], and their punishment shall not be lightened, nor will they be granted any respite. 163 وَإِلٰهُكُم إِلٰهٌ واحِدٌ ۖ لا إِلٰهَ إِلّا هُوَ الرَّحمٰنُ الرَّحيمُ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾilāhukum ʾilāhun wāḥidun lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa r-raḥmānu r-raḥīmu

TRANSLATION Your god is the One God, there is no god except Him, the All-beneficent, the All-merciful.

164 إِنَّ في خَلقِ السَّماواتِ وَالأَرضِ وَاختِلافِ اللَّيلِ وَالنَّهارِ وَالفُلكِ الَّتي تَجري فِي البَحرِ بِما يَنفَعُ النّاسَ وَما أَنزَلَ اللَّهُ مِنَ السَّماءِ مِن ماءٍ فَأَحيا بِهِ الأَرضَ بَعدَ مَوتِها وَبَثَّ فيها مِن كُلِّ دابَّةٍ وَتَصريفِ الرِّياحِ وَالسَّحابِ المُسَخَّرِ بَينَ السَّماءِ وَالأَرضِ لَآياتٍ لِقَومٍ يَعقِلونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna fī khalqi s-samāwāti wa-l-ʾarḍi wa-khtilāfi l-layli wa-n-nahāri wa-l-fulki llatī tajrī fī l-baḥri bi-mā yanfaʿu n-nāsa wa-mā ʾanzala llāhu mina s-samāʾi min māʾin fa-ʾaḥyā bihi l-ʾarḍa baʿda mawtihā wa-baththa fīhā min kulli dābbatin wa-taṣrīfi r-riyāḥi wa-s-saḥābi l-musakhkhari bayna s-samāʾi wa-l-ʾarḍi la-ʾāyātin li-qawmin yaʿqilūna

TRANSLATION Indeed in the creation of the heavens and the earth, and the alternation of night and day, and the ships that sail at sea with profit to men, and the water that Allah sends down from the sky —with which He revives the earth after its death, and scatters therein every kind of animal— and the changing of the winds, and the clouds disposed between the sky and the earth, are surely signs for a people who apply reason.

165 وَمِنَ النّاسِ مَن يَتَّخِذُ مِن دونِ اللَّهِ أَندادًا يُحِبّونَهُم كَحُبِّ اللَّهِ ۖ وَالَّذينَ آمَنوا أَشَدُّ حُبًّا لِلَّهِ ۗ وَلَو يَرَى الَّذينَ ظَلَموا إِذ يَرَونَ العَذابَ أَنَّ القُوَّةَ لِلَّهِ جَميعًا وَأَنَّ اللَّهَ شَديدُ العَذابِ TRANSLITERATION wa-mina n-nāsi man yattakhidhu min dūni llāhi ʾandādan yuḥibbūnahum ka-ḥubbi llāhi wa-lladhīna ʾāmanū ʾashaddu ḥubban li-llāhi wa-law yarā lladhīna ẓalamū ʾidh yarawna l-ʿadhāba ʾanna l-quwwata li-llāhi jamīʿan wa-ʾanna llāha shadīdu l-ʿadhābi

TRANSLATION Among the people are those who set up compeers besides Allah, loving them as if loving Allah —but the faithful have a more ardent love for Allah— though the wrongdoers will see, when they sight the punishment, that power, altogether, belongs to Allah, and that Allah is severe in punishment.

166 إِذ تَبَرَّأَ الَّذينَ اتُّبِعوا مِنَ الَّذينَ اتَّبَعوا وَرَأَوُا العَذابَ وَتَقَطَّعَت بِهِمُ الأَسبابُ TRANSLITERATION ʾidh tabarraʾa lladhīna ttubiʿū mina lladhīna ttabaʿū wa-raʾawu l-ʿadhāba wa-taqaṭṭaʿat bihimu l-ʾasbābu

TRANSLATION When those who were followed will disown the followers, and they will sight the punishment while all their means of recourse will be cut off,

167 وَقالَ الَّذينَ اتَّبَعوا لَو أَنَّ لَنا كَرَّةً فَنَتَبَرَّأَ مِنهُم كَما تَبَرَّءوا مِنّا ۗ كَذٰلِكَ يُريهِمُ اللَّهُ أَعمالَهُم حَسَراتٍ عَلَيهِم ۖ وَما هُم بِخارِجينَ مِنَ النّارِ TRANSLITERATION wa-qāla lladhīna ttabaʿū law ʾanna lanā karratan fa-natabarraʾa minhum ka-mā tabarraʾū minnā ka-dhālika yurīhimu llāhu ʾaʿmālahum ḥasarātin ʿalayhim wa-mā hum bi-khārijīna mina n-nāri

TRANSLATION and when the followers will say, ‘Had there been another turn for us, we would disown them as they disown us [now]!’ Thus shall Allah show them their deeds as regrets for themselves, and they shall not leave the Fire.

168 يا أَيُّهَا النّاسُ كُلوا مِمّا فِي الأَرضِ حَلالًا طَيِّبًا وَلا تَتَّبِعوا خُطُواتِ الشَّيطانِ ۚ إِنَّهُ لَكُم عَدُوٌّ مُبينٌ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā n-nāsu kulū mimmā fī l-ʾarḍi ḥalālan ṭayyiban wa-lā tattabiʿū khuṭuwāti sh-shayṭāni ʾinnahū lakum ʿaduwwun mubīnun

TRANSLATION O mankind! Eat of what is lawful and pure in the earth, and do not follow in Satan’s steps. Indeed he is your manifest enemy.

169 إِنَّما يَأمُرُكُم بِالسّوءِ وَالفَحشاءِ وَأَن تَقولوا عَلَى اللَّهِ ما لا تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾinnamā yaʾmurukum bi-s-sūʾi wa-l-faḥshāʾi wa-ʾan taqūlū ʿalā llāhi mā lā taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION He only prompts you to [commit] evil and indecent acts, and that you attribute to Allah what you do not know.

170 وَإِذا قيلَ لَهُمُ اتَّبِعوا ما أَنزَلَ اللَّهُ قالوا بَل نَتَّبِعُ ما أَلفَينا عَلَيهِ آباءَنا ۗ أَوَلَو كانَ آباؤُهُم لا يَعقِلونَ شَيئًا وَلا يَهتَدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā qīla lahumu ttabiʿū mā ʾanzala llāhu qālū bal nattabiʿu mā ʾalfaynā ʿalayhi ʾābāʾanā ʾa-wa-law kāna ʾābāʾuhum lā yaʿqilūna shayʾan wa-lā yahtadūna

TRANSLATION When they are told, ‘Follow what Allah has sent down,’ they say, ‘We will rather follow what we have found our fathers following.’ What, even if their fathers neither applied any reason nor were guided?!

171 وَمَثَلُ الَّذينَ كَفَروا كَمَثَلِ الَّذي يَنعِقُ بِما لا يَسمَعُ إِلّا دُعاءً وَنِداءً ۚ صُمٌّ بُكمٌ عُميٌ فَهُم لا يَعقِلونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-mathalu lladhīna kafarū ka-mathali lladhī yanʿiqu bi-mā lā yasmaʿu ʾillā duʿāʾan wa-nidāʾan ṣummun bukmun ʿumyun fa-hum lā yaʿqilūna

TRANSLATION The parable of the faithless is that of someone who shouts after that which does not hear [anything] except a call and cry: deaf, dumb, and blind, they do not apply reason. 172 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنوا كُلوا مِن طَيِّباتِ ما رَزَقناكُم وَاشكُروا لِلَّهِ إِن كُنتُم إِيّاهُ تَعبُدونَ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū kulū min ṭayyibāti mā razaqnākum wa-shkurū li-llāhi ʾin kuntum ʾiyyāhu taʿbudūna

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Eat of the good things We have provided you, and thank Allah, if it is Him that you worship.

173 إِنَّما حَرَّمَ عَلَيكُمُ المَيتَةَ وَالدَّمَ وَلَحمَ الخِنزيرِ وَما أُهِلَّ بِهِ لِغَيرِ اللَّهِ ۖ فَمَنِ اضطُرَّ غَيرَ باغٍ وَلا عادٍ فَلا إِثمَ عَلَيهِ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ غَفورٌ رَحيمٌ TRANSLITERATION ʾinnamā ḥarrama ʿalaykumu l-maytata wa-d-dama wa-l-laḥma l-khinzīri wa-mā ʾuhilla bihī li-ghayri llāhi fa-mani ḍṭurra ghayra bāghin wa-lā ʿādin fa-lā ʾithma ʿalayhi ʾinna llāha ghafūrun raḥīmun

TRANSLATION He has forbidden you only carrion, blood, the flesh of the swine, and that which has been offered to other than Allah. But should someone be compelled, without being rebellious or aggressive,1 there shall be no sin upon him. Indeed Allah is all-forgiving, all-merciful. According to some exegetical traditions, bāghī refers to one who rebels against a just ruler (according to another interpretation, to a hunter), and ʿādī refers to a thief or highwayman (see Ṭabarī, Rāzī, al-Tafsīr al-Burhān). Cf. ; . 174 إِنَّ الَّذينَ يَكتُمونَ ما أَنزَلَ اللَّهُ مِنَ الكِتابِ وَيَشتَرونَ بِهِ ثَمَنًا قَليلًا ۙ أُولٰئِكَ ما يَأكُلونَ في بُطونِهِم إِلَّا النّارَ وَلا يُكَلِّمُهُمُ اللَّهُ يَومَ القِيامَةِ وَلا يُزَكّيهِم وَلَهُم عَذابٌ أَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna lladhīna yaktumūna mā ʾanzala llāhu mina l-kitābi wa-yashtarūna bihī thamanan qalīlan ʾulāʾika mā yaʾkulūna fī buṭūnihim ʾillā n-nāra wa-lā yukallimuhumu llāhu yawma l-qiyāmati wa-lā yuzakkīhim wa-lahum ʿadhābun ʾalīmun

TRANSLATION Indeed those who conceal what Allah has sent down of the Book and sell it for a paltry gain —they do not take in, into their bellies, [anything] except fire, and Allah shall not speak to them on the Day of Resurrection, nor shall He purify them, and there is a painful punishment for them.

175 أُولٰئِكَ الَّذينَ اشتَرَوُا الضَّلالَةَ بِالهُدىٰ وَالعَذابَ بِالمَغفِرَةِ ۚ فَما أَصبَرَهُم عَلَى النّارِ TRANSLITERATION ʾulāʾika lladhīna shtarawu ḍ-ḍalālata bi-l-hudā wa-l-ʿadhāba bi-l-maghfirati fa-mā ʾaṣbarahum ʿalā n-nāri

TRANSLATION They are the ones who bought error for guidance, and punishment for pardon: how patient of them to face the Fire!1 Or ‘what has made them tolerant of the Fire?’ 176 ذٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ اللَّهَ نَزَّلَ الكِتابَ بِالحَقِّ ۗ وَإِنَّ الَّذينَ اختَلَفوا فِي الكِتابِ لَفي شِقاقٍ بَعيدٍ TRANSLITERATION dhālika bi-ʾanna llāha nazzala l-kitāba bi-l-ḥaqqi wa-ʾinna lladhīna khtalafū fī l-kitābi la-fī shiqāqin baʿīdin

TRANSLATION That is so because Allah has sent down the Book with the truth, and those who differ about the Book are surely in extreme defiance. 177 ۞ لَيسَ البِرَّ أَن تُوَلّوا وُجوهَكُم قِبَلَ المَشرِقِ وَالمَغرِبِ وَلٰكِنَّ البِرَّ مَن آمَنَ بِاللَّهِ وَاليَومِ الآخِرِ وَالمَلائِكَةِ وَالكِتابِ وَالنَّبِيّينَ وَآتَى المالَ عَلىٰ حُبِّهِ ذَوِي القُربىٰ وَاليَتامىٰ وَالمَساكينَ وَابنَ السَّبيلِ وَالسّائِلينَ وَفِي الرِّقابِ وَأَقامَ الصَّلاةَ وَآتَى الزَّكاةَ وَالموفونَ بِعَهدِهِم إِذا عاهَدوا ۖ وَالصّابِرينَ فِي البَأساءِ وَالضَّرّاءِ وَحينَ البَأسِ ۗ أُولٰئِكَ الَّذينَ صَدَقوا ۖ وَأُولٰئِكَ هُمُ المُتَّقونَ TRANSLITERATION laysa l-birra ʾan tuwallū wujūhakum qibala l-mashriqi wa-l-maghribi wa-lākinna l-birra man ʾāmana bi-llāhi wa-l-yawmi l-ʾākhiri wa-l-malāʾikati wa-l-kitābi wa-n-nabiyyīna wa-ʾātā l-māla ʿalā ḥubbihī dhawī l-qurbā wa-l-yatāmā wa-l-masākīna wa-bna s-sabīli wa-s-sāʾilīna wa-fī r-riqābi wa-ʾaqāma ṣ-ṣalāta wa-ʾātā z-zakāta wa-l-mūfūna bi-ʿahdihim ʾidhā ʿāhadū wa-ṣ-ṣābirīna fī l-baʾsāʾi wa-ḍ-ḍarrāʾi wa-ḥīna l-baʾsi ʾulāʾika lladhīna ṣadaqū wa-ʾulāʾika humu l-muttaqūna

TRANSLATION Piety is not to turn your faces to the east or the west; rather, piety is [personified by] those who have faith in Allah and the Last Day, the angels, the Book, and the prophets, and who give their wealth, for the love of Him,1 to relatives, orphans, the needy, the traveller and the beggar, and for [the freeing of] the slaves, and maintain the prayer and give the zakāt, and those who fulfill their covenants, when they pledge themselves, and those who are patient in stress and distress,2 and in the heat of battle. They are the ones who are true [to their covenant], and it is they who are the Godwary. Or ‘despite their love of it.’ Cf. . That is, in poverty and sickness. 178 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنوا كُتِبَ عَلَيكُمُ القِصاصُ فِي القَتلَى ۖ الحُرُّ بِالحُرِّ وَالعَبدُ بِالعَبدِ وَالأُنثىٰ بِالأُنثىٰ ۚ فَمَن عُفِيَ لَهُ مِن أَخيهِ شَيءٌ فَاتِّباعٌ بِالمَعروفِ وَأَداءٌ إِلَيهِ بِإِحسانٍ ۗ ذٰلِكَ تَخفيفٌ مِن رَبِّكُم وَرَحمَةٌ ۗ فَمَنِ اعتَدىٰ بَعدَ ذٰلِكَ فَلَهُ عَذابٌ أَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū kutiba ʿalaykumu l-qiṣāṣu fī l-qatlā l-ḥurru bi-l-ḥurri wa-l-ʿabdu bi-l-ʿabdi wa-l-ʾunthā bi-l-ʾunthā fa-man ʿufiya lahū min ʾakhīhi shayʾun fa-ttibāʿun bi-l-maʿrūfi wa-ʾadāʾun ʾilayhi bi-ʾiḥsānin dhālika takhfīfun min rabbikum wa-raḥmatun fa-mani ʿtadā baʿda dhālika fa-lahū ʿadhābun ʾalīmun

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Retribution is prescribed for you regarding the slain: freeman for freeman, slave for slave, and female for female. But if one is granted any extenuation by his brother,1 let the follow up [for the blood-money] be honourable, and let the payment to him be with kindness. That is a remission from your Lord and a mercy; and should anyone transgress after that, there shall be a painful punishment for him. That is, by the heir of the victim. 179 وَلَكُم فِي القِصاصِ حَياةٌ يا أُولِي الأَلبابِ لَعَلَّكُم تَتَّقونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lakum fī l-qiṣāṣi ḥayātun yā-ʾulī l-ʾalbābi laʿallakum tattaqūna

TRANSLATION There is life for you in retribution, O you who possess intellects! Maybe you will be Godwary!

180 كُتِبَ عَلَيكُم إِذا حَضَرَ أَحَدَكُمُ المَوتُ إِن تَرَكَ خَيرًا الوَصِيَّةُ لِلوالِدَينِ وَالأَقرَبينَ بِالمَعروفِ ۖ حَقًّا عَلَى المُتَّقينَ TRANSLITERATION kutiba ʿalaykum ʾidhā ḥaḍara ʾaḥadakumu l-mawtu ʾin taraka khayran-i l-waṣiyyatu li-l-wālidayni wa-l-ʾaqrabīna bi-l-maʿrūfi ḥaqqan ʿalā l-muttaqīna

TRANSLATION Prescribed for you, when death approaches any of you and he leaves behind any property, is that he make a bequest for his parents and relatives, in an honourable manner, —an obligation on the Godwary.

181 فَمَن بَدَّلَهُ بَعدَما سَمِعَهُ فَإِنَّما إِثمُهُ عَلَى الَّذينَ يُبَدِّلونَهُ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ سَميعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION fa-man baddalahū baʿda mā samiʿahū fa-ʾinnamā ʾithmuhū ʿalā lladhīna yubaddilūnahū ʾinna llāha samīʿun ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION And should anyone alter it after hearing it, its sin shall indeed lie on those who alter it. Indeed Allah is all-hearing, all-knowing

182 فَمَن خافَ مِن موصٍ جَنَفًا أَو إِثمًا فَأَصلَحَ بَينَهُم فَلا إِثمَ عَلَيهِ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ غَفورٌ رَحيمٌ TRANSLITERATION fa-man khāfa min mūṣin janafan ʾaw ʾithman fa-ʾaṣlaḥa baynahum fa-lā ʾithma ʿalayhi ʾinna llāha ghafūrun raḥīmun

TRANSLATION But should someone, fearing deviance or sin on the testator’s behalf, set things right between them, there is no sin upon him. Indeed Allah is all-forgiving, all-merciful. 183 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنوا كُتِبَ عَلَيكُمُ الصِّيامُ كَما كُتِبَ عَلَى الَّذينَ مِن قَبلِكُم لَعَلَّكُم تَتَّقونَ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū kutiba ʿalaykumu ṣ-ṣiyāmu ka-mā kutiba ʿalā lladhīna min qablikum laʿallakum tattaqūna

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Prescribed for you is fasting as it was prescribed for those who were before you, so that you may be Godwary.

184 أَيّامًا مَعدوداتٍ ۚ فَمَن كانَ مِنكُم مَريضًا أَو عَلىٰ سَفَرٍ فَعِدَّةٌ مِن أَيّامٍ أُخَرَ ۚ وَعَلَى الَّذينَ يُطيقونَهُ فِديَةٌ طَعامُ مِسكينٍ ۖ فَمَن تَطَوَّعَ خَيرًا فَهُوَ خَيرٌ لَهُ ۚ وَأَن تَصوموا خَيرٌ لَكُم ۖ إِن كُنتُم تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾayyāman maʿdūdātin fa-man kāna minkum marīḍan ʾaw ʿalā safarin fa-ʿiddatun min ʾayyāmin ʾukhara wa-ʿalā lladhīna yuṭīqūnahū fidyatun ṭaʿāmu miskīnin fa-man taṭawwaʿa khayran fa-huwa khayrun lahū wa-ʾan taṣūmū khayrun lakum ʾin kuntum taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION That for known days. But should any of you be sick or on a journey, let it be a [similar] number of other days. Those who find it straining shall be liable to atonement by feeding a needy person. Should anyone do good of his own accord, that is better for him, and to fast is better for you, should you know.

185 شَهرُ رَمَضانَ الَّذي أُنزِلَ فيهِ القُرآنُ هُدًى لِلنّاسِ وَبَيِّناتٍ مِنَ الهُدىٰ وَالفُرقانِ ۚ فَمَن شَهِدَ مِنكُمُ الشَّهرَ فَليَصُمهُ ۖ وَمَن كانَ مَريضًا أَو عَلىٰ سَفَرٍ فَعِدَّةٌ مِن أَيّامٍ أُخَرَ ۗ يُريدُ اللَّهُ بِكُمُ اليُسرَ وَلا يُريدُ بِكُمُ العُسرَ وَلِتُكمِلُوا العِدَّةَ وَلِتُكَبِّرُوا اللَّهَ عَلىٰ ما هَداكُم وَلَعَلَّكُم تَشكُرونَ TRANSLITERATION shahru ramaḍāna lladhī ʾunzila fīhi l-qurʾānu hudan li-n-nāsi wa-bayyinātin mina l-hudā wa-l-furqāni fa-man shahida minkumu sh-shahra fa-l-yaṣumhu wa-man kāna marīḍan ʾaw-ʿalā safarin fa-ʿiddatun min ʾayyāmin ʾukhara yurīdu llāhu bikumu l-yusra wa-lā yurīdu bikumu l-ʿusra wa-li-tukmilū l-ʿiddata wa-li-tukabbirū llāha ʿalā mā hadākum wa-laʿallakum tashkurūna

TRANSLATION The month of Ramaḍān is one in which the Qurʾān was sent down as guidance to mankind, with manifest proofs of guidance and the Criterion.1 So let those of you who witness it fast [in] it, and as for someone who is sick or on a journey, let it be a [similar] number of other days. Allah desires ease for you, and He does not desire hardship for you, and so that you may complete the number, and magnify Allah for guiding you, and that you may give thanks. See footnote at . 186 وَإِذا سَأَلَكَ عِبادي عَنّي فَإِنّي قَريبٌ ۖ أُجيبُ دَعوَةَ الدّاعِ إِذا دَعانِ ۖ فَليَستَجيبوا لي وَليُؤمِنوا بي لَعَلَّهُم يَرشُدونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā saʾalaka ʿibādī ʿannī fa-ʾinnī qarībun ʾujību daʿwata d-dāʿi ʾidhā daʿāni fa-l-yastajībū lī wa-l-yuʾminū bī laʿallahum yarshudūna

TRANSLATION When My servants ask you about Me, [tell them that] I am indeed nearmost. I answer the supplicant’s call when he calls Me. So let them respond to Me, and let them have faith in Me, so that they may fare rightly.

187 أُحِلَّ لَكُم لَيلَةَ الصِّيامِ الرَّفَثُ إِلىٰ نِسائِكُم ۚ هُنَّ لِباسٌ لَكُم وَأَنتُم لِباسٌ لَهُنَّ ۗ عَلِمَ اللَّهُ أَنَّكُم كُنتُم تَختانونَ أَنفُسَكُم فَتابَ عَلَيكُم وَعَفا عَنكُم ۖ فَالآنَ باشِروهُنَّ وَابتَغوا ما كَتَبَ اللَّهُ لَكُم ۚ وَكُلوا وَاشرَبوا حَتّىٰ يَتَبَيَّنَ لَكُمُ الخَيطُ الأَبيَضُ مِنَ الخَيطِ الأَسوَدِ مِنَ الفَجرِ ۖ ثُمَّ أَتِمُّوا الصِّيامَ إِلَى اللَّيلِ ۚ وَلا تُباشِروهُنَّ وَأَنتُم عاكِفونَ فِي المَساجِدِ ۗ تِلكَ حُدودُ اللَّهِ فَلا تَقرَبوها ۗ كَذٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ اللَّهُ آياتِهِ لِلنّاسِ لَعَلَّهُم يَتَّقونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾuḥilla lakum laylata ṣ-ṣiyāmi r-rafathu ʾilā nisāʾikum hunna libāsun lakum wa-ʾantum libāsun lahunna ʿalima llāhu ʾannakum kuntum takhtānūna ʾanfusakum fa-tāba ʿalaykum wa-ʿafā ʿankum fa-l-ʾāna bāshirūhunna wa-btaghū mā kataba llāhu lakum wa-kulū wa-shrabū ḥattā yatabayyana lakumu l-khayṭu l-ʾabyaḍu mina l-khayṭi l-ʾaswadi mina l-fajri thumma ʾatimmū ṣ-ṣiyāma ʾilā l-layli wa-lā tubāshirūhunna wa-ʾantum ʿākifūna fī l-masājidi tilka ḥudūdu llāhi fa-lā taqrabūhā ka-dhālika yubayyinu llāhu ʾāyātihī li-n-nāsi laʿallahum yattaqūna

TRANSLATION You are permitted, on the night of the fast, to go into your wives: they are a garment for you, and you are a garment for them. Allah knew that you used to betray yourselves, so He pardoned you and excused you. So now consort with them, and seek what Allah has ordained for you, and eat and drink until the white streak becomes manifest to you from the dark streak at the crack of dawn.1 Then complete the fast until nightfall, and do not consort with them while you dwell in confinement in the mosques. These are Allah’s bounds, so do not approach them. Thus does Allah clarify His signs for mankind so that they may be Godwary. That is, until the first appearance of the dawn. 188 وَلا تَأكُلوا أَموالَكُم بَينَكُم بِالباطِلِ وَتُدلوا بِها إِلَى الحُكّامِ لِتَأكُلوا فَريقًا مِن أَموالِ النّاسِ بِالإِثمِ وَأَنتُم تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lā taʾkulū ʾamwālakum baynakum bi-l-bāṭili wa-tudlū bihā ʾilā l-ḥukkāmi li-taʾkulū farīqan min ʾamwāli n-nāsi bi-l-ʾithmi wa-ʾantum taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION Do not eat up your wealth among yourselves wrongfully, nor proffer it to the judges in order to eat up a part of the people’s wealth sinfully, while you know [that it is immoral to do so].

189 ۞ يَسأَلونَكَ عَنِ الأَهِلَّةِ ۖ قُل هِيَ مَواقيتُ لِلنّاسِ وَالحَجِّ ۗ وَلَيسَ البِرُّ بِأَن تَأتُوا البُيوتَ مِن ظُهورِها وَلٰكِنَّ البِرَّ مَنِ اتَّقىٰ ۗ وَأتُوا البُيوتَ مِن أَبوابِها ۚ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُم تُفلِحونَ TRANSLITERATION yasʾalūnaka ʿani l-ʾahillati qul hiya mawāqītu li-n-nāsi wa-l-ḥajji wa-laysa l-birru bi-ʾan taʾtū l-buyūta min ẓuhūrihā wa-lākinna l-birra mani ttaqā wa-ʾtū l-buyūta min ʾabwābihā wa-ttaqū llāha laʿallakum tufliḥūna

TRANSLATION They question you concerning the new moons. Say, ‘They are timekeeping signs for the people and [for the sake of] ḥajj.’ It is not piety that you come into houses from their rear; rather piety is [personified by] one who is Godwary, and come into houses from their doors, and be wary of Allah, so that you may be felicitous. 190 وَقاتِلوا في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ الَّذينَ يُقاتِلونَكُم وَلا تَعتَدوا ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ لا يُحِبُّ المُعتَدينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qātilū fī sabīli llāhi lladhīna yuqātilūnakum wa-lā taʿtadū ʾinna llāha lā yuḥibbu l-muʿtadīna

TRANSLATION Fight in the way of Allah those who fight you, but do not transgress. Indeed Allah does not like transgressors.

191 وَاقتُلوهُم حَيثُ ثَقِفتُموهُم وَأَخرِجوهُم مِن حَيثُ أَخرَجوكُم ۚ وَالفِتنَةُ أَشَدُّ مِنَ القَتلِ ۚ وَلا تُقاتِلوهُم عِندَ المَسجِدِ الحَرامِ حَتّىٰ يُقاتِلوكُم فيهِ ۖ فَإِن قاتَلوكُم فَاقتُلوهُم ۗ كَذٰلِكَ جَزاءُ الكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qtulūhum ḥaythu thaqiftumūhum wa-ʾakhrijūhum min ḥaythu ʾakhrajūkum wa-l-fitnatu ʾashaddu mina l-qatli wa-lā tuqātilūhum ʿinda l-masjidi l-ḥarāmi ḥattā yuqātilūkum fīhi fa-ʾin qātalūkum fa-qtulūhum ka-dhālika jazāʾu l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION And kill them wherever you confront them, and expel them from where they expelled you, for faithlessness1 is graver than killing. But do not fight them near the Holy Mosque unless they fight you therein; but if they fight you, kill them; such is the requital of the faithless. Or ‘polytheism.’ 192 فَإِنِ انتَهَوا فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ غَفورٌ رَحيمٌ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾini ntahaw fa-ʾinna llāha ghafūrun raḥīmun

TRANSLATION But if they relinquish,1 then Allah is indeed all-forgiving, all-merciful. That is, if they give up idolatry. 193 وَقاتِلوهُم حَتّىٰ لا تَكونَ فِتنَةٌ وَيَكونَ الدّينُ لِلَّهِ ۖ فَإِنِ انتَهَوا فَلا عُدوانَ إِلّا عَلَى الظّالِمينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qātilūhum ḥattā lā takūna fitnatun wa-yakūna d-dīnu li-llāhi fa-ʾini ntahaw fa-lā ʿudwāna ʾillā ʿalā ẓ-ẓālimīna

TRANSLATION Fight them until faithlessness1 is no more, and religion becomes [exclusively] for Allah. Then if they relinquish, there shall be no reprisal except against the wrongdoers. Or ‘polytheism,’ as narrated from Imam Muḥammad al-Bāqir (Ṭabrisī), Mujāhid, Qatādah, Rabīʿ, and Ḍaḥḥāk (Ṭabarī). 194 الشَّهرُ الحَرامُ بِالشَّهرِ الحَرامِ وَالحُرُماتُ قِصاصٌ ۚ فَمَنِ اعتَدىٰ عَلَيكُم فَاعتَدوا عَلَيهِ بِمِثلِ مَا اعتَدىٰ عَلَيكُم ۚ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ وَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ مَعَ المُتَّقينَ TRANSLITERATION ash-shahru l-ḥarāmu bi-sh-shahri l-ḥarāmi wa-l-ḥurumātu qiṣāṣun fa-mani ʿtadā ʿalaykum fa-ʿtadū ʿalayhi bi-mithli mā ʿtadā ʿalaykum wa-ttaqū llāha wa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha maʿa l-muttaqīna

TRANSLATION A sacred month for a sacred month, and all sanctities require retribution. So should anyone aggress against you, assail him in the manner he assailed you,1 and be wary of Allah, and know that Allah is with the Godwary. Cf. . 195 وَأَنفِقوا في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ وَلا تُلقوا بِأَيديكُم إِلَى التَّهلُكَةِ ۛ وَأَحسِنوا ۛ إِنَّ اللَّهَ يُحِبُّ المُحسِنينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾanfiqū fī sabīli llāhi wa-lā tulqū bi-ʾaydīkum ʾilā t-tahlukati wa-ʾaḥsinū ʾinna llāha yuḥibbu l-muḥsinīna

TRANSLATION Spend in the way of Allah, and do not cast yourselves with your own hands into destruction; and be virtuous. Indeed Allah loves the virtuous.

196 وَأَتِمُّوا الحَجَّ وَالعُمرَةَ لِلَّهِ ۚ فَإِن أُحصِرتُم فَمَا استَيسَرَ مِنَ الهَديِ ۖ وَلا تَحلِقوا رُءوسَكُم حَتّىٰ يَبلُغَ الهَديُ مَحِلَّهُ ۚ فَمَن كانَ مِنكُم مَريضًا أَو بِهِ أَذًى مِن رَأسِهِ فَفِديَةٌ مِن صِيامٍ أَو صَدَقَةٍ أَو نُسُكٍ ۚ فَإِذا أَمِنتُم فَمَن تَمَتَّعَ بِالعُمرَةِ إِلَى الحَجِّ فَمَا استَيسَرَ مِنَ الهَديِ ۚ فَمَن لَم يَجِد فَصِيامُ ثَلاثَةِ أَيّامٍ فِي الحَجِّ وَسَبعَةٍ إِذا رَجَعتُم ۗ تِلكَ عَشَرَةٌ كامِلَةٌ ۗ ذٰلِكَ لِمَن لَم يَكُن أَهلُهُ حاضِرِي المَسجِدِ الحَرامِ ۚ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ وَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ شَديدُ العِقابِ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾatimmū l-ḥajja wa-l-ʿumrata li-llāhi fa-ʾin ʾuḥṣirtum fa-mā staysara mina l-hadyi wa-lā taḥliqū ruʾūsakum ḥattā yablugha l-hadyu maḥillahū fa-man kāna minkum marīḍan ʾaw bihī ʾadhan min raʾsihī fa-fidyatun min ṣiyāmin ʾaw ṣadaqatin ʾaw nusukin fa-ʾidhā ʾamintum fa-man tamattaʿa bi-l-ʿumrati ʾilā l-ḥajji fa-mā staysara mina l-hadyi fa-man lam yajid fa-ṣiyāmu thalāthati ʾayyāmin fī l-ḥajji wa-sabʿatin ʾidhā rajaʿtum tilka ʿasharatun kāmilatun dhālika li-man lam yakun ʾahluhū ḥāḍirī l-masjidi l-ḥarāmi wa-ttaqū llāha wa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha shadīdu l-ʿiqābi

TRANSLATION Complete the ḥajj and the ʿumrah for Allah’s sake, and if you are prevented, then [make] such [sacrificial] offering as is feasible. And do not shave your heads until the offering reaches its [assigned] place. But should any of you be sick, or have a hurt in his head,1 let the atonement be by fasting, or charity, or sacrifice. And when you have security —for those who enjoy [release from the restrictions] by virtue of the ʿumrah until the ḥajj— let the offering be such as is feasible. As for someone who cannot afford [the offering], let him fast three days during the ḥajj and seven when you return; that is [a period of] ten complete [days]. That is for someone whose family does not dwell by the Holy Mosque. And be wary of Allah, and know that Allah is severe in retribution. Such as a wound on the scalp. 197 الحَجُّ أَشهُرٌ مَعلوماتٌ ۚ فَمَن فَرَضَ فيهِنَّ الحَجَّ فَلا رَفَثَ وَلا فُسوقَ وَلا جِدالَ فِي الحَجِّ ۗ وَما تَفعَلوا مِن خَيرٍ يَعلَمهُ اللَّهُ ۗ وَتَزَوَّدوا فَإِنَّ خَيرَ الزّادِ التَّقوىٰ ۚ وَاتَّقونِ يا أُولِي الأَلبابِ TRANSLITERATION al-ḥajju ʾashhurun maʿlūmātun fa-man faraḍa fīhinna l-ḥajja fa-lā rafatha wa-lā fusūqa wa-lā jidāla fī l-ḥajji wa-mā tafʿalū min khayrin yaʿlamhu llāhu wa-tazawwadū fa-ʾinna khayra z-zādi t-taqwā wa-ttaqūni yā-ʾulī l-ʾalbābi

TRANSLATION The ḥajj [season] is in months well-known; so whoever decides on ḥajj [pilgrimage] therein, [should know that] there is to be no sexual contact, vicious talk, or disputing during the ḥajj. And whatever good you do, Allah knows it. And take provision, for indeed the best provision is Godwariness. So be wary of Me, O you who possess intellects!

198 لَيسَ عَلَيكُم جُناحٌ أَن تَبتَغوا فَضلًا مِن رَبِّكُم ۚ فَإِذا أَفَضتُم مِن عَرَفاتٍ فَاذكُرُوا اللَّهَ عِندَ المَشعَرِ الحَرامِ ۖ وَاذكُروهُ كَما هَداكُم وَإِن كُنتُم مِن قَبلِهِ لَمِنَ الضّالّينَ TRANSLITERATION laysa ʿalaykum junāḥun ʾan tabtaghū faḍlan min rabbikum fa-ʾidhā ʾafaḍtum min ʿarafātin fa-dhkurū llāha ʿinda l-mashʿari l-ḥarāmi wa-dhkurūhu ka-mā hadākum wa-ʾin kuntum min qablihī la-mina ḍ-ḍāllīna

TRANSLATION There is no sin upon you in seeking your Lord’s grace [during the ḥajj season]. Then when you stream out of ‘Arafāt remember Allah at the Holy Mash‘ar, and remember Him as He has guided you, and earlier you were indeed among the astray.

199 ثُمَّ أَفيضوا مِن حَيثُ أَفاضَ النّاسُ وَاستَغفِرُوا اللَّهَ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ غَفورٌ رَحيمٌ TRANSLITERATION thumma ʾafīḍū min ḥaythu ʾafāḍa n-nāsu wa-staghfirū llāha ʾinna llāha ghafūrun raḥīmun

TRANSLATION Then stream out from where the people stream out, and plead to Allah for forgiveness; indeed Allah is all-forgiving, all-merciful.

200 فَإِذا قَضَيتُم مَناسِكَكُم فَاذكُرُوا اللَّهَ كَذِكرِكُم آباءَكُم أَو أَشَدَّ ذِكرًا ۗ فَمِنَ النّاسِ مَن يَقولُ رَبَّنا آتِنا فِي الدُّنيا وَما لَهُ فِي الآخِرَةِ مِن خَلاقٍ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾidhā qaḍaytum manāsikakum fa-dhkurū llāha ka-dhikrikum ʾābāʾakum ʾaw ʾashadda dhikran fa-mina n-nāsi man yaqūlu rabbanā ʾātinā fī d-dunyā wa-mā lahū fī l-ʾākhirati min khalāqin

TRANSLATION And when you finish your rites, then remember Allah as you would remember your fathers, or with a more ardent remembrance. Among the people there are those who say, ‘Our Lord, give us in this world,’ but for such there is no share in the Hereafter.

201 وَمِنهُم مَن يَقولُ رَبَّنا آتِنا فِي الدُّنيا حَسَنَةً وَفِي الآخِرَةِ حَسَنَةً وَقِنا عَذابَ النّارِ TRANSLITERATION wa-minhum man yaqūlu rabbanā ʾātinā fī d-dunyā ḥasanatan wa-fī l-ʾākhirati ḥasanatan wa-qinā ʿadhāba n-nāri

TRANSLATION And among them there are those who say, ‘Our Lord, give us good in this world and good in the Hereafter, and save us from the punishment of the Fire.’

202 أُولٰئِكَ لَهُم نَصيبٌ مِمّا كَسَبوا ۚ وَاللَّهُ سَريعُ الحِسابِ TRANSLITERATION ʾulāʾika lahum naṣībun mimmā kasabū wa-llāhu sarīʿu l-ḥisābi

TRANSLATION Such shall partake of what they have earned, and Allah is swift at reckoning.

203 ۞ وَاذكُرُوا اللَّهَ في أَيّامٍ مَعدوداتٍ ۚ فَمَن تَعَجَّلَ في يَومَينِ فَلا إِثمَ عَلَيهِ وَمَن تَأَخَّرَ فَلا إِثمَ عَلَيهِ ۚ لِمَنِ اتَّقىٰ ۗ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ وَاعلَموا أَنَّكُم إِلَيهِ تُحشَرونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-dhkurū llāha fī ʾayyāmin maʿdūdātin fa-man taʿajjala fī yawmayni fa-lā ʾithma ʿalayhi wa-man taʾakhkhara fa-lā ʾithma ʿalayhi li-mani ttaqā wa-ttaqū llāha wa-ʿlamū ʾannakum ʾilayhi tuḥsharūna

TRANSLATION Remember Allah in the appointed days. Then whoever hastens off in a couple of days, there is no sin upon him, and whoever delays, there is no sin upon him —that for one who has been Godwary— and be wary of Allah, and know that toward Him you will be mustered. 204 وَمِنَ النّاسِ مَن يُعجِبُكَ قَولُهُ فِي الحَياةِ الدُّنيا وَيُشهِدُ اللَّهَ عَلىٰ ما في قَلبِهِ وَهُوَ أَلَدُّ الخِصامِ TRANSLITERATION wa-mina n-nāsi man yuʿjibuka qawluhū fī l-ḥayāti d-dunyā wa-yushhidu llāha ʿalā mā fī qalbihī wa-huwa ʾaladdu l-khiṣāmi

TRANSLATION Among the people is he whose talk about worldly life impresses you, and he holds Allah witness to what is in his heart, though he is the staunchest of enemies. 205 وَإِذا تَوَلّىٰ سَعىٰ فِي الأَرضِ لِيُفسِدَ فيها وَيُهلِكَ الحَرثَ وَالنَّسلَ ۗ وَاللَّهُ لا يُحِبُّ الفَسادَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā tawallā saʿā fī l-ʾarḍi li-yufsida fīhā wa-yuhlika l-ḥartha wa-n-nasla wa-llāhu lā yuḥibbu l-fasāda

TRANSLATION And if he were to wield authority, he would try to cause corruption in the land, and to ruin the crop and the stock, and Allah does not like corruption.

206 وَإِذا قيلَ لَهُ اتَّقِ اللَّهَ أَخَذَتهُ العِزَّةُ بِالإِثمِ ۚ فَحَسبُهُ جَهَنَّمُ ۚ وَلَبِئسَ المِهادُ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā qīla lahu ttaqi llāha ʾakhadhathu l-ʿizzatu bi-l-ʾithmi fa-ḥasbuhū jahannamu wa-la-biʾsa l-mihādu

TRANSLATION And when he is told, ‘Be wary of Allah,’ conceit seizes him sinfully; so let hell suffice him, and it is surely an evil resting place!

207 وَمِنَ النّاسِ مَن يَشري نَفسَهُ ابتِغاءَ مَرضاتِ اللَّهِ ۗ وَاللَّهُ رَءوفٌ بِالعِبادِ TRANSLITERATION wa-mina n-nāsi man yashrī nafsahu btighāʾa marḍāti llāhi wa-llāhu raʾūfun bi-l-ʿibādi

TRANSLATION And among the people is he who sells his soul1 seeking the pleasure of Allah, and Allah is most kind to [His] servants. Or ‘his life.’ 208 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنُوا ادخُلوا فِي السِّلمِ كافَّةً وَلا تَتَّبِعوا خُطُواتِ الشَّيطانِ ۚ إِنَّهُ لَكُم عَدُوٌّ مُبينٌ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū dkhulū fī s-silmi kāffatan wa-lā tattabiʿū khuṭuwāti sh-shayṭāni ʾinnahū lakum ʿaduwwun mubīnun

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Enter into submission, all together, and do not follow in Satan’s steps; he is indeed your manifest enemy.

209 فَإِن زَلَلتُم مِن بَعدِ ما جاءَتكُمُ البَيِّناتُ فَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ عَزيزٌ حَكيمٌ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾin zalaltum min baʿdi mā jāʾatkumu l-bayyinātu fa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

TRANSLATION And should you stumble after the manifest proofs that have come to you, know that Allah is all-mighty, all-wise.

210 هَل يَنظُرونَ إِلّا أَن يَأتِيَهُمُ اللَّهُ في ظُلَلٍ مِنَ الغَمامِ وَالمَلائِكَةُ وَقُضِيَ الأَمرُ ۚ وَإِلَى اللَّهِ تُرجَعُ الأُمورُ TRANSLITERATION hal yanẓurūna ʾillā ʾan yaʾtiyahumu llāhu fī ẓulalin mina l-ghamāmi wa-l-malāʾikatu wa-quḍiya l-ʾamru wa-ʾilā llāhi turjaʿu l-ʾumūru

TRANSLATION Do they await anything but that Allah[’s command] should come to them in the shades of the clouds, with the angels, and the matter be decided [once for all]? And to Allah all matters are returned.

211 سَل بَني إِسرائيلَ كَم آتَيناهُم مِن آيَةٍ بَيِّنَةٍ ۗ وَمَن يُبَدِّل نِعمَةَ اللَّهِ مِن بَعدِ ما جاءَتهُ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ شَديدُ العِقابِ TRANSLITERATION sal banī ʾisrāʾīla kam ʾātaynāhum min ʾāyatin bayyinatin wa-man yubaddil niʿmata llāhi min baʿdi mā jāʾathu fa-ʾinna llāha shadīdu l-ʿiqābi

TRANSLATION Ask the Children of Israel how many a manifest sign We had given them. And whoever changes Allah’s blessing after it has come to him, indeed Allah is severe in retribution.

212 زُيِّنَ لِلَّذينَ كَفَرُوا الحَياةُ الدُّنيا وَيَسخَرونَ مِنَ الَّذينَ آمَنوا ۘ وَالَّذينَ اتَّقَوا فَوقَهُم يَومَ القِيامَةِ ۗ وَاللَّهُ يَرزُقُ مَن يَشاءُ بِغَيرِ حِسابٍ TRANSLITERATION zuyyina li-lladhīna kafarū l-ḥayātu d-dunyā wa-yaskharūna mina lladhīna ʾāmanū wa-lladhīna ttaqaw fawqahum yawma l-qiyāmati wa-llāhu yarzuqu man yashāʾu bi-ghayri ḥisābin

TRANSLATION Worldly life has been glamorized for the faithless, and they ridicule the faithful. But those who are Godwary shall be above them on the Day of Resurrection, and Allah provides for whomever He wishes without any reckoning. 213 كانَ النّاسُ أُمَّةً واحِدَةً فَبَعَثَ اللَّهُ النَّبِيّينَ مُبَشِّرينَ وَمُنذِرينَ وَأَنزَلَ مَعَهُمُ الكِتابَ بِالحَقِّ لِيَحكُمَ بَينَ النّاسِ فيمَا اختَلَفوا فيهِ ۚ وَمَا اختَلَفَ فيهِ إِلَّا الَّذينَ أوتوهُ مِن بَعدِ ما جاءَتهُمُ البَيِّناتُ بَغيًا بَينَهُم ۖ فَهَدَى اللَّهُ الَّذينَ آمَنوا لِمَا اختَلَفوا فيهِ مِنَ الحَقِّ بِإِذنِهِ ۗ وَاللَّهُ يَهدي مَن يَشاءُ إِلىٰ صِراطٍ مُستَقيمٍ TRANSLITERATION kāna n-nāsu ʾummatan wāḥidatan fa-baʿatha llāhu n-nabiyyīna mubashshirīna wa-mundhirīna wa-ʾanzala maʿahumu l-kitāba bi-l-ḥaqqi li-yaḥkuma bayna n-nāsi fī-mā khtalafū fīhi wa-mā khtalafa fīhi ʾillā lladhīna ʾūtūhu min baʿdi mā jāʾathumu l-bayyinātu baghyan baynahum fa-hadā llāhu lladhīna ʾāmanū li-mā khtalafū fīhi mina l-ḥaqqi bi-ʾidhnihī wa-llāhu yahdī man yashāʾu ʾilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin

TRANSLATION Mankind were a single community; then Allah sent the prophets as bearers of good news and as warners, and He sent down with them the Book with the truth, that it1 may judge between the people concerning that about which they differed, and none differed in it except those who had been given it, after the manifest proofs had come to them, out of envy among themselves. Then Allah guided those who had faith to the truth of what they differed in, by His will, and Allah guides whomever He wishes to a straight path. That is the Book. 214 أَم حَسِبتُم أَن تَدخُلُوا الجَنَّةَ وَلَمّا يَأتِكُم مَثَلُ الَّذينَ خَلَوا مِن قَبلِكُم ۖ مَسَّتهُمُ البَأساءُ وَالضَّرّاءُ وَزُلزِلوا حَتّىٰ يَقولَ الرَّسولُ وَالَّذينَ آمَنوا مَعَهُ مَتىٰ نَصرُ اللَّهِ ۗ أَلا إِنَّ نَصرَ اللَّهِ قَريبٌ TRANSLITERATION ʾam ḥasibtum ʾan tadkhulū l-jannata wa-lammā yaʾtikum mathalu lladhīna khalaw min qablikum massathumu l-baʾsāʾu wa-ḍ-ḍarrāʾu wa-zulzilū ḥattā yaqūla r-rasūlu wa-lladhīna ʾāmanū maʿahū matā naṣru llāhi ʾa-lā ʾinna naṣra llāhi qarībun

TRANSLATION Do you suppose that you shall enter paradise though there has not yet come to you the like of [what befell]those who went before you? Stress and distress befell them and they were convulsed until the apostle and the faithful who were with him said, ‘When will Allah’s help [come]?’ Look! Allah’s help is indeed near!

215 يَسأَلونَكَ ماذا يُنفِقونَ ۖ قُل ما أَنفَقتُم مِن خَيرٍ فَلِلوالِدَينِ وَالأَقرَبينَ وَاليَتامىٰ وَالمَساكينِ وَابنِ السَّبيلِ ۗ وَما تَفعَلوا مِن خَيرٍ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ بِهِ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION yasʾalūnaka mādhā yunfiqūna qul mā ʾanfaqtum min khayrin fa-li-l-wālidayni wa-l-ʾaqrabīna wa-l-yatāmā wa-l-masākīni wa-bni s-sabīli wa-mā tafʿalū min khayrin fa-ʾinna llāha bihī ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION They ask you as to what they should spend. Say, ‘Whatever wealth you spend, let it be for parents, relatives, orphans, the needy, and the traveller.’ And whatever good that you may do, Allah indeed knows it. 216 كُتِبَ عَلَيكُمُ القِتالُ وَهُوَ كُرهٌ لَكُم ۖ وَعَسىٰ أَن تَكرَهوا شَيئًا وَهُوَ خَيرٌ لَكُم ۖ وَعَسىٰ أَن تُحِبّوا شَيئًا وَهُوَ شَرٌّ لَكُم ۗ وَاللَّهُ يَعلَمُ وَأَنتُم لا تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION kutiba ʿalaykumu l-qitālu wa-huwa kurhun lakum wa-ʿasā ʾan takrahū shayʾan wa-huwa khayrun lakum wa-ʿasā ʾan tuḥibbū shayʾan wa-huwa sharrun lakum wa-llāhu yaʿlamu wa-ʾantum lā taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION Warfare has been prescribed for you, though it is repulsive to you. Yet it may be that you dislike something while it is good for you, and it may be that you love something while it is bad for you, and Allah knows and you do not know.

217 يَسأَلونَكَ عَنِ الشَّهرِ الحَرامِ قِتالٍ فيهِ ۖ قُل قِتالٌ فيهِ كَبيرٌ ۖ وَصَدٌّ عَن سَبيلِ اللَّهِ وَكُفرٌ بِهِ وَالمَسجِدِ الحَرامِ وَإِخراجُ أَهلِهِ مِنهُ أَكبَرُ عِندَ اللَّهِ ۚ وَالفِتنَةُ أَكبَرُ مِنَ القَتلِ ۗ وَلا يَزالونَ يُقاتِلونَكُم حَتّىٰ يَرُدّوكُم عَن دينِكُم إِنِ استَطاعوا ۚ وَمَن يَرتَدِد مِنكُم عَن دينِهِ فَيَمُت وَهُوَ كافِرٌ فَأُولٰئِكَ حَبِطَت أَعمالُهُم فِي الدُّنيا وَالآخِرَةِ ۖ وَأُولٰئِكَ أَصحابُ النّارِ ۖ هُم فيها خالِدونَ TRANSLITERATION yasʾalūnaka ʿani sh-shahri l-ḥarāmi qitālin fīhi qul qitālun fīhi kabīrun wa-ṣaddun ʿan sabīli llāhi wa-kufrun bihī wa-l-masjidi l-ḥarāmi wa-ʾikhrāju ʾahlihī minhu ʾakbaru ʿinda llāhi wa-l-fitnatu ʾakbaru mina l-qatli wa-lā yazālūna yuqātilūnakum ḥattā yaruddūkum ʿan dīnikum ʾini staṭāʿū wa-man yartadid minkum ʿan dīnihī fa-yamut wa-huwa kāfirun fa-ʾulāʾika ḥabiṭat ʾaʿmāluhum fī d-dunyā wa-l-ʾākhirati wa-ʾulāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā khālidūna

TRANSLATION They ask you concerning warfare in the holy month. Say, ‘It is an outrageous thing to fight in it, but to keep [people] from Allah’s way, and to be unfaithful to Him, and [to keep people from] the Holy Mosque, and to expel its people from it are more outrageous with Allah. And faithlessness is graver than killing. And they will not cease fighting you until they turn you away from your religion, if they can. And whoever of you turns away from his religion and dies faithless —they are the ones whose works have failed in this world and the Hereafter. They shall be the inmates of the Fire, and they shall remain in it [forever].

218 إِنَّ الَّذينَ آمَنوا وَالَّذينَ هاجَروا وَجاهَدوا في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ أُولٰئِكَ يَرجونَ رَحمَتَ اللَّهِ ۚ وَاللَّهُ غَفورٌ رَحيمٌ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna lladhīna ʾāmanū wa-lladhīna hājarū wa-jāhadū fī sabīli llāhi ʾulāʾika yarjūna raḥmata llāhi wa-llāhu ghafūrun raḥīmun

TRANSLATION Indeed those who have become faithful and those who have migrated and waged jihād in the way of Allah —it is they who expect Allah’s mercy, and Allah is all-forgiving, all-merciful. 219 ۞ يَسأَلونَكَ عَنِ الخَمرِ وَالمَيسِرِ ۖ قُل فيهِما إِثمٌ كَبيرٌ وَمَنافِعُ لِلنّاسِ وَإِثمُهُما أَكبَرُ مِن نَفعِهِما ۗ وَيَسأَلونَكَ ماذا يُنفِقونَ قُلِ العَفوَ ۗ كَذٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ اللَّهُ لَكُمُ الآياتِ لَعَلَّكُم تَتَفَكَّرونَ TRANSLITERATION yasʾalūnaka ʿani l-khamri wa-l-maysiri qul fīhimā ʾithmun kabīrun wa-manāfiʿu li-n-nāsi wa-ʾithmuhumā ʾakbaru min nafʿihimā wa-yasʾalūnaka mādhā yunfiqūna quli l-ʿafwa ka-dhālika yubayyinu llāhu lakumu l-ʾāyāti laʿallakum tatafakkarūna

TRANSLATION They ask you concerning wine and gambling. Say, ‘There is a great sin in both of them, and some profits for the people, but their sinfulness outweighs their profit.’ And they ask you as to what they should spend. Say, ‘All that is surplus.’ Thus does Allah clarify His signs for you so that you may reflect

220 فِي الدُّنيا وَالآخِرَةِ ۗ وَيَسأَلونَكَ عَنِ اليَتامىٰ ۖ قُل إِصلاحٌ لَهُم خَيرٌ ۖ وَإِن تُخالِطوهُم فَإِخوانُكُم ۚ وَاللَّهُ يَعلَمُ المُفسِدَ مِنَ المُصلِحِ ۚ وَلَو شاءَ اللَّهُ لَأَعنَتَكُم ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزيزٌ حَكيمٌ TRANSLITERATION fī d-dunyā wa-l-ʾākhirati wa-yasʾalūnaka ʿani l-yatāmā qul ʾiṣlāḥun lahum khayrun wa-ʾin tukhāliṭūhum fa-ʾikhwānukum wa-llāhu yaʿlamu l-mufsida mina l-muṣliḥi wa-law shāʾa llāhu la-ʾaʿnatakum ʾinna llāha ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

TRANSLATION about the world and the Hereafter. And they ask you concerning the orphans. Say, ‘It is better to set right their affairs,1 and if you intermingle with them, they are of course your brothers: Allah knows the one who causes corruption from the one who brings about reform, and had Allah wished He would have put you to hardship.’ Indeed Allah is all-mighty, all-wise. That is, it is better to manage their affairs than to stand aloof due to the fear of mishandling them. Cf. . 221 وَلا تَنكِحُوا المُشرِكاتِ حَتّىٰ يُؤمِنَّ ۚ وَلَأَمَةٌ مُؤمِنَةٌ خَيرٌ مِن مُشرِكَةٍ وَلَو أَعجَبَتكُم ۗ وَلا تُنكِحُوا المُشرِكينَ حَتّىٰ يُؤمِنوا ۚ وَلَعَبدٌ مُؤمِنٌ خَيرٌ مِن مُشرِكٍ وَلَو أَعجَبَكُم ۗ أُولٰئِكَ يَدعونَ إِلَى النّارِ ۖ وَاللَّهُ يَدعو إِلَى الجَنَّةِ وَالمَغفِرَةِ بِإِذنِهِ ۖ وَيُبَيِّنُ آياتِهِ لِلنّاسِ لَعَلَّهُم يَتَذَكَّرونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lā tankiḥū l-mushrikāti ḥattā yuʾminna wa-la-ʾamatun muʾminatun khayrun min mushrikatin wa-law ʾaʿjabatkum wa-lā tunkiḥū l-mushrikīna ḥattā yuʾminū wa-la-ʿabdun muʾminun khayrun min mushrikin wa-law ʾaʿjabakum ʾulāʾika yadʿūna ʾilā n-nāri wa-llāhu yadʿū ʾilā l-jannati wa-l-maghfirati bi-ʾidhnihī wa-yubayyinu ʾāyātihī li-n-nāsi laʿallahum yatadhakkarūna

TRANSLATION Do not marry idolatresses until they embrace faith. A faithful slave girl is better than an idolatress, though she should impress you. And do not marry [your daughters] to idolaters until they embrace faith. A faithful slave is better than an idolater, though he should impress you. Those invite [others] to the Fire, but Allah invites to paradise and pardon, by His will, and He clarifies His signs for the people so that they may take admonition.

222 وَيَسأَلونَكَ عَنِ المَحيضِ ۖ قُل هُوَ أَذًى فَاعتَزِلُوا النِّساءَ فِي المَحيضِ ۖ وَلا تَقرَبوهُنَّ حَتّىٰ يَطهُرنَ ۖ فَإِذا تَطَهَّرنَ فَأتوهُنَّ مِن حَيثُ أَمَرَكُمُ اللَّهُ ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ يُحِبُّ التَّوّابينَ وَيُحِبُّ المُتَطَهِّرينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-yasʾalūnaka ʿani l-maḥīḍi qul huwa ʾadhan fa-ʿtazilū n-nisāʾa fī l-maḥīḍi wa-lā taqrabūhunna ḥattā yaṭhurna fa-ʾidhā taṭahharna fa-ʾtūhunna min ḥaythu ʾamarakumu llāhu ʾinna llāha yuḥibbu t-tawwābīna wa-yuḥibbu l-mutaṭahhirīna

TRANSLATION They ask you concerning [intercourse during] menses. Say, ‘It is hurtful.’1 So keep away from wives during the menses,2 and do not approach them till they are clean. And when they become clean, go into them as Allah has commanded you. Indeed Allah loves the penitent and He loves those who keep clean. Or ‘offensive.’ That is, ‘refrain from sexual intercourse.’ 223 نِساؤُكُم حَرثٌ لَكُم فَأتوا حَرثَكُم أَنّىٰ شِئتُم ۖ وَقَدِّموا لِأَنفُسِكُم ۚ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ وَاعلَموا أَنَّكُم مُلاقوهُ ۗ وَبَشِّرِ المُؤمِنينَ TRANSLITERATION nisāʾukum ḥarthun lakum fa-ʾtū ḥarthakum ʾannā shiʾtum wa-qaddimū li-ʾanfusikum wa-ttaqū llāha wa-ʿlamū ʾannakum mulāqūhu wa-bashshiri l-muʾminīna

TRANSLATION Your women are a tillage for you, so come to your tillage whenever you like, and send ahead for your souls, and be Godwary, and know that you will encounter Him; and give good news to the faithful.

224 وَلا تَجعَلُوا اللَّهَ عُرضَةً لِأَيمانِكُم أَن تَبَرّوا وَتَتَّقوا وَتُصلِحوا بَينَ النّاسِ ۗ وَاللَّهُ سَميعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-lā tajʿalū llāha ʿurḍatan li-ʾaymānikum ʾan tabarrū wa-tattaqū wa-tuṣliḥū bayna n-nāsi wa-llāhu samīʿun ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION Do not make Allah an obstacle, through your oaths, to being pious and Godwary, and to bringing about concord between people. And Allah is all-hearing, all-knowing.

225 لا يُؤاخِذُكُمُ اللَّهُ بِاللَّغوِ في أَيمانِكُم وَلٰكِن يُؤاخِذُكُم بِما كَسَبَت قُلوبُكُم ۗ وَاللَّهُ غَفورٌ حَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION lā yuʾākhidhukumu llāhu bi-l-laghwi fī ʾaymānikum wa-lākin yuʾākhidhukum bi-mā kasabat qulūbukum wa-llāhu ghafūrun ḥalīmun

TRANSLATION Allah shall not take you to task for what is unconsidered in your oaths, but He shall take you to task for what your hearts have incurred, and Allah is all-forgiving, all-forbearing.

226 لِلَّذينَ يُؤلونَ مِن نِسائِهِم تَرَبُّصُ أَربَعَةِ أَشهُرٍ ۖ فَإِن فاءوا فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ غَفورٌ رَحيمٌ TRANSLITERATION li-lladhīna yuʾlūna min nisāʾihim tarabbuṣu ʾarbaʿati ʾashhurin fa-ʾin fāʾū fa-ʾinna llāha ghafūrun raḥīmun

TRANSLATION For those who forswear their wives1 shall be a waiting for four months. And if they recant, Allah is indeed all-forgiving, all-merciful. That is, by pronouncing īlā, a pre-Islamic practice which allowed the husband to take an oath to refrain from sexual relations with his wife, which left the wife in a state of uncertainty for an indefinite period. According to this verse, the husband must decide within four months either to restore the marriage or to divorce her. 227 وَإِن عَزَمُوا الطَّلاقَ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ سَميعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾin ʿazamū ṭ-ṭalāqa fa-ʾinna llāha samīʿun ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION But if they resolve on divorce, Allah is indeed all-hearing, all-knowing.

228 وَالمُطَلَّقاتُ يَتَرَبَّصنَ بِأَنفُسِهِنَّ ثَلاثَةَ قُروءٍ ۚ وَلا يَحِلُّ لَهُنَّ أَن يَكتُمنَ ما خَلَقَ اللَّهُ في أَرحامِهِنَّ إِن كُنَّ يُؤمِنَّ بِاللَّهِ وَاليَومِ الآخِرِ ۚ وَبُعولَتُهُنَّ أَحَقُّ بِرَدِّهِنَّ في ذٰلِكَ إِن أَرادوا إِصلاحًا ۚ وَلَهُنَّ مِثلُ الَّذي عَلَيهِنَّ بِالمَعروفِ ۚ وَلِلرِّجالِ عَلَيهِنَّ دَرَجَةٌ ۗ وَاللَّهُ عَزيزٌ حَكيمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-l-muṭallaqātu yatarabbaṣna bi-ʾanfusihinna thalāthata qurūʾin wa-lā yaḥillu lahunna ʾan yaktumna mā khalaqa llāhu fī ʾarḥāmihinna ʾin kunna yuʾminna bi-llāhi wa-l-yawmi l-ʾākhiri wa-buʿūlatuhunna ʾaḥaqqu bi-raddihinna fī dhālika ʾin ʾarādū ʾiṣlāḥan wa-lahunna mithlu lladhī ʿalayhinna bi-l-maʿrūfi wa-li-r-rijāli ʿalayhinna darajatun wa-llāhu ʿazīzun ḥakīmun-i

TRANSLATION Divorced women shall wait by themselves for three periods of purity [after menses], and it is not lawful for them to conceal what Allah has created in their wombs if they believe in Allah and the Last Day; and their husbands have a greater right to restore them during this [duration], if they desire reconcilement. The wives have rights similar to the obligations upon them, in accordance with honourable norms; and men have a degree above them, and Allah is all-mighty and all-wise.

229 الطَّلاقُ مَرَّتانِ ۖ فَإِمساكٌ بِمَعروفٍ أَو تَسريحٌ بِإِحسانٍ ۗ وَلا يَحِلُّ لَكُم أَن تَأخُذوا مِمّا آتَيتُموهُنَّ شَيئًا إِلّا أَن يَخافا أَلّا يُقيما حُدودَ اللَّهِ ۖ فَإِن خِفتُم أَلّا يُقيما حُدودَ اللَّهِ فَلا جُناحَ عَلَيهِما فيمَا افتَدَت بِهِ ۗ تِلكَ حُدودُ اللَّهِ فَلا تَعتَدوها ۚ وَمَن يَتَعَدَّ حُدودَ اللَّهِ فَأُولٰئِكَ هُمُ الظّالِمونَ TRANSLITERATION aṭ-ṭalāqu marratāni fa-ʾimsākun bi-maʿrūfin ʾaw tasrīḥun bi-ʾiḥsānin wa-lā yaḥillu lakum ʾan taʾkhudhū mimmā ʾātaytumūhunna shayʾan ʾillā ʾan yakhāfā ʾallā yuqīmā ḥudūda llāhi fa-ʾin khiftum ʾallā yuqīmā ḥudūda llāhi fa-lā junāḥa ʿalayhimā fī-mā ftadat bihī tilka ḥudūdu llāhi fa-lā taʿtadūhā wa-man yataʿadda ḥudūda llāhi fa-ʾulāʾika humu ẓ-ẓālimūna

TRANSLATION [Revocable] divorce may be only twice; then [let there be] either an honourable retention, or a kindly release. And it is not lawful for you to take back anything from what you have given them,1 unless the couple fear that they may not maintain Allah’s bounds. So if you fear they would not maintain Allah’s bounds, there is no sin upon them2 in what she may give to secure her release. These are Allah’s bounds, so do not transgress them, and whoever transgresses the bounds of Allah —it is they who are the wrongdoers. That is, to the wives. That is, the husband and wife. 230 فَإِن طَلَّقَها فَلا تَحِلُّ لَهُ مِن بَعدُ حَتّىٰ تَنكِحَ زَوجًا غَيرَهُ ۗ فَإِن طَلَّقَها فَلا جُناحَ عَلَيهِما أَن يَتَراجَعا إِن ظَنّا أَن يُقيما حُدودَ اللَّهِ ۗ وَتِلكَ حُدودُ اللَّهِ يُبَيِّنُها لِقَومٍ يَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾin ṭallaqahā fa-lā taḥillu lahū min baʿdu ḥattā tankiḥa zawjan ghayrahū fa-ʾin ṭallaqahā fa-lā junāḥa ʿalayhimā ʾan yatarājaʿā ʾin ẓannā ʾan yuqīmā ḥudūda llāhi wa-tilka ḥudūdu llāhi yubayyinuhā li-qawmin yaʿlamūna

TRANSLATION And if he divorces her, she will not be lawful for him until she marries a husband other than him, and if he divorces her,1 there is no sin upon them to remarry if they think that they can maintain Allah’s bounds. These are Allah’s bounds, which He clarifies for a people who have knowledge. That is, after she has been divorced by the second husband, the two of them may remarry if they think they can maintain a healthy marital relationship. 231 وَإِذا طَلَّقتُمُ النِّساءَ فَبَلَغنَ أَجَلَهُنَّ فَأَمسِكوهُنَّ بِمَعروفٍ أَو سَرِّحوهُنَّ بِمَعروفٍ ۚ وَلا تُمسِكوهُنَّ ضِرارًا لِتَعتَدوا ۚ وَمَن يَفعَل ذٰلِكَ فَقَد ظَلَمَ نَفسَهُ ۚ وَلا تَتَّخِذوا آياتِ اللَّهِ هُزُوًا ۚ وَاذكُروا نِعمَتَ اللَّهِ عَلَيكُم وَما أَنزَلَ عَلَيكُم مِنَ الكِتابِ وَالحِكمَةِ يَعِظُكُم بِهِ ۚ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ وَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ بِكُلِّ شَيءٍ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā ṭallaqtumu n-nisāʾa fa-balaghna ʾajalahunna fa-ʾamsikūhunna bi-maʿrūfin ʾaw sarriḥūhunna bi-maʿrūfin wa-lā tumsikūhunna ḍirāran li-taʿtadū wa-man yafʿal dhālika fa-qad ẓalama nafsahū wa-lā tattakhidhū ʾāyāti llāhi huzuwan wa-dhkurū niʿmata llāhi ʿalaykum wa-mā ʾanzala ʿalaykum mina l-kitābi wa-l-ḥikmati yaʿiẓukum bihī wa-ttaqū llāha wa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha bi-kulli shayʾin ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION When you divorce women and they complete their term, then either retain them honourably or release them honourably, and do not retain them maliciously in order that you may transgress; and whoever does that certainly wrongs himself. Do not take the signs of Allah in derision, and remember Allah’s blessing upon you, and what He has sent down to you of the Book and wisdom, to advise you therewith. Be wary of Allah, and know that Allah has knowledge of all things.

232 وَإِذا طَلَّقتُمُ النِّساءَ فَبَلَغنَ أَجَلَهُنَّ فَلا تَعضُلوهُنَّ أَن يَنكِحنَ أَزواجَهُنَّ إِذا تَراضَوا بَينَهُم بِالمَعروفِ ۗ ذٰلِكَ يوعَظُ بِهِ مَن كانَ مِنكُم يُؤمِنُ بِاللَّهِ وَاليَومِ الآخِرِ ۗ ذٰلِكُم أَزكىٰ لَكُم وَأَطهَرُ ۗ وَاللَّهُ يَعلَمُ وَأَنتُم لا تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidhā ṭallaqtumu n-nisāʾa fa-balaghna ʾajalahunna fa-lā taʿḍulūhunna ʾan yankiḥna ʾazwājahunna ʾidhā tarāḍaw baynahum bi-l-maʿrūfi dhālika yūʿaẓu bihī man kāna minkum yuʾminu bi-llāhi wa-l-yawmi l-ʾākhiri dhālikum ʾazkā lakum wa-ʾaṭharu wa-llāhu yaʿlamu wa-ʾantum lā taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION When you divorce women and they complete their term, do not thwart them lest they should [re]marry their husbands, when they honourably reach mutual consent. Herewith are advised those of you who believe in Allah and the Last Day. That will be more decent and purer for you, and Allah knows and you do not know.

233 ۞ وَالوالِداتُ يُرضِعنَ أَولادَهُنَّ حَولَينِ كامِلَينِ ۖ لِمَن أَرادَ أَن يُتِمَّ الرَّضاعَةَ ۚ وَعَلَى المَولودِ لَهُ رِزقُهُنَّ وَكِسوَتُهُنَّ بِالمَعروفِ ۚ لا تُكَلَّفُ نَفسٌ إِلّا وُسعَها ۚ لا تُضارَّ والِدَةٌ بِوَلَدِها وَلا مَولودٌ لَهُ بِوَلَدِهِ ۚ وَعَلَى الوارِثِ مِثلُ ذٰلِكَ ۗ فَإِن أَرادا فِصالًا عَن تَراضٍ مِنهُما وَتَشاوُرٍ فَلا جُناحَ عَلَيهِما ۗ وَإِن أَرَدتُم أَن تَستَرضِعوا أَولادَكُم فَلا جُناحَ عَلَيكُم إِذا سَلَّمتُم ما آتَيتُم بِالمَعروفِ ۗ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ وَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ بِما تَعمَلونَ بَصيرٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-l-wālidātu yurḍiʿna ʾawlādahunna ḥawlayni kāmilayni li-man ʾarāda ʾan yutimma r-raḍāʿata wa-ʿalā l-mawlūdi lahū rizquhunna wa-kiswatuhunna bi-l-maʿrūfi lā tukallafu nafsun ʾillā wusʿahā lā tuḍārra wālidatun bi-waladihā wa-lā mawlūdun lahū bi-waladihī wa-ʿalā l-wārithi mithlu dhālika fa-ʾin ʾarādā fiṣālan ʿan tarāḍin minhumā wa-tashāwurin fa-lā junāḥa ʿalayhimā wa-ʾin ʾaradtum ʾan tastarḍiʿū ʾawlādakum fa-lā junāḥa ʿalaykum ʾidhā sallamtum mā ʾātaytum bi-l-maʿrūfi wa-ttaqū llāha wa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha bi-mā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

TRANSLATION Mothers shall suckle their children for two full years, —that for such as desire to complete the suckling— and on the father shall be their maintenance and clothing, in accordance with honourable norms. No soul is to be tasked except according to its capacity: neither the mother shall be made to suffer harm on her child’s account, nor the father on account of his child, and on the [father’s] heir devolve [duties and rights] similar to that. And if the couple desire to wean, with mutual consent and consultation, there will be no sin upon them. And if you want to have your children wet-nursed, there will be no sin upon you so long as you pay what you give in accordance with honourable norms, and be wary of Allah, and know that Allah sees best what you do.

234 وَالَّذينَ يُتَوَفَّونَ مِنكُم وَيَذَرونَ أَزواجًا يَتَرَبَّصنَ بِأَنفُسِهِنَّ أَربَعَةَ أَشهُرٍ وَعَشرًا ۖ فَإِذا بَلَغنَ أَجَلَهُنَّ فَلا جُناحَ عَلَيكُم فيما فَعَلنَ في أَنفُسِهِنَّ بِالمَعروفِ ۗ وَاللَّهُ بِما تَعمَلونَ خَبيرٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-lladhīna yutawaffawna minkum wa-yadharūna ʾazwājan yatarabbaṣna bi-ʾanfusihinna ʾarbaʿata ʾashhurin wa-ʿashran fa-ʾidhā balaghna ʾajalahunna fa-lā junāḥa ʿalaykum fī-mā faʿalna fī ʾanfusihinna bi-l-maʿrūfi wa-llāhu bi-mā taʿmalūna khabīrun

TRANSLATION As for those of you who die leaving wives, they shall wait by themselves four months and ten days, and when they complete their term, there will be no sin upon you in respect of what they may do with themselves in accordance with honourable norms. And Allah is well aware of what you do.

235 وَلا جُناحَ عَلَيكُم فيما عَرَّضتُم بِهِ مِن خِطبَةِ النِّساءِ أَو أَكنَنتُم في أَنفُسِكُم ۚ عَلِمَ اللَّهُ أَنَّكُم سَتَذكُرونَهُنَّ وَلٰكِن لا تُواعِدوهُنَّ سِرًّا إِلّا أَن تَقولوا قَولًا مَعروفًا ۚ وَلا تَعزِموا عُقدَةَ النِّكاحِ حَتّىٰ يَبلُغَ الكِتابُ أَجَلَهُ ۚ وَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ يَعلَمُ ما في أَنفُسِكُم فَاحذَروهُ ۚ وَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ غَفورٌ حَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-lā junāḥa ʿalaykum fī-mā ʿarraḍtum bihī min khiṭbati n-nisāʾi ʾaw ʾaknantum fī ʾanfusikum ʿalima llāhu ʾannakum sa-tadhkurūnahunna wa-lākin lā tuwāʿidūhunna sirran ʾillā ʾan taqūlū qawlan maʿrūfan wa-lā taʿzimū ʿuqdata n-nikāḥi ḥattā yablugha l-kitābu ʾajalahū wa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha yaʿlamu mā fī ʾanfusikum fa-ḥdharūhu wa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha ghafūrun ḥalīmun

TRANSLATION There is no sin upon you in what you may hint in proposing to [recently widowed] women, or what you may secretly cherish within your hearts. Allah knows that you will be thinking of them, but do not make troth with them secretly, unless you say honourable words, and do not resolve on a marriage tie until the prescribed term is complete.1 Know that Allah knows what is in your hearts, so beware of Him; and know that Allah is all-forgiving, all-forbearing. That is, until the waiting period of four months and ten days prescribed for the widows is completed. 236 لا جُناحَ عَلَيكُم إِن طَلَّقتُمُ النِّساءَ ما لَم تَمَسّوهُنَّ أَو تَفرِضوا لَهُنَّ فَريضَةً ۚ وَمَتِّعوهُنَّ عَلَى الموسِعِ قَدَرُهُ وَعَلَى المُقتِرِ قَدَرُهُ مَتاعًا بِالمَعروفِ ۖ حَقًّا عَلَى المُحسِنينَ TRANSLITERATION lā junāḥa ʿalaykum ʾin ṭallaqtumu n-nisāʾa mā lam tamassūhunna ʾaw tafriḍū lahunna farīḍatan wa-mattiʿūhunna ʿalā l-mūsiʿi qadaruhū wa-ʿalā l-muqtiri qadaruhū matāʿan bi-l-maʿrūfi ḥaqqan ʿalā l-muḥsinīna

TRANSLATION There is no sin upon you if you divorce women while you have not yet touched them or settled a dowry for them. Yet provide for them —the well-off according to his capacity, and the poorly-off according to his capacity— with a sustenance that is honourable, an obligation on the virtuous.

237 وَإِن طَلَّقتُموهُنَّ مِن قَبلِ أَن تَمَسّوهُنَّ وَقَد فَرَضتُم لَهُنَّ فَريضَةً فَنِصفُ ما فَرَضتُم إِلّا أَن يَعفونَ أَو يَعفُوَ الَّذي بِيَدِهِ عُقدَةُ النِّكاحِ ۚ وَأَن تَعفوا أَقرَبُ لِلتَّقوىٰ ۚ وَلا تَنسَوُا الفَضلَ بَينَكُم ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ بِما تَعمَلونَ بَصيرٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾin ṭallaqtumūhunna min qabli ʾan tamassūhunna wa-qad faraḍtum lahunna farīḍatan fa-niṣfu mā faraḍtum ʾillā ʾan yaʿfūna ʾaw yaʿfuwa lladhī bi-yadihī ʿuqdatu n-nikāḥi wa-ʾan taʿfū ʾaqrabu li-t-taqwā wa-lā tansawu l-faḍla baynakum ʾinna llāha bi-mā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

TRANSLATION And if you divorce them before you touch them, and you have already settled a dowry for them, then [pay them] half of what you have settled, unless they forgo it, or someone in whose hand is the marriage tie forgoes it.1 And to forgo is nearer to Godwariness; so do not forget graciousness among yourselves. Indeed Allah sees best what you do. That is, the wife’s guardian or the husband. The bride’s guardian may forgo the half of the dowry which is her right to receive, or the husband may refrain from demanding half of the dowry he has already paid. 238 حافِظوا عَلَى الصَّلَواتِ وَالصَّلاةِ الوُسطىٰ وَقوموا لِلَّهِ قانِتينَ TRANSLITERATION ḥāfiẓū ʿalā ṣ-ṣalawāti wa-ṣ-ṣalāti l-wusṭā wa-qūmū li-llāhi qānitīna

TRANSLATION Be watchful of your prayers, and [especially] the middle prayer,1 and stand in obedience2 to Allah; That is, the ẓuhr (noon) prayer, according to several traditions narrated from the Imams of the Prophet’s Household, as well as many traditions narrated in the Sunnī sources (see al-Tafsīr al-Burhān, al-Ṭabarī’s Jāmi‘ al-Bayān). According to other interpretations, the phrase ‘the middle prayer’ refers to the ʿaṣr (afternoon), maghrib (sunset) or fajr (dawn) prayer. Or ‘stand humbly’ (or ‘prayerfully,’ ‘devoutly’) before Allah. 239 فَإِن خِفتُم فَرِجالًا أَو رُكبانًا ۖ فَإِذا أَمِنتُم فَاذكُرُوا اللَّهَ كَما عَلَّمَكُم ما لَم تَكونوا تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾin khiftum fa-rijālan ʾaw rukbānan fa-ʾidhā ʾamintum fa-dhkurū llāha ka-mā ʿallamakum mā lam takūnū taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION and should you fear [a danger], then [pray] on foot or mounted, and when you are safe, remember Allah, as He taught you what you did not know.

240 وَالَّذينَ يُتَوَفَّونَ مِنكُم وَيَذَرونَ أَزواجًا وَصِيَّةً لِأَزواجِهِم مَتاعًا إِلَى الحَولِ غَيرَ إِخراجٍ ۚ فَإِن خَرَجنَ فَلا جُناحَ عَلَيكُم في ما فَعَلنَ في أَنفُسِهِنَّ مِن مَعروفٍ ۗ وَاللَّهُ عَزيزٌ حَكيمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-lladhīna yutawaffawna minkum wa-yadharūna ʾazwājan waṣiyyatan li-ʾazwājihim matāʿan ʾilā l-ḥawli ghayra ʾikhrājin fa-ʾin kharajna fa-lā junāḥa ʿalaykum fī mā faʿalna fī ʾanfusihinna min maʿrūfin wa-llāhu ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

TRANSLATION Those of you who die leaving wives shall bequeath for their wives providing for a year, without turning them out; but if they leave, there is no sin upon you in respect of what they may do with themselves observing honourable norms. And Allah is all-mighty, all-wise.

241 وَلِلمُطَلَّقاتِ مَتاعٌ بِالمَعروفِ ۖ حَقًّا عَلَى المُتَّقينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-li-l-muṭallaqāti matāʿun bi-l-maʿrūfi ḥaqqan ʿalā l-muttaqīna

TRANSLATION For the divorced women there shall be a provision, in accordance with honourable norms —an obligation on the Godwary.

242 كَذٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ اللَّهُ لَكُم آياتِهِ لَعَلَّكُم تَعقِلونَ TRANSLITERATION ka-dhālika yubayyinu llāhu lakum ʾāyātihī laʿallakum taʿqilūna

TRANSLATION Thus does Allah clarify His signs to you so that you may apply reason. 243 ۞ أَلَم تَرَ إِلَى الَّذينَ خَرَجوا مِن دِيارِهِم وَهُم أُلوفٌ حَذَرَ المَوتِ فَقالَ لَهُمُ اللَّهُ موتوا ثُمَّ أَحياهُم ۚ إِنَّ اللَّهَ لَذو فَضلٍ عَلَى النّاسِ وَلٰكِنَّ أَكثَرَ النّاسِ لا يَشكُرونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-lam tara ʾilā lladhīna kharajū min diyārihim wa-hum ʾulūfun ḥadhara l-mawti fa-qāla lahumu llāhu mūtū thumma ʾaḥyāhum ʾinna llāha la-dhū faḍlin ʿalā n-nāsi wa-lākinna ʾakthara n-nāsi lā yashkurūna

TRANSLATION Have you not regarded those who left their homes in thousands, apprehensive of death, whereupon Allah said to them, ‘Die,’ then He revived them? Indeed Allah is gracious to mankind, but most people do not give thanks. 244 وَقاتِلوا في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ وَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ سَميعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-qātilū fī sabīli llāhi wa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha samīʿun ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION Fight in the way of Allah, and know that Allah is all-hearing, all-knowing. 245 مَن ذَا الَّذي يُقرِضُ اللَّهَ قَرضًا حَسَنًا فَيُضاعِفَهُ لَهُ أَضعافًا كَثيرَةً ۚ وَاللَّهُ يَقبِضُ وَيَبسُطُ وَإِلَيهِ تُرجَعونَ TRANSLITERATION man dhā lladhī yuqriḍu llāha qarḍan ḥasanan fa-yuḍāʿifahū lahū ʾaḍʿāfan kathīratan wa-llāhu yaqbiḍu wa-yabsuṭu wa-ʾilayhi turjaʿūna

TRANSLATION Who is it that will lend Allah a good loan that He may multiply it for him severalfold? And Allah tightens and expands [the means of life], and to Him you shall be brought back. 246 أَلَم تَرَ إِلَى المَلَإِ مِن بَني إِسرائيلَ مِن بَعدِ موسىٰ إِذ قالوا لِنَبِيٍّ لَهُمُ ابعَث لَنا مَلِكًا نُقاتِل في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ ۖ قالَ هَل عَسَيتُم إِن كُتِبَ عَلَيكُمُ القِتالُ أَلّا تُقاتِلوا ۖ قالوا وَما لَنا أَلّا نُقاتِلَ في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ وَقَد أُخرِجنا مِن دِيارِنا وَأَبنائِنا ۖ فَلَمّا كُتِبَ عَلَيهِمُ القِتالُ تَوَلَّوا إِلّا قَليلًا مِنهُم ۗ وَاللَّهُ عَليمٌ بِالظّالِمينَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-lam tara ʾilā l-malaʾi min banī ʾisrāʾīla min baʿdi mūsā ʾidh qālū li-nabiyyin lahumu bʿath lanā malikan nuqātil fī sabīli llāhi qāla hal ʿasaytum ʾin kutiba ʿalaykumu l-qitālu ʾallā tuqātilū qālū wa-mā lanā ʾallā nuqātila fī sabīli llāhi wa-qad ʾukhrijnā min diyārinā wa-ʾabnāʾinā fa-lammā kutiba ʿalayhimu l-qitālu tawallaw ʾillā qalīlan minhum wa-llāhu ʿalīmun bi-ẓ-ẓālimīna

TRANSLATION Have you not regarded the elite of the Israelites after Moses, when they said to their prophet, ‘Appoint for us a king, that we may fight in the way of Allah.’ He said, ‘May it not be that you will not fight if fighting were prescribed for you?’ They said, ‘Why should we not fight in the way of Allah, when we have been expelled from our homes and [separated from] our children?’ So when fighting was prescribed for them, they turned back except a few of them, and Allah knows best the wrongdoers.

247 وَقالَ لَهُم نَبِيُّهُم إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَد بَعَثَ لَكُم طالوتَ مَلِكًا ۚ قالوا أَنّىٰ يَكونُ لَهُ المُلكُ عَلَينا وَنَحنُ أَحَقُّ بِالمُلكِ مِنهُ وَلَم يُؤتَ سَعَةً مِنَ المالِ ۚ قالَ إِنَّ اللَّهَ اصطَفاهُ عَلَيكُم وَزادَهُ بَسطَةً فِي العِلمِ وَالجِسمِ ۖ وَاللَّهُ يُؤتي مُلكَهُ مَن يَشاءُ ۚ وَاللَّهُ واسِعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-qāla lahum nabiyyuhum ʾinna llāha qad baʿatha lakum ṭālūta malikan qālū ʾannā yakūnu lahu l-mulku ʿalaynā wa-naḥnu ʾaḥaqqu bi-l-mulki minhu wa-lam yuʾta saʿatan mina l-māli qāla ʾinna llāha ṣṭafāhu ʿalaykum wa-zādahū basṭatan fī l-ʿilmi wa-l-jismi wa-llāhu yuʾtī mulkahū man yashāʾu wa-llāhu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION Their prophet said to them, ‘Allah has appointed Saul as king for you.’ They said, ‘How can he have kingship over us, when we have a greater right to kingship than him, as he has not been given ample wealth?’ He said, ‘Indeed Allah has chosen him over you, and enhanced him vastly in knowledge and physique, and Allah gives His kingdom to whomever He wishes, and Allah is all-bounteous, all-knowing.’

248 وَقالَ لَهُم نَبِيُّهُم إِنَّ آيَةَ مُلكِهِ أَن يَأتِيَكُمُ التّابوتُ فيهِ سَكينَةٌ مِن رَبِّكُم وَبَقِيَّةٌ مِمّا تَرَكَ آلُ موسىٰ وَآلُ هارونَ تَحمِلُهُ المَلائِكَةُ ۚ إِنَّ في ذٰلِكَ لَآيَةً لَكُم إِن كُنتُم مُؤمِنينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-qāla lahum nabiyyuhum ʾinna ʾāyata mulkihī ʾan yaʾtiyakumu t-tābūtu fīhi sakīnatun min rabbikum wa-baqiyyatun mimmā taraka ʾālu mūsā wa-ʾālu hārūna taḥmiluhu l-malāʾikatu ʾinna fī dhālika la-ʾāyatan lakum ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

TRANSLATION Their prophet said to them, ‘Indeed the sign of his kingship shall be that the Ark will come to you, bearing tranquillity from your Lord and the relics left behind by the House of Moses and the House of Aaron, borne by the angels. There is indeed a sign in that for you, should you be faithful.’

249 فَلَمّا فَصَلَ طالوتُ بِالجُنودِ قالَ إِنَّ اللَّهَ مُبتَليكُم بِنَهَرٍ فَمَن شَرِبَ مِنهُ فَلَيسَ مِنّي وَمَن لَم يَطعَمهُ فَإِنَّهُ مِنّي إِلّا مَنِ اغتَرَفَ غُرفَةً بِيَدِهِ ۚ فَشَرِبوا مِنهُ إِلّا قَليلًا مِنهُم ۚ فَلَمّا جاوَزَهُ هُوَ وَالَّذينَ آمَنوا مَعَهُ قالوا لا طاقَةَ لَنَا اليَومَ بِجالوتَ وَجُنودِهِ ۚ قالَ الَّذينَ يَظُنّونَ أَنَّهُم مُلاقُو اللَّهِ كَم مِن فِئَةٍ قَليلَةٍ غَلَبَت فِئَةً كَثيرَةً بِإِذنِ اللَّهِ ۗ وَاللَّهُ مَعَ الصّابِرينَ TRANSLITERATION fa-lammā faṣala ṭālūtu bi-l-junūdi qāla ʾinna llāha mubtalīkum bi-naharin fa-man shariba minhu fa-laysa minnī wa-man lam yaṭʿamhu fa-ʾinnahū minnī ʾillā mani ghtarafa ghurfatan bi-yadihī fa-sharibū minhu ʾillā qalīlan minhum fa-lammā jāwazahū huwa wa-lladhīna ʾāmanū maʿahū qālū lā ṭāqata lanā l-yawma bi-jālūta wa-junūdihī qāla lladhīna yaẓunnūna ʾannahum mulāqū llāhi kam min fiʾatin qalīlatin ghalabat fiʾatan kathīratan bi-ʾidhni llāhi wa-llāhu maʿa ṣ-ṣābirīna

TRANSLATION As Saul set out with the troops, he said, ‘Allah will test you with a stream: anyone who drinks from it will not belong to me, but those who do not drink from it will belong to me, barring someone who draws a scoop with his hand.’ But they drank from it, [all] except a few of them. So when he crossed it along with the faithful who were with him, they said, ‘We have no strength today against Goliath and his troops.’ Those who were certain they will encounter Allah said, ‘How many a small party has overcome a larger party by Allah’s will! And Allah is with the patient.’

250 وَلَمّا بَرَزوا لِجالوتَ وَجُنودِهِ قالوا رَبَّنا أَفرِغ عَلَينا صَبرًا وَثَبِّت أَقدامَنا وَانصُرنا عَلَى القَومِ الكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION wa-lammā barazū li-jālūta wa-junūdihī qālū rabbanā ʾafrigh ʿalaynā ṣabran wa-thabbit ʾaqdāmanā wa-nṣurnā ʿalā l-qawmi l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION So when they marched out for [encounter with] Goliath and his troops, they said, ‘Our Lord, pour patience upon us, make our feet steady, and assist us against the faithless lot.’

251 فَهَزَموهُم بِإِذنِ اللَّهِ وَقَتَلَ داوودُ جالوتَ وَآتاهُ اللَّهُ المُلكَ وَالحِكمَةَ وَعَلَّمَهُ مِمّا يَشاءُ ۗ وَلَولا دَفعُ اللَّهِ النّاسَ بَعضَهُم بِبَعضٍ لَفَسَدَتِ الأَرضُ وَلٰكِنَّ اللَّهَ ذو فَضلٍ عَلَى العالَمينَ TRANSLITERATION fa-hazamūhum bi-ʾidhni llāhi wa-qatala dāwūdu jālūta wa-ʾātāhu llāhu l-mulka wa-l-ḥikmata wa-ʿallamahū mimmā yashāʾu wa-law-lā dafʿu llāhi n-nāsa baʿḍahum bi-baʿḍin la-fasadati l-ʾarḍu wa-lākinna llāha dhū faḍlin ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

TRANSLATION Thus they routed them with Allah’s will, and David killed Goliath, and Allah gave him the kingdom and wisdom, and taught him whatever He liked. Were it not for Allah’s repelling the people by means of one another, the earth would surely have been corrupted; but Allah is gracious to the world’s creatures. 252 تِلكَ آياتُ اللَّهِ نَتلوها عَلَيكَ بِالحَقِّ ۚ وَإِنَّكَ لَمِنَ المُرسَلينَ TRANSLITERATION tilka ʾāyātu llāhi natlūhā ʿalayka bi-l-ḥaqqi wa-ʾinnaka la-mina l-mursalīna

TRANSLATION These are the signs of Allah which We recite for you in truth, and you are indeed one of the apostles. 253 ۞ تِلكَ الرُّسُلُ فَضَّلنا بَعضَهُم عَلىٰ بَعضٍ ۘ مِنهُم مَن كَلَّمَ اللَّهُ ۖ وَرَفَعَ بَعضَهُم دَرَجاتٍ ۚ وَآتَينا عيسَى ابنَ مَريَمَ البَيِّناتِ وَأَيَّدناهُ بِروحِ القُدُسِ ۗ وَلَو شاءَ اللَّهُ مَا اقتَتَلَ الَّذينَ مِن بَعدِهِم مِن بَعدِ ما جاءَتهُمُ البَيِّناتُ وَلٰكِنِ اختَلَفوا فَمِنهُم مَن آمَنَ وَمِنهُم مَن كَفَرَ ۚ وَلَو شاءَ اللَّهُ مَا اقتَتَلوا وَلٰكِنَّ اللَّهَ يَفعَلُ ما يُريدُ TRANSLITERATION tilka r-rusulu faḍḍalnā baʿḍahum ʿalā baʿḍin minhum man kallama llāhu wa-rafaʿa baʿḍahum darajātin wa-ʾātaynā ʿīsā bna maryama l-bayyināti wa-ʾayyadnāhu bi-rūḥi l-qudusi wa-law shāʾa llāhu mā qtatala lladhīna min baʿdihim min baʿdi mā jāʾathumu l-bayyinātu wa-lākini khtalafū fa-minhum man ʾāmana wa-minhum man kafara wa-law shāʾa llāhu mā qtatalū wa-lākinna llāha yafʿalu mā yurīdu

TRANSLATION These are the apostles, some of whom We gave an advantage over others: of them are those to whom Allah spoke, and some of them He raised in rank, and We gave Jesus, son of Mary, manifest proofs and strengthened him with the Holy Spirit. Had Allah wished, those who succeeded them would not have fought each other after the manifest proofs had come to them. But they differed. So there were among them those who had faith and there were among them those who were faithless, and had Allah wished, they would not have fought one another; but Allah does whatever He desires.

254 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنوا أَنفِقوا مِمّا رَزَقناكُم مِن قَبلِ أَن يَأتِيَ يَومٌ لا بَيعٌ فيهِ وَلا خُلَّةٌ وَلا شَفاعَةٌ ۗ وَالكافِرونَ هُمُ الظّالِمونَ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū ʾanfiqū mimmā razaqnākum min qabli ʾan yaʾtiya yawmun lā bayʿun fīhi wa-lā khullatun wa-lā shafāʿatun wa-l-kāfirūna humu ẓ-ẓālimūna

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Spend out of what We have provided you before there comes a day on which there will be no bargaining, neither friendship, nor intercession. And the faithless—they are the wrongdoers.

255 اللَّهُ لا إِلٰهَ إِلّا هُوَ الحَيُّ القَيّومُ ۚ لا تَأخُذُهُ سِنَةٌ وَلا نَومٌ ۚ لَهُ ما فِي السَّماواتِ وَما فِي الأَرضِ ۗ مَن ذَا الَّذي يَشفَعُ عِندَهُ إِلّا بِإِذنِهِ ۚ يَعلَمُ ما بَينَ أَيديهِم وَما خَلفَهُم ۖ وَلا يُحيطونَ بِشَيءٍ مِن عِلمِهِ إِلّا بِما شاءَ ۚ وَسِعَ كُرسِيُّهُ السَّماواتِ وَالأَرضَ ۖ وَلا يَئودُهُ حِفظُهُما ۚ وَهُوَ العَلِيُّ العَظيمُ TRANSLITERATION allāhu lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa l-ḥayyu l-qayyūmu lā taʾkhudhuhū sinatun wa-lā nawmun lahū mā fī s-samāwāti wa-mā fī l-ʾarḍi man dhā lladhī yashfaʿu ʿindahū ʾillā bi-ʾidhnihī yaʿlamu mā bayna ʾaydīhim wa-mā khalfahum wa-lā yuḥīṭūna bi-shayʾin min ʿilmihī ʾillā bi-mā shāʾa wasiʿa kursiyyuhu s-samāwāti wa-l-ʾarḍa wa-lā yaʾūduhū ḥifẓuhumā wa-huwa l-ʿaliyyu l-ʿaẓīmu

TRANSLATION Allah—there is no god except Him— is the Living One, the All-sustainer. Neither drowsiness befalls Him nor sleep. To Him belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. Who is it that may intercede with Him except with His permission? He knows that which is before them and that which is behind them, and they do not comprehend anything of His knowledge except what He wishes. His seat embraces the heavens and the earth, and He is not wearied by their preservation, and He is the All-exalted, the All-supreme.

256 لا إِكراهَ فِي الدّينِ ۖ قَد تَبَيَّنَ الرُّشدُ مِنَ الغَيِّ ۚ فَمَن يَكفُر بِالطّاغوتِ وَيُؤمِن بِاللَّهِ فَقَدِ استَمسَكَ بِالعُروَةِ الوُثقىٰ لَا انفِصامَ لَها ۗ وَاللَّهُ سَميعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION lā ʾikrāha fī d-dīni qad tabayyana r-rushdu mina l-ghayyi fa-man yakfur bi-ṭ-ṭāghūti wa-yuʾmin bi-llāhi fa-qadi stamsaka bi-l-ʿurwati l-wuthqā lā nfiṣāma lahā wa-llāhu samīʿun ʿalīmun-i

TRANSLATION There is no compulsion in religion: rectitude has become distinct from error. So one who disavows the Rebels1 and has faith in Allah has held fast to the firmest handle for which there is no breaking; and Allah is all-hearing, all-knowing. The word ṭāghūt has been said to refer to Satan (also called the ‘rebel angel’ and ‘rebel against God’), idol, soothsayer, magician, rebellious humans and jinn, and the carnal soul. Cf. , , ; ; . 257 اللَّهُ وَلِيُّ الَّذينَ آمَنوا يُخرِجُهُم مِنَ الظُّلُماتِ إِلَى النّورِ ۖ وَالَّذينَ كَفَروا أَولِياؤُهُمُ الطّاغوتُ يُخرِجونَهُم مِنَ النّورِ إِلَى الظُّلُماتِ ۗ أُولٰئِكَ أَصحابُ النّارِ ۖ هُم فيها خالِدونَ TRANSLITERATION allāhu waliyyu lladhīna ʾāmanū yukhrijuhum mina ẓ-ẓulumāti ʾilā n-nūri wa-lladhīna kafarū ʾawliyāʾuhumu ṭ-ṭāghūtu yukhrijūnahum mina n-nūri ʾilā ẓ-ẓulumāti ʾulāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā khālidūna

TRANSLATION Allah is the Guardian of the faithful: He brings them out of darkness into light. As for the faithless, their patrons are the Rebels, who drive them out of light into darkness. They shall be the inmates of the Fire, and they shall remain in it [forever]. 258 أَلَم تَرَ إِلَى الَّذي حاجَّ إِبراهيمَ في رَبِّهِ أَن آتاهُ اللَّهُ المُلكَ إِذ قالَ إِبراهيمُ رَبِّيَ الَّذي يُحيي وَيُميتُ قالَ أَنا أُحيي وَأُميتُ ۖ قالَ إِبراهيمُ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ يَأتي بِالشَّمسِ مِنَ المَشرِقِ فَأتِ بِها مِنَ المَغرِبِ فَبُهِتَ الَّذي كَفَرَ ۗ وَاللَّهُ لا يَهدِي القَومَ الظّالِمينَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-lam tara ʾilā lladhī ḥājja ʾibrāhīma fī rabbihī ʾan ʾātāhu llāhu l-mulka ʾidh qāla ʾibrāhīmu rabbiya lladhī yuḥyī wa-yumītu qāla ʾana ʾuḥyī wa-ʾumītu qāla ʾibrāhīmu fa-ʾinna llāha yaʾtī bi-sh-shamsi mina l-mashriqi fa-ʾti bihā mina l-maghribi fa-buhita lladhī kafara wa-llāhu lā yahdī l-qawma ẓ-ẓālimīna

TRANSLATION Have you not regarded him1 who argued with Abraham about his Lord, because Allah had given him kingdom? When Abraham said, ‘My Lord is He who gives life and brings death,’ he replied, ‘I [too] give life and bring death.’ Abraham said, ‘Indeed Allah brings the sun from the east; now you bring it from the west.’ Thereat the faithless one was dumbfounded. And Allah does not guide the wrongdoing lot. That is, Nimrod. 259 أَو كَالَّذي مَرَّ عَلىٰ قَريَةٍ وَهِيَ خاوِيَةٌ عَلىٰ عُروشِها قالَ أَنّىٰ يُحيي هٰذِهِ اللَّهُ بَعدَ مَوتِها ۖ فَأَماتَهُ اللَّهُ مِائَةَ عامٍ ثُمَّ بَعَثَهُ ۖ قالَ كَم لَبِثتَ ۖ قالَ لَبِثتُ يَومًا أَو بَعضَ يَومٍ ۖ قالَ بَل لَبِثتَ مِائَةَ عامٍ فَانظُر إِلىٰ طَعامِكَ وَشَرابِكَ لَم يَتَسَنَّه ۖ وَانظُر إِلىٰ حِمارِكَ وَلِنَجعَلَكَ آيَةً لِلنّاسِ ۖ وَانظُر إِلَى العِظامِ كَيفَ نُنشِزُها ثُمَّ نَكسوها لَحمًا ۚ فَلَمّا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُ قالَ أَعلَمُ أَنَّ اللَّهَ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيءٍ قَديرٌ TRANSLITERATION ʾaw ka-lladhī marra ʿalā qaryatin wa-hiya khāwiyatun ʿalā ʿurūshihā qāla ʾannā yuḥyī hādhihi llāhu baʿda mawtihā fa-ʾamātahu llāhu miʾata ʿāmin thumma baʿathahū qāla kam labithta qāla labithtu yawman ʾaw baʿḍa yawmin qāla bal labithta miʾata ʿāmin fa-nẓur ʾilā ṭaʿāmika wa-sharābika lam yatasannah wa-nẓur ʾilā ḥimārika wa-li-najʿalaka ʾāyatan li-n-nāsi wa-nẓur ʾilā l-ʿiẓāmi kayfa nunshizuhā thumma naksūhā laḥman fa-lammā tabayyana lahū qāla ʾaʿlamu ʾanna llāha ʿalā kulli shayʾin qadīrun

TRANSLATION Or him1 who came upon a township as it lay fallen on its trellises. He said, ‘How will Allah revive this after its death?!’ So Allah made him die for a hundred years, then He resurrected him. He said, ‘How long have you remained?’ Said he, ‘I have remained a day or part of a day.’ He said, ‘Rather you have remained a hundred years. Now look at your food and drink which have not rotted! Then look at your ass! [This was done] that We may make you a sign for mankind. And look at the bones, how We arrange them and then clothe them with flesh!’ When it became evident to him, he said, ‘I know that Allah has power over all things.’ That is, Ezra (ʿUzayr). 260 وَإِذ قالَ إِبراهيمُ رَبِّ أَرِني كَيفَ تُحيِي المَوتىٰ ۖ قالَ أَوَلَم تُؤمِن ۖ قالَ بَلىٰ وَلٰكِن لِيَطمَئِنَّ قَلبي ۖ قالَ فَخُذ أَربَعَةً مِنَ الطَّيرِ فَصُرهُنَّ إِلَيكَ ثُمَّ اجعَل عَلىٰ كُلِّ جَبَلٍ مِنهُنَّ جُزءًا ثُمَّ ادعُهُنَّ يَأتينَكَ سَعيًا ۚ وَاعلَم أَنَّ اللَّهَ عَزيزٌ حَكيمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾidh qāla ʾibrāhīmu rabbi ʾarinī kayfa tuḥyi l-mawtā qāla ʾa-wa-lam tuʾmin qāla balā wa-lākin li-yaṭmaʾinna qalbī qāla fa-khudh ʾarbaʿatan mina ṭ-ṭayri fa-ṣurhunna ʾilayka thumma jʿal ʿalā kulli jabalin minhunna juzʾan thumma dʿuhunna yaʾtīnaka saʿyan wa-ʿlam ʾanna llāha ʿazīzun ḥakīmun

TRANSLATION And when Abraham said, ‘My Lord! Show me how You revive the dead,’ He said, ‘Do you not believe?’ He said, ‘Yes indeed, but in order that my heart may be at rest.’ He said, ‘Take four of the birds. Then cut them into pieces, and place a part of them on every mountain, then call them; they will come to you hastening. And know that Allah is all-mighty and all-wise.’ 261 مَثَلُ الَّذينَ يُنفِقونَ أَموالَهُم في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ كَمَثَلِ حَبَّةٍ أَنبَتَت سَبعَ سَنابِلَ في كُلِّ سُنبُلَةٍ مِائَةُ حَبَّةٍ ۗ وَاللَّهُ يُضاعِفُ لِمَن يَشاءُ ۗ وَاللَّهُ واسِعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION mathalu lladhīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahum fī sabīli llāhi ka-mathali ḥabbatin ʾanbatat sabʿa sanābila fī kulli sunbulatin miʾatu ḥabbatin wa-llāhu yuḍāʿifu li-man yashāʾu wa-llāhu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun-i

TRANSLATION The parable of those who spend their wealth in the way of Allah is that of a grain which grows seven ears, in every ear a hundred grains. Allah enhances severalfold whomever He wishes, and Allah is all-bounteous, all-knowing.

262 الَّذينَ يُنفِقونَ أَموالَهُم في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ ثُمَّ لا يُتبِعونَ ما أَنفَقوا مَنًّا وَلا أَذًى ۙ لَهُم أَجرُهُم عِندَ رَبِّهِم وَلا خَوفٌ عَلَيهِم وَلا هُم يَحزَنونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahum fī sabīli llāhi thumma lā yutbiʿūna mā ʾanfaqū mannan wa-lā ʾadhan lahum ʾajruhum ʿinda rabbihim wa-lā khawfun ʿalayhim wa-lā hum yaḥzanūna

TRANSLATION Those who spend their wealth in the way of Allah and then do not follow up what they have spent with reproaches1 and affronts, they shall have their reward near their Lord, and they will have no fear, nor will they grieve. More exactly, with reproachful reminders of favours done. Cf. below. 263 ۞ قَولٌ مَعروفٌ وَمَغفِرَةٌ خَيرٌ مِن صَدَقَةٍ يَتبَعُها أَذًى ۗ وَاللَّهُ غَنِيٌّ حَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION qawlun maʿrūfun wa-maghfiratun khayrun min ṣadaqatin yatbaʿuhā ʾadhan wa-llāhu ghaniyyun ḥalīmun

TRANSLATION An honourable word with pardon is better than a charity followed by affront. Allah is all-sufficient, most forbearing.

264 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنوا لا تُبطِلوا صَدَقاتِكُم بِالمَنِّ وَالأَذىٰ كَالَّذي يُنفِقُ مالَهُ رِئَاءَ النّاسِ وَلا يُؤمِنُ بِاللَّهِ وَاليَومِ الآخِرِ ۖ فَمَثَلُهُ كَمَثَلِ صَفوانٍ عَلَيهِ تُرابٌ فَأَصابَهُ وابِلٌ فَتَرَكَهُ صَلدًا ۖ لا يَقدِرونَ عَلىٰ شَيءٍ مِمّا كَسَبوا ۗ وَاللَّهُ لا يَهدِي القَومَ الكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū lā tubṭilū ṣadaqātikum bi-l-manni wa-l-ʾadhā ka-lladhī yunfiqu mālahū riʾāʾa n-nāsi wa-lā yuʾminu bi-llāhi wa-l-yawmi l-ʾākhiri fa-mathaluhū ka-mathali ṣafwānin ʿalayhi turābun fa-ʾaṣābahū wābilun fa-tarakahū ṣaldan lā yaqdirūna ʿalā shayʾin mimmā kasabū wa-llāhu lā yahdī l-qawma l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Do not render your charities void by reproaches and affronts, like those who spend their wealth to be seen by people and have no faith in Allah and the Last Day. Their parable1 is that of a rock covered with soil: a downpour strikes it, leaving it bare. They have no power over anything of what they have earned, and Allah does not guide the faithless lot. Or ‘example.’ 265 وَمَثَلُ الَّذينَ يُنفِقونَ أَموالَهُمُ ابتِغاءَ مَرضاتِ اللَّهِ وَتَثبيتًا مِن أَنفُسِهِم كَمَثَلِ جَنَّةٍ بِرَبوَةٍ أَصابَها وابِلٌ فَآتَت أُكُلَها ضِعفَينِ فَإِن لَم يُصِبها وابِلٌ فَطَلٌّ ۗ وَاللَّهُ بِما تَعمَلونَ بَصيرٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-mathalu lladhīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahumu btighāʾa marḍāti llāhi wa-tathbītan min ʾanfusihim ka-mathali jannatin bi-rabwatin ʾaṣābahā wābilun fa-ʾātat ʾukulahā ḍiʿfayni fa-ʾin lam yuṣibhā wābilun fa-ṭallun wa-llāhu bi-mā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

TRANSLATION The parable of those who spend their wealth seeking Allah’s pleasure and to confirm themselves, is that of a garden on a hillside: the downpour strikes it, whereupon it brings forth its fruit twofold; and if it is not a downpour that strikes it, then a shower, and Allah sees best what you do.

266 أَيَوَدُّ أَحَدُكُم أَن تَكونَ لَهُ جَنَّةٌ مِن نَخيلٍ وَأَعنابٍ تَجري مِن تَحتِهَا الأَنهارُ لَهُ فيها مِن كُلِّ الثَّمَراتِ وَأَصابَهُ الكِبَرُ وَلَهُ ذُرِّيَّةٌ ضُعَفاءُ فَأَصابَها إِعصارٌ فيهِ نارٌ فَاحتَرَقَت ۗ كَذٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ اللَّهُ لَكُمُ الآياتِ لَعَلَّكُم تَتَفَكَّرونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾa-yawaddu ʾaḥadukum ʾan takūna lahū jannatun min nakhīlin wa-ʾaʿnābin tajrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru lahū fīhā min kulli th-thamarāti wa-ʾaṣābahu l-kibaru wa-lahū dhurriyyatun ḍuʿafāʾu fa-ʾaṣābahā ʾiʿṣārun fīhi nārun fa-ḥtaraqat ka-dhālika yubayyinu llāhu lakumu l-ʾāyāti laʿallakum tatafakkarūna

TRANSLATION Would any of you like to have a garden of palm trees and vines, with streams running in it, with all kinds of fruit for him therein, and old age were to strike him while he has weakly offspring; whereupon a fiery hurricane were to hit it, whereat it lies burnt? Thus does Allah clarify His signs for you so that you may reflect.

267 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنوا أَنفِقوا مِن طَيِّباتِ ما كَسَبتُم وَمِمّا أَخرَجنا لَكُم مِنَ الأَرضِ ۖ وَلا تَيَمَّمُوا الخَبيثَ مِنهُ تُنفِقونَ وَلَستُم بِآخِذيهِ إِلّا أَن تُغمِضوا فيهِ ۚ وَاعلَموا أَنَّ اللَّهَ غَنِيٌّ حَميدٌ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū ʾanfiqū min ṭayyibāti mā kasabtum wa-mimmā ʾakhrajnā lakum mina l-ʾarḍi wa-lā tayammamū l-khabītha minhu tunfiqūna wa-lastum bi-ʾākhidhīhi ʾillā ʾan tughmiḍū fīhi wa-ʿlamū ʾanna llāha ghaniyyun ḥamīdun-i

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Spend of the good things you have earned, and of what We bring forth for you from the earth, and do not be of the mind to give the bad part of it, for you yourselves would not take it, unless you overlook it. And know that Allah is all-sufficient, all-laudable.

268 الشَّيطانُ يَعِدُكُمُ الفَقرَ وَيَأمُرُكُم بِالفَحشاءِ ۖ وَاللَّهُ يَعِدُكُم مَغفِرَةً مِنهُ وَفَضلًا ۗ وَاللَّهُ واسِعٌ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION ash-shayṭānu yaʿidukumu l-faqra wa-yaʾmurukum bi-l-faḥshāʾi wa-llāhu yaʿidukum maghfiratan minhu wa-faḍlan wa-llāhu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION Satan frightens you of poverty and prompts you to [commit] indecent acts. But Allah promises you His forgiveness and grace, and Allah is all-bounteous, all-knowing.

269 يُؤتِي الحِكمَةَ مَن يَشاءُ ۚ وَمَن يُؤتَ الحِكمَةَ فَقَد أوتِيَ خَيرًا كَثيرًا ۗ وَما يَذَّكَّرُ إِلّا أُولُو الأَلبابِ TRANSLITERATION yuʾtī l-ḥikmata man yashāʾu wa-man yuʾta l-ḥikmata fa-qad ʾūtiya khayran kathīran wa-mā yadhdhakkaru ʾillā ʾulū l-ʾalbābi

TRANSLATION He gives wisdom to whomever He wishes, and he who is given wisdom, is certainly given an abundant good. But none takes admonition except those who possess intellect.

270 وَما أَنفَقتُم مِن نَفَقَةٍ أَو نَذَرتُم مِن نَذرٍ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ يَعلَمُهُ ۗ وَما لِلظّالِمينَ مِن أَنصارٍ TRANSLITERATION wa-mā ʾanfaqtum min nafaqatin ʾaw nadhartum min nadhrin fa-ʾinna llāha yaʿlamuhū wa-mā li-ẓ-ẓālimīna min ʾanṣārin

TRANSLATION Whatever charity you may give, or vows that you may vow, Allah indeed knows it, and the wrongdoers have no helpers.

271 إِن تُبدُوا الصَّدَقاتِ فَنِعِمّا هِيَ ۖ وَإِن تُخفوها وَتُؤتوهَا الفُقَراءَ فَهُوَ خَيرٌ لَكُم ۚ وَيُكَفِّرُ عَنكُم مِن سَيِّئَاتِكُم ۗ وَاللَّهُ بِما تَعمَلونَ خَبيرٌ TRANSLITERATION ʾin tubdū ṣ-ṣadaqāti fa-niʿimmā hiya wa-ʾin tukhfūhā wa-tuʾtūhā l-fuqarāʾa fa-huwa khayrun lakum wa-yukaffiru ʿankum min sayyiʾātikum wa-llāhu bi-mā taʿmalūna khabīrun

TRANSLATION If you disclose your charities, that is well, but if you hide them and give them to the poor, that is better for you, and it will atone for some of your misdeeds, and Allah is well aware of what you do.

272 ۞ لَيسَ عَلَيكَ هُداهُم وَلٰكِنَّ اللَّهَ يَهدي مَن يَشاءُ ۗ وَما تُنفِقوا مِن خَيرٍ فَلِأَنفُسِكُم ۚ وَما تُنفِقونَ إِلَّا ابتِغاءَ وَجهِ اللَّهِ ۚ وَما تُنفِقوا مِن خَيرٍ يُوَفَّ إِلَيكُم وَأَنتُم لا تُظلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION laysa ʿalayka hudāhum wa-lākinna llāha yahdī man yashāʾu wa-mā tunfiqū min khayrin fa-li-ʾanfusikum wa-mā tunfiqūna ʾillā btighāʾa wajhi llāhi wa-mā tunfiqū min khayrin yuwaffa ʾilaykum wa-ʾantum lā tuẓlamūna

TRANSLATION It is not up to you to guide them; rather it is Allah who guides whomever He wishes. And whatever wealth you spend, it is for your own benefit, as you do not spend but to seek Allah’s pleasure, and whatever wealth you spend will be repaid to you in full, and you will not be wronged.

273 لِلفُقَراءِ الَّذينَ أُحصِروا في سَبيلِ اللَّهِ لا يَستَطيعونَ ضَربًا فِي الأَرضِ يَحسَبُهُمُ الجاهِلُ أَغنِياءَ مِنَ التَّعَفُّفِ تَعرِفُهُم بِسيماهُم لا يَسأَلونَ النّاسَ إِلحافًا ۗ وَما تُنفِقوا مِن خَيرٍ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ بِهِ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION li-l-fuqarāʾi lladhīna ʾuḥṣirū fī sabīli llāhi lā yastaṭīʿūna ḍarban fī l-ʾarḍi yaḥsabuhumu l-jāhilu ʾaghniyāʾa mina t-taʿaffufi taʿrifuhum bi-sīmāhum lā yasʾalūna n-nāsa ʾilḥāfan wa-mā tunfiqū min khayrin fa-ʾinna llāha bihī ʿalīmun-i

TRANSLATION [The charities are] for the poor who are straitened in the way of Allah,1 not capable of moving about in the land [for trade]. The unaware suppose them to be well-off because of their reserve. You recognize them by their mark; they do not ask the people importunately. And whatever wealth you may spend, Allah indeed knows it. That is, due to their engagement in jihād, or in learning and teaching Islamic sciences or martial arts, or due to the rigours of spiritual wayfaring. 274 الَّذينَ يُنفِقونَ أَموالَهُم بِاللَّيلِ وَالنَّهارِ سِرًّا وَعَلانِيَةً فَلَهُم أَجرُهُم عِندَ رَبِّهِم وَلا خَوفٌ عَلَيهِم وَلا هُم يَحزَنونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna yunfiqūna ʾamwālahum bi-l-layli wa-n-nahāri sirran wa-ʿalāniyatan fa-lahum ʾajruhum ʿinda rabbihim wa-lā khawfun ʿalayhim wa-lā hum yaḥzanūna

TRANSLATION Those who give their wealth by night and day, secretly and openly, they shall have their reward near their Lord, and they will have no fear, nor will they grieve.

275 الَّذينَ يَأكُلونَ الرِّبا لا يَقومونَ إِلّا كَما يَقومُ الَّذي يَتَخَبَّطُهُ الشَّيطانُ مِنَ المَسِّ ۚ ذٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُم قالوا إِنَّمَا البَيعُ مِثلُ الرِّبا ۗ وَأَحَلَّ اللَّهُ البَيعَ وَحَرَّمَ الرِّبا ۚ فَمَن جاءَهُ مَوعِظَةٌ مِن رَبِّهِ فَانتَهىٰ فَلَهُ ما سَلَفَ وَأَمرُهُ إِلَى اللَّهِ ۖ وَمَن عادَ فَأُولٰئِكَ أَصحابُ النّارِ ۖ هُم فيها خالِدونَ TRANSLITERATION alladhīna yaʾkulūna r-ribā lā yaqūmūna ʾillā ka-mā yaqūmu lladhī yatakhabbaṭuhu sh-shayṭānu mina l-massi dhālika bi-ʾannahum qālū ʾinnamā l-bayʿu mithlu r-ribā wa-ʾaḥalla llāhu l-bayʿa wa-ḥarrama r-ribā fa-man jāʾahū mawʿiẓatun min rabbihī fa-ntahā fa-lahū mā salafa wa-ʾamruhū ʾilā llāhi wa-man ʿāda fa-ʾulāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā khālidūna

TRANSLATION Those who exact usury will not stand but like one deranged by the Devil’s touch. That is because they say, ‘Trade is just like usury.’ While Allah has allowed trade and forbidden usury. Whoever, on receiving advice from his Lord, relinquishes [usury], shall keep [the gains of] what is past, and his matter shall rest with Allah. As for those who resume, they shall be the inmates of the Fire and they shall remain in it [forever].

276 يَمحَقُ اللَّهُ الرِّبا وَيُربِي الصَّدَقاتِ ۗ وَاللَّهُ لا يُحِبُّ كُلَّ كَفّارٍ أَثيمٍ TRANSLITERATION yamḥaqu llāhu r-ribā wa-yurbī ṣ-ṣadaqāti wa-llāhu lā yuḥibbu kulla kaffārin ʾathīmin

TRANSLATION Allah brings usury to naught, but He makes charities flourish. Allah does not like any sinful ingrate.

277 إِنَّ الَّذينَ آمَنوا وَعَمِلُوا الصّالِحاتِ وَأَقامُوا الصَّلاةَ وَآتَوُا الزَّكاةَ لَهُم أَجرُهُم عِندَ رَبِّهِم وَلا خَوفٌ عَلَيهِم وَلا هُم يَحزَنونَ TRANSLITERATION ʾinna lladhīna ʾāmanū wa-ʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti wa-ʾaqāmū ṣ-ṣalāta wa-ʾātawu z-zakāta lahum ʾajruhum ʿinda rabbihim wa-lā khawfun ʿalayhim wa-lā hum yaḥzanūna

TRANSLATION Indeed those who have faith, do righteous deeds, maintain the prayer and give the zakāt, they shall have their reward near their Lord, and they will have no fear, nor will they grieve.

278 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنُوا اتَّقُوا اللَّهَ وَذَروا ما بَقِيَ مِنَ الرِّبا إِن كُنتُم مُؤمِنينَ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū ttaqū llāha wa-dharū mā baqiya mina r-ribā ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! Be wary of Allah, and abandon [all claims to] what remains of usury, should you be faithful.

279 فَإِن لَم تَفعَلوا فَأذَنوا بِحَربٍ مِنَ اللَّهِ وَرَسولِهِ ۖ وَإِن تُبتُم فَلَكُم رُءوسُ أَموالِكُم لا تَظلِمونَ وَلا تُظلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION fa-ʾin lam tafʿalū fa-ʾdhanū bi-ḥarbin mina llāhi wa-rasūlihī wa-ʾin tubtum fa-lakum ruʾūsu ʾamwālikum lā taẓlimūna wa-lā tuẓlamūna

TRANSLATION And if you do not, then be informed of a war from Allah and His apostle. And if you repent, then you will have your principal, neither harming others, nor suffering harm.

280 وَإِن كانَ ذو عُسرَةٍ فَنَظِرَةٌ إِلىٰ مَيسَرَةٍ ۚ وَأَن تَصَدَّقوا خَيرٌ لَكُم ۖ إِن كُنتُم تَعلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾin kāna dhū ʿusratin fa-naẓiratun ʾilā maysaratin wa-ʾan taṣaddaqū khayrun lakum ʾin kuntum taʿlamūna

TRANSLATION And if [the debtor] is in straits, let there be a respite until the time of ease; and if you remit [the debt] as charity, it will be better for you, should you know.

281 وَاتَّقوا يَومًا تُرجَعونَ فيهِ إِلَى اللَّهِ ۖ ثُمَّ تُوَفّىٰ كُلُّ نَفسٍ ما كَسَبَت وَهُم لا يُظلَمونَ TRANSLITERATION wa-ttaqū yawman turjaʿūna fīhi ʾilā llāhi thumma tuwaffā kullu nafsin mā kasabat wa-hum lā yuẓlamūna

TRANSLATION And beware of a day in which you will be brought back to Allah. Then every soul shall be recompensed fully for what it has earned, and they will not be wronged.

282 يا أَيُّهَا الَّذينَ آمَنوا إِذا تَدايَنتُم بِدَينٍ إِلىٰ أَجَلٍ مُسَمًّى فَاكتُبوهُ ۚ وَليَكتُب بَينَكُم كاتِبٌ بِالعَدلِ ۚ وَلا يَأبَ كاتِبٌ أَن يَكتُبَ كَما عَلَّمَهُ اللَّهُ ۚ فَليَكتُب وَليُملِلِ الَّذي عَلَيهِ الحَقُّ وَليَتَّقِ اللَّهَ رَبَّهُ وَلا يَبخَس مِنهُ شَيئًا ۚ فَإِن كانَ الَّذي عَلَيهِ الحَقُّ سَفيهًا أَو ضَعيفًا أَو لا يَستَطيعُ أَن يُمِلَّ هُوَ فَليُملِل وَلِيُّهُ بِالعَدلِ ۚ وَاستَشهِدوا شَهيدَينِ مِن رِجالِكُم ۖ فَإِن لَم يَكونا رَجُلَينِ فَرَجُلٌ وَامرَأَتانِ مِمَّن تَرضَونَ مِنَ الشُّهَداءِ أَن تَضِلَّ إِحداهُما فَتُذَكِّرَ إِحداهُمَا الأُخرىٰ ۚ وَلا يَأبَ الشُّهَداءُ إِذا ما دُعوا ۚ وَلا تَسأَموا أَن تَكتُبوهُ صَغيرًا أَو كَبيرًا إِلىٰ أَجَلِهِ ۚ ذٰلِكُم أَقسَطُ عِندَ اللَّهِ وَأَقوَمُ لِلشَّهادَةِ وَأَدنىٰ أَلّا تَرتابوا ۖ إِلّا أَن تَكونَ تِجارَةً حاضِرَةً تُديرونَها بَينَكُم فَلَيسَ عَلَيكُم جُناحٌ أَلّا تَكتُبوها ۗ وَأَشهِدوا إِذا تَبايَعتُم ۚ وَلا يُضارَّ كاتِبٌ وَلا شَهيدٌ ۚ وَإِن تَفعَلوا فَإِنَّهُ فُسوقٌ بِكُم ۗ وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ ۖ وَيُعَلِّمُكُمُ اللَّهُ ۗ وَاللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَيءٍ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION yā-ʾayyuhā lladhīna ʾāmanū ʾidhā tadāyantum bi-daynin ʾilā ʾajalin musamman fa-ktubūhu wa-l-yaktub baynakum kātibun bi-l-ʿadli wa-lā yaʾba kātibun ʾan yaktuba ka-mā ʿallamahu llāhu fa-l-yaktub wa-l-yumlili lladhī ʿalayhi l-ḥaqqu wa-l-yattaqi llāha rabbahū wa-lā yabkhas minhu shayʾan fa-ʾin kāna lladhī ʿalayhi l-ḥaqqu safīhan ʾaw ḍaʿīfan ʾaw lā yastaṭīʿu ʾan yumilla huwa fa-l-yumlil waliyyuhū bi-l-ʿadli wa-stashhidū shahīdayni min rijālikum fa-ʾin lam yakūnā rajulayni fa-rajulun wa-mraʾatāni mimman tarḍawna mina sh-shuhadāʾi ʾan taḍilla ʾiḥdāhumā fa-tudhakkira ʾiḥdāhumā l-ʾukhrā wa-lā yaʾba sh-shuhadāʾu ʾidhā mā duʿū wa-lā tasʾamū ʾan taktubūhu ṣaghīran ʾaw kabīran ʾilā ʾajalihī dhālikum ʾaqsaṭu ʿinda llāhi wa-ʾaqwamu li-sh-shahādati wa-ʾadnā ʾallā tartābū ʾillā ʾan takūna tijāratan ḥāḍiratan tudīrūnahā baynakum fa-laysa ʿalaykum junāḥun ʾallā taktubūhā wa-ʾashhidū ʾidhā tabāyaʿtum wa-lā yuḍārra kātibun wa-lā shahīdun wa-ʾin tafʿalū fa-ʾinnahū fusūqun bikum wa-ttaqū llāha wa-yuʿallimukumu llāhu wa-llāhu bi-kulli shayʾin ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION O you who have faith! When you contract a loan for a specified term, write it down. Let a writer write between you with honesty, and let not the writer refuse to write as Allah has taught him. So let him write, and let the one who incurs the debt dictate, and let him be wary of Allah, his Lord, and not diminish anything from it. But if the debtor be feeble-minded, or weak, or incapable of dictating himself, then let his guardian dictate with honesty, and take as witness two witnesses from your men, and if there are not two men, then a man and two women —from those whom you approve as witnesses— so that if one of the two defaults the other will remind her. The witnesses must not refuse when they are called, and do not consider it wearisome to write it down, whether it be a big or a small sum, [as being lent] until its term. That is more just with Allah and more upright in respect to testimony, and the likeliest way to avoid doubt, unless it is an on the spot deal you transact between yourselves, in which case there is no sin upon you not to write it. Take witnesses when you make a deal, and let no harm be done to writer or witness, and if you did that, it would be sinful of you. Be wary of Allah and Allah shall teach you, and Allah has knowledge of all things.

283 ۞ وَإِن كُنتُم عَلىٰ سَفَرٍ وَلَم تَجِدوا كاتِبًا فَرِهانٌ مَقبوضَةٌ ۖ فَإِن أَمِنَ بَعضُكُم بَعضًا فَليُؤَدِّ الَّذِي اؤتُمِنَ أَمانَتَهُ وَليَتَّقِ اللَّهَ رَبَّهُ ۗ وَلا تَكتُمُوا الشَّهادَةَ ۚ وَمَن يَكتُمها فَإِنَّهُ آثِمٌ قَلبُهُ ۗ وَاللَّهُ بِما تَعمَلونَ عَليمٌ TRANSLITERATION wa-ʾin kuntum ʿalā safarin wa-lam tajidū kātiban fa-rihānun maqbūḍatun fa-ʾin ʾamina baʿḍukum baʿḍan fa-l-yuʾaddi lladhī ʾtumina ʾamānatahū wa-l-yattaqi llāha rabbahū wa-lā taktumū sh-shahādata wa-man yaktumhā fa-ʾinnahū ʾāthimun qalbuhū wa-llāhu bi-mā taʿmalūna ʿalīmun

TRANSLATION If you are on a journey and cannot find a writer, then a retained pledge [shall suffice]. And if one of you entrusts to another, let him who is trusted deliver his trust, and let him be wary of Allah, his Lord. And do not conceal testimony; anyone who conceals it, his heart will indeed be sinful. And Allah knows best what you do.

284 لِلَّهِ ما فِي السَّماواتِ وَما فِي الأَرضِ ۗ وَإِن تُبدوا ما في أَنفُسِكُم أَو تُخفوهُ يُحاسِبكُم بِهِ اللَّهُ ۖ فَيَغفِرُ لِمَن يَشاءُ وَيُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشاءُ ۗ وَاللَّهُ عَلىٰ كُلِّ شَيءٍ قَديرٌ TRANSLITERATION li-llāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wa-mā fī l-ʾarḍi wa-ʾin tubdū mā fī ʾanfusikum ʾaw tukhfūhu yuḥāsibkum bihi llāhu fa-yaghfiru li-man yashāʾu wa-yuʿadhdhibu man yashāʾu wa-llāhu ʿalā kulli shayʾin qadīrun

TRANSLATION To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is in the earth; and whether you disclose what is in your hearts or hide it, Allah will bring you to account for it. Then He will forgive whomever He wishes and punish whomever He wishes, and Allah has power over all things.

285 آمَنَ الرَّسولُ بِما أُنزِلَ إِلَيهِ مِن رَبِّهِ وَالمُؤمِنونَ ۚ كُلٌّ آمَنَ بِاللَّهِ وَمَلائِكَتِهِ وَكُتُبِهِ وَرُسُلِهِ لا نُفَرِّقُ بَينَ أَحَدٍ مِن رُسُلِهِ ۚ وَقالوا سَمِعنا وَأَطَعنا ۖ غُفرانَكَ رَبَّنا وَإِلَيكَ المَصيرُ TRANSLITERATION ʾāmana r-rasūlu bi-mā ʾunzila ʾilayhi min rabbihī wa-l-muʾminūna kullun ʾāmana bi-llāhi wa-malāʾikatihī wa-kutubihī wa-rusulihī lā nufarriqu bayna ʾaḥadin min rusulihī wa-qālū samiʿnā wa-ʾaṭaʿnā ghufrānaka rabbanā wa-ʾilayka l-maṣīru

TRANSLATION The Apostle has faith in what has been sent down to him from his Lord, and all the faithful. Each [of them] has faith in Allah, His angels, His scriptures and His apostles. [They declare,] ‘We make no distinction between any of His apostles.’ And they say, ‘We hear and obey. Our Lord, forgive us, and toward You is the return.’ 286 لا يُكَلِّفُ اللَّهُ نَفسًا إِلّا وُسعَها ۚ لَها ما كَسَبَت وَعَلَيها مَا اكتَسَبَت ۗ رَبَّنا لا تُؤاخِذنا إِن نَسينا أَو أَخطَأنا ۚ رَبَّنا وَلا تَحمِل عَلَينا إِصرًا كَما حَمَلتَهُ عَلَى الَّذينَ مِن قَبلِنا ۚ رَبَّنا وَلا تُحَمِّلنا ما لا طاقَةَ لَنا بِهِ ۖ وَاعفُ عَنّا وَاغفِر لَنا وَارحَمنا ۚ أَنتَ مَولانا فَانصُرنا عَلَى القَومِ الكافِرينَ TRANSLITERATION lā yukallifu llāhu nafsan ʾillā wusʿahā lahā mā kasabat wa-ʿalayhā mā ktasabat rabbanā lā tuʾākhidhnā ʾin nasīnā ʾaw ʾakhṭaʾnā rabbanā wa-lā taḥmil ʿalaynā ʾiṣran ka-mā ḥamaltahū ʿalā lladhīna min qablinā rabbanā wa-lā tuḥammilnā mā lā ṭāqata lanā bihī wa-ʿfu ʿannā wa-ghfir lanā wa-rḥamnā ʾanta mawlānā fa-nṣurnā ʿalā l-qawmi l-kāfirīna

TRANSLATION Allah does not task any soul beyond its capacity. Whatever [good] it earns is to its benefit, and whatever [evil] it incurs is to its harm. ‘Our Lord! Take us not to task if we forget or make mistakes! Our Lord! Place not upon us a burden as You placed on those who were before us! Our Lord! Lay not upon us what we have no strength to bear! Excuse us and forgive us, and be merciful to us! You are our Master, so help us against the faithless lot!’



Božje ime.jpg

S u r a II - hrvatski[uredi]

K r a v a


U ime Boga:

onog koji čini milosrđe,

Milosrdnog.


  • 1 Alif. Lam. Mim.
  • 2 Evo Knjige!

Ona ne sadržava nikakvu sumnju; ona je Uputstvo onima koji se boje Boga;

  • 3 onima koji vjeruju u Tajnu;

onima koji obavljaju molitvu; onima koji daju milostinju s dobrima koja smo mi njima dodijelili;

  • 4 onima koji vjeruju u ono što je tebi bilo otkriveno

i u ono što je bilo otkriveno prije tebe; onima koji čvrsto vjeruju u budući život.

  • 5 Evo onih koji slijede Put

naznačen po njihovom Gospodu; evo onih koji su sretni!

  • 6 Glede nevjernih:

za njih je uistinu svejedno da li ih ti upozorio ili ih ne upozorio; oni ne vjeruju.

  • 7 Bog je stavio jedan pečat

na njihova srca i njihove uši; jedan zastor je na njihovim očima i strašna ih kazna očekuje.

  • 8 Stanoviti ljudi kažu:

« Mi vjerujemo u Boga i u posljednji Dan, » ali oni ne vjeruju.

  • 9 Oni pokušavaju prevariti Boga i vjerujuće;

oni varaju samo sebe a o tome nemaju svijesti.

  • 10 Njihovo srce je bolesno:

Bog pogoršava tu bolest. Jedna bolna kazna bit će cijena njihovoj laži.

  • 11 Kad se njima kaže:

« Ne sijte izkvarenosti na zemlji, » oni odgovaraju: « Mi smo samo preustrojitelji! »

  • 12 Nisu li oni isti izkvaritelji?

A oni tome nisu ni svjesni!

  • 13 Kad se njima kaže:

« Vjerujte, kao što ljudi vjeruju, » oni odgovaraju: « Hoćemo li mi vjerovati kao što vjeruju bezumnici? »

Nisu li oni isti bezumnici? A oni to i ne znaju!

  • 14 Svaki put kad oni susretnu vjerujuće,

oni kažu: « Mi vjerujemo! » Ali kad se nađu nasamo sa svojim zlodusima, oni vele: « Mi smo s vama; mi se samo šalimo! »

  • 15 Bog je taj koji se sprda s njima

i koji ih održava u njihovoj pobuni. Oni gube glavu!

  • 16 Evo onih koji trampe grješku za pravi život;

njihova je trgovina bez probitka; oni nisu usmjereni.

  • 17 oni su slični onima koji su zapalili jednu vatru.

Dok vatra obasjava ono što ju okružuje, Bog im oduzme svjetlost; on ih ostavi u tminama, – oni ne vide ništa –

  • 18 gluhi, nijemi, slijepi,

oni se nikad ne će vratiti k Bogu.

  • 19 Oni su slični nebeskom oblaku

koji donosi tmine, grmljavinu i munje. Oni stavljaju prsti u uši u strahu od munje i da bi se zaštitili od smrti. – Bog opkoli nevjernike sa svih strana–

  • 20 Malo je nedostajalo

da im munja oduzme vid.

Dok munja sija oni hode u njenom svjetlu. Kad nadođe tmina, oni se zaustavljaju.

Da je Bog tako htio, oduzeo bi im sluh i vid. Bog je moćniji od svake stvari!

  • 21 O vi ljudi!

Služite svom Gospodu koji vas je stvorio, vas, i one koji su živjeli prije vas. – Možda će te se vi njega bojati –

  • 22 Od zemlje je on za vas načinio jedan ležaj za počinak,

a od svodova nebeskih, jednu zgradu. On spušta vodu s neba zahvaljujući kojoj izbijaju plodovi da bi osigurali vašu prehranu.

Ne dodjeljujte Bogu suparnika, jer vi znate.

  • 23 Ako ste u sumnji

glede onoga što smo mi odkrili našem sluzi, donesite nam jednu Suru sličnu ovoj; pozovite druge svjedoke osim Boga, ako ste vjerodostojni.

  • 24 Ako vi to ne učinite

– a vi to ne će te učinit – bojte se Vatre koja kao gorivo ima ljude i kamenje i koja je bila pripravljena za nevjernike.

  • 25 Navijesti dobru vijest

onima koji vjeruju i koji čine dobro: oni će posjedovati vrtove gdje teku potoci. Svaki put kad jedan plod bude njima darovan, oni će reći: « Evo onoga što nam je nekada bilo dodijeljeno, » – jer slična su jela njima bila davana – Oni će ondje naći čiste supruge, i ondje, oni će boraviti kao bezsmrtnici.

  • 26 Bog se ne protivi

predložiti u prispodobi mušicu ili nešto uzvišenije. Vjerujući znaju da je to Istina koja dolazi od njihovog Gospoda. nevjernici kažu: « Što je to Bog htio naznačiti ovom prispodobom? » Tako on zabludi veliki broj i njime usmjerava veliki broj; ali on zabludi samo iskvarene.

  • 27 Oni koji prekrše sporazum s Bogom

nakon što su prihvatili njegov savez; oni koji presijecaju sveze koje je Bog zapovijedio održavati; oni koji kvare zemlju: evo gubitnika!

  • 28 Kako možete vi ne vjerovati bogu?

On vam je dao život, onda kad vi niste postojali. On će vas usmrtiti, potom će vas uskrsnuti i vi će te biti dovedeni k njemu.

  • 29 On je taj koji je stvorio za vas

sve što je na zemlji. potom se on okrenuo k nebu koje je ustrojio u sedam nebesa. – On poznaje svakui stvar –

  • 30 Kad tvoj Gospod kaže anđelima:

« Ja ću postaviti jednog namjesnika na zemlji, » oni rekoše: « Hoćeš li ti postaviti nekoga tko će činiti zlo i tko će prolijevati krv, dok mi slavimo tebi hvalospjeve veličajući te i dok proglašavamo tvoju svetost? »

Gospod reče: « Ja znam što vi ne znate. »

  • 31 On nauči Adama ime svih bića,

potom ih on predstavi anđelima govoreći: « Priopćite mi njihova imena, ako ste vjerodostojni. »

  • 32 Oni rekoše!

Mi ne znamo ništa osim onog čemu si nas ti poučio; ti si, usitinu, onaj koji zna sve, Mudri. »

  • 33 On reče:

« O Adame! priopći im imena ovih bića! » Kad Adam potom pouči anđele, Gospod reče: « Nisam li vas ja upozorio? Ja poznajem tajnu neba i zemlje; ja znam ono što vi pokazujete i ono što držite u tajnosti. »

  • 34 Kad smo mi rekli anđelima:

« Prostrite se pred Adamom! » oni se prostriješe, izuzev Ibliza koji odbi i koji se uzoholi: i koji bijaše u broju nevjernih.

  • 35 Mi smo rekli:

« O Adame! Obitavaj s tvojom suprugom u vrtu; jedite plodove kako vi to želite; ali se ne približavajte ovom drvetu, inače bit će te u broju nepravednih. »

  • 36 Zloduh ih navede posrnuti

i otjera ih s mjesta gdje su se nalazili. Mi smo rekli: « Siđite, i vi će te biti neprijatelji jedni drugima. Vi će te naći, na zemlji, mjesto boravka i kratkotrajnog užitka. »

  • 37 Adam prihvati riječi svog Gospoda

i vrati se k njemu, kajući se. Bog je, uistinu, onaj mkoji neprekidno vraća se prema grješniku pokajniku; on je milosrdan.

  • 38 Mi smo rekli:

« Siđite svi! Jedno će vam Uputstvo sigurno biti dano s moje strane. » – Ni strah, ni žalost neće rastužiti one koji slijede moje Uputstvo –

  • 39 Glede nevjernih;

onima koji postupaju s našim Znakovima kao s lažima: evo onih koji će biti gosti Vatre: oni će u njoj boraviti kao bezsmrtnici.

  • 40 O sinovi Izraelovi!

Sjetite se dobročinstava kojima sam vas obasuo. Budite vjerni savezu sa mnom; ja ću biti vjeran savezu s vama. – Strahujte od mene! –

  • 41 Vjerujte onome što sam ja odkrio,

potvrđujući ono što ste već primili. Nemojte biti prvi koji ne vjeruju u to; ne trampite jeftino mojih Znakova. –Strahujte od mene ! –

  • 42 Ne prikrivajte Istinu ogrćući ju lažju.
  • Ne skrivajte istinu, onda kad ju znate.
  • 43 Obavljajte molitvu,
  • dajite milostinju;
  • klanjajte se s onima koji se klanjaju.
  • 44 Hoćete li zapovijedati ljudima dobrotu,
  • dok vi sami nju zaboravljate?
  • Vi čitate Knjigu;
  • ne razumijete li vi?
  • 45 Molite za pomoć strpljenja i molitve,
  • to je uistinu vrlo mučno,
  • osim za ponizne
  • 46 jer oni znaju da će susresti svog Gospoda,
  • i da će se vratiti k njemu.
  • 47 O sinovi Izraelovi!
  • Sjetite se dobročinstava kojima sam vas obasuo.
  • Ja sam vas predpostavio cijelom svijetu!
  • 48 Strahujte od Dana:
  • kad nitko neće biti nagrađen preko drugog,
  • kad nikakvo posredovanje neće biti prihvaćeno,
  • kad nikakva naknada neće biti primljena,
  • kad nikome ne će biti pomognuto.
  • 49 Mi smo vas oslobodili od Faraonovih ljudi:
  • oni su vam dosudili strašne nevolje:
  • klali su vaše sinove
  • a ostavljali u životu vaše kćeri:
  • To bi, sa strane vašeg Gospoda,
  • jedno grozno izkušenje.
  • 50 Mi smo razcijepili more za vas;
  • mi smo vas spasili;
  • mi smo progutali, na vaše oči,
  • Faraonove ljude.
  • 51 Mi smo sklopili jedan sporazum s Mojsijem,
  • tijekom četrdeset noći;
  • Potom, u njegovom odsustvu, vi ste mi predpostavili tele.
  • Vi ste bili nepravedni.
  • 52 Mi smo vam potom oprostili.
  • Možda će te vi biti tome zahvalni!
  • 53 Mi smo Mojsiju dali Knjigu i razbor.
  • Možda će te vi biti usmjereni!
  • 54 Mojsije reče svom puku:
  • « O moj narode!
  • Vi ste sami sebe pozlijedili voleći više tele.
  • Vratite se svom Stvoritelju i međusobno se poubijajte:
  • to će za vas biti bolje kod vašeg Stvoritelja.
  • On će se vratiti k vama;
  • on je, uistinu, onaj koji se neprekidno vraća
  • prema grješnicima koji se pokaju;
  • on je milosrdan. »
  • 55 Vi ste rekli:
  • « O Mojsije!
  • Mi ne vjerujemo tebi,
  • sve dok ne budemo jasno vidjeli Boga. »
  • Munja vas ošinu, dok ste vi gledali,
  • 56 potom, nakon vaše smrti, mi smo vas uskrsnuli,
  • možda će te vi biti zahvalni!
  • 57 Dali smo da iznad vas lebdi jedan oblak,
  • spustili smo manu i prepelice:
  • « Jedite dobre stvari
  • koje smo vam dodijelili. »
  • Oni nas nisu pozlijedili,
  • već su nanijeli zlo sami sebi.
  • 58 Mi smo rekli:
  • « Uđite u ovaj grad;
  • jedite njegove proizvode do sitosti,
  • posvuda gdje to želite;
  • prođite vrata na njemu prostirući se
  • i recite: " Oprosti." . »
  • Mi ćemo vama oprostiti vaše grijehove;
  • mi ćemo dati više onima koji čine dobro.
  • 59 Ali oni koji su bili nepravedni
  • zamijeniše jednu drugu riječ,
  • umjesto riječi koja im je bila rečena.
  • Mi dadosmo da padne s neba gnjev
  • na nepravedne,
  • po cijeni njihove izopačenosti.
  • 60 Mojsije zaiska piti za svoj narod.
  • Mi smo mu rekli:
  • « Udari u stijenu svojim štapom. »
  • Dvanaest je izvora izbilo:
  • svatko je znao gdje je trebao piti.
  • Jedite i pijte dobra koja vam je Bog dodijelio;
  • ne koristite nasilja na zemlji, kvareći ju.
  • 61 Vi ste rekli:
  • « O Mojsije!
  • Mi više ne ćemo podnositi uvijek istu hranu.
  • Zazovi svog Gospoda u našu korist,
  • da on, za nas, učini da izniknu
  • zemljini plodovi:
  • povrće, krastavci, bijeli luk,
  • sočivice i lukovice. »
  • On odgovori:
  • « Hoćete li zamijeniti ono što je dobro
  • za ono što je jeftino?
  • Spustite se dakle u Egipat,
  • ondje će te naći ono što išćete. »
  • Njih napade poniženje i siromaštvo.
  • Gnjev Božji ih iskuša
  • jer nisu vjerovali u Znakove Božje,
  • jer su nepravedno ubijali proroke,
  • jer su bili nepokorni i prijestupnici.
  • 62 Oni koji vjeruju,
  • oni koji primijenjuju Judaizam,
  • oni koji su Krščani ili Sabejci,
  • oni koji vjeruju u Boga i posljednji Dan,
  • oni koji čine dobro:
  • evo onih koji će naći svoju nagradu
  • kod svog Gospoda.
  • Oni tada više neće iskusiti nikakav strah,
  • oni neće biti ožalošćeni.
  • 63 Mi smo ugovorili jedan savez s vama;
  • podigli smo Brdo iznad vas:
  • « Odlučno uzmite
  • zakon koji smo vam dali:
  • podsjetite se njegovog sadržaja.
  • – Možda će te se bojati Boga » –
  • 64 Potom ste bili odvaraćeni…
  • Bez milosti i milosrđa Boižjeg,
  • vi biste bili u broju gubitnika.
  • 65 Vi poznajete one od vaših
  • koji su prekršili Šabat?
  • Mi smo njima rekli:
  • « Budite gnusni majmuni. »
  • 66 Mi smo od njih načinili jedan primjer
  • za njihove suvremenike i za njihove potomke;
  • i jedno upozorenje za one koji se boje Boga.
  • 67 Mojsije je rekao svom puku:
  • « Uistinu, Bog vam zapovijeda
  • zaklati jednu kravu. »
  • Oni rekoše:
  • « Ti se sprdaš s nama? »
  • On reče:
  • « Nek me Bog sačuva
  • da ne budem u broju neznalica! »
  • 68 Oni rekoše:
  • « Moli za nas svog Gospoda
  • da nam jasno pokaže kakva ona treba biti. »
  • On reče:
  • « Bog Kaže:
  • Da… Bit će to jedna krava, ni stara, ni mlada,
  • već srednje dobi,
  • učinite kao što vam je zapovijeđeno. »
  • 69 Oni rekoše:
  • « Pitaj svog Gospoda, za nas,
  • da nam jasno naznači
  • koje boje ona treba biti. »
  • On reče:
  • Da…To će biti jedna riđa krava,
  • jedne čiste boje i ugodna za vidjeti. »
  • 70 Oni rekoše:
  • « Pitaj za nas svog Gospoda
  • da nam jasno naznači kakva ona treba biti;
  • sve su krave slične u našim očima,
  • ali, ako Bog hoće, mi ćemo biti dobro usmjereni. »
  • 71 On reče:
  • « Bog kaže:
  • «Da… To će biti jedna krava
  • koja nije izgubila vrijednost oranjem zemlje,
  • ili navodnjavanjem polja:
  • jedna krava bez oznake i mane. »
  • Oni rekoše:
  • « Ti si nam sad donio Istinu; »
  • i oni zaklaše kravu.
  • – Zamalo su propustili to učiniti –
  • 72 Podsjetite se da ste nakon ubojstva jednog čovjeka
  • vi pripisivali taj zločin jedni drugima;
  • ali Bog je obznanio ono što ste vi skrivali. »
  • 73 Mi smo rekli:
  • « Udarite lješinu jednim udom kravljim. »
  • Evo kako Bog vraća život mrtvima;
  • on vam pokazuje svoje Znakove:
  • – Možda će te vi razumjeti! » –
  • 74 Vaša srca, po tome, su otvrdnula.
  • Ona su slična stijeni, ili još i tvrđa.
  • Ima, među stijenama,
  • onih odkud izviru potoci;
  • ima ih koje se rascijepe, i voda otud izlazi;
  • ima ih koje se sruše od straha od Boga.
  • – Bog nije nepažljiv na ono što vi činite –
  • 75 Kako vi možete željeti da oni vjeruju s vama,
  • kad izvjesni među njima
  • su namjerno izkrivili Riječ Božju,
  • nakon što su ju čuli?
  • 76 Svaki put kad oni susretnu vjerujuće, oni kažu:
  • « Mi vjerujemo! »
  • Ali kad se nađu zajedno, oni kažu:
  • « Hoćete li vi njima govoriti o onome što vam je Bog dodijelio,
  • da bi oni iznijeli dokaz protiv vas kod vašeg Gospoda?
  • Ne razumijete li vi to? »
  • 77 Ne znaju li oni
  • da Bog poznaje ono što oni kriju
  • i ono što obznanjuju?
  • 78 Stanoviti među njima su nevjerni.
  • Oni ne poznaju Knjigu,
  • već samo izmišljene priče.
  • Oni uobličavaju samo predpostavke.
  • 79 Nesretni oni koji pišu Knjigu vlastitim rukama,
  • i koji kažu, zatim, da bi otud izvukli ništavnu korist:
  • « Ovo dolazi od Boga! »
  • Nesretni oni!
  • zbog onoga što su njihove ruke napisale.
  • Nesretni oni!
  • zbog onoga što su učinili.
  • 80 Oni kažu:
  • « Vatra će nas dotaći samo za jedno ograničeno vrijeme. »
  • Reci:
  • « Niste li vi sklopili jedan savez s Bogom;
  • ili pak, govorite protiv Boga
  • ono što ne znate? »
  • 81 Ne!…
  • Oni koji su počinili jedan grijeh
  • i koje je njihova grješka obvila:
  • evo onih koji će biti gosti Vatre;
  • oni će u njoj boraviti kao bezsmrtnici.
  • 82 Oni koji vjeruju i koji čine dobro
  • bit će gosti Raja;
  • oni će u njemu boraviti kao bezsmrtnici.
  • 83 Mi smo sklopili savez sa sinovima Izraelovim:
  • « Vi će te obožavati samo Boga;
  • budite dobri glede svojih roditelja, i vaših bližnjih,
  • siročadi i siromašnih.
  • Koristite prema ljudima riječi dobrote;
  • obavljajte molitvu;
  • dijelite milostinju. »
  • Vi ste se po tome okrenuli,
  • – s izuzetkom malobrojnih među vama –
  • vi ste se odstranili…
  • 84 Mi smo sklopili jedan savez s vama:
  • « Ne prolijevajte svoje krvi;
  • ne istjerujte jedni druge iz vaših kuća. »
  • Vi ste prihvatili, to vi svjedočite;
  • 85 ali evo kako se vi potom ponašate:
  • vi se međusobno ubijate;
  • vi istjerujete izvjesne među vama iz njihovih kuća;
  • vi se udružujete protiv njih
  • da biste im učinili nažao i počinili zločine.
  • Ako li dopadnu robstva, vi im udarate odkupninu,
  • dok vam je zabranjeno proganjati ih.
  • Vjerujete li vi dakle u jedan stanoviti dio Knjige
  • a ostajete nevjerni glede drugog?
  • Koja će biti naknada
  • onome među vama koji postupa tako,
  • osim da bude ponižen tijekom života u ovom svijetu
  • i da bude potisnut prema najžešćoj kazni,
  • na Dan Uskrsnuća?
  • – Bog nije nepažljiv spram onoga što vi činite –
  • 86 Evo onih koji su trampili budući život
  • za život u ovom svijetu.
  • Kazna protiv njih ne će biti olakšana;
  • njima nema pomoći.
  • 87 Mi smo, uistinu, dali Knjigu Mojsiju,
  • i poslije Njega smo slali proroke.
  • Mi smo dodijelili neosporive dokaze
  • Isusu, sinu Marijinom
  • i mi smo ga ojačali Duhom svetosti.
  • Svaki put kad je jedan prorok stigao k vama,
  • donoseći ono što vi niste htjeli,
  • vi ste se uzoholili;
  • vi ste više njih proglašavali za lažce
  • a nekoliko drugih ste ubili.
  • 88 Oni su rekli:
  • « Naša su srca neobrezana! »
  • Ne!…
  • Nek ih Bog prokune, zbog njihove nevjernosti.
  • Malen je broj Vjerujućih.
  • 89 Kad jedna Knjiga dolazeći od Boga
  • i potvrđujući ono što su oni primili
  • je njima došla,
  • – oni su predhodno iskali pobjedu
  • nad nevjernicima –
  • kad im je ono što su već poznavali stiglo,
  • oni u nju ne povjerovaše.
  • – Nek prokletstvo Božje padne
  • na nevjerne! –
  • 90 Koliko je ogavno
  • ono za što su oni trampili svoje duše
  • ne vjerujući onome što je Bog odkrio;
  • buneći se protiv ideje
  • da je Bog obdario Odkrovenjem
  • one od svojih slugu koje je izabrao.
  • Oni su se sa srdžbe na sržbu izložili.
  • Jedna gnusna kazna čuva se za nevjernike.
  • 91 Kad se njima reklo:
  • « Vjerujte onome što je Bog odkrio, »
  • oni su odgovorili:
  • « Mi vjerujemo onome što nam je bilo odkriveno; »
  • ali oni su nevjerni
  • glede onoga što im dođe potom
  • i koje je Istina koja potvrđuje ono što su već primili.
  • Reci:
  • « Zašto dakle, ako ste vi vjerujući,
  • vi ste, prije, ubili proroke Božje?
  • 92 Mojsije je došao k vama s neodbacivim dokazima,
  • zatim, u njegovom odsustvu, vi ste više voljeli tele.
  • Vi ste bili nepravedni. »
  • 93 Mi smo prihvatili vaš savez;
  • mi smo izdigli Brdo iznad vas:
  • « Uzmite s odlučnošću ono što smo mi vama dali
  • i slušajte! »
  • Oni odgovoriše:
  • « Mi smo čuli, i odbijamo poslušati. »
  • Oni biše opijeni teletom, u svom srcu,
  • zbog svoje nevjernosti.
  • Reci:
  • « Ako ste vi vjerujući,
  • ono što vam zapovijeda vaša vjera vrlo je loše. »
  • 94 Reci:
  • « Ako je posljednje boravište uz Boga
  • vama pridržano, nasuprot svim ljudima,
  • poželite dakle smrt, ako ste iskreni. »
  • 95 Ali oni ju nikad ne požele,
  • zbog djela koja su njihove ruke izvršile.
  • – Bog poznaje nepravedne –
  • 96 Ti ćeš njih naći najpohlepnije za živjeti od ljudi.
  • Toliki, među mnogobožcima, željeli bi trajati tisuću godina;
  • to ih ne bi izmaklo kazni.
  • – Bog savršeno vidi ono što oni čine –
  • 97 Reci:
  • « Tko je Gabrielov neprijatelj?…»
  • – On je taj koji je spustio na tvoje srce
  • s Božjim dopuštenjem
  • Knjigu koja potvrđuje ono što je bilo prije njega:
  • Uputstvo u dobra vijest za vjernike –
  • 98 « Onaj koji je neprijatelj Bogu,
  • njegovim anđelima, njegovim prorocima,
  • Gabrielu i Mihaelu. »
  • – Bog je neprijatelj nevjernicima –
  • 99 Mi smo ti odkrili redke savršeno jasne.
  • Samo izopačeni ne vjeruju njima.
  • 100 Svaki put kad oni zaključe jednu pogodbu,
  • više njih odbacuju nju:
  • najveći broj među njima ne vjeruje.
  • 101 Kad je jedan prorok poslan od Boga stigao k njima,
  • potvrđujući ono što su već primili,
  • više njih kojima je Knjiga bila dana
  • odbaciše iza svojih leđa Knjigu Božju;
  • kao da ništa nisu znali.
  • 102 Oni su odobravali ono što su zlodusi njima pričali
  • o vladavini Solomonovoj.
  • Solomon nije bio nevjernik,
  • već su zlodusi nevjernici.
  • Oni ljude poučavaju čaranju,
  • i ono što, u Babiloniji, bijaše odkriveno
  • dvojici anđela Harutu i Marutu.
  • Ta dvojica nisu nikoga poučavala a da nisu rekla:
  • « Mi smo samo jedno iskušenje,
  • ne budi nevjeran. »
  • Zlodusi naučavahu kod sebe
  • sredstva razdvajanja muža i žene njegove;
  • ali oni ne mogu škoditi nikome,
  • bez dopuštenja Božjeg.
  • Zlodusi poučavaju ono što ne može škoditi ljudima,
  • niti im biti od bilo kakve koristi.
  • Ljudi znaju
  • da onaj koji stječe te ispraznosti
  • ne će imati nikakva udjela u budućem životu.
  • trampa koju su oni prihvatili zaista je gnusna.
  • – Da su samo znali! –
  • 103 Da su oni vjerovali,
  • da su se bojali Boga,
  • jedna nagrada od Boga bila bi bolja za njih.
  • – Da su znali ! –
  • 104 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Ne recite: « Podupri nas! »
  • već recite: « Pogledaj nas! »
  • Slušajte!
  • Jedna bolna kazna očekuje nevjerne.
  • 105 Oni među ljudima Knjige koji su nevjerni
  • i mnogobožci
  • ne žele da milost vašeg Gospoda
  • siđe na vas.
  • Bog dodjeljuje, posebice, svoje milosrđe
  • kome on hoće.
  • Bog je Gospodar neizmjerne milosti.
  • 106 Čim mi opozovemo jedan redak
  • ili čim ga predamo zaboravu,
  • mi ga nadoknađujemo jednim drugim, boljim ili sličnim.
  • – Ne znaš li ti
  • da je Bog nadmoćan nad svakom stvari? –
  • 107 Ne znaš li ti
  • da Kraljevstvo nebesa i zemlje pripada Bogu
  • i da osim Boga
  • nema, za vas, ni gospodara, ni branitelja?
  • 108 Hoćete li vi ispitivati svog Proroka,
  • kao prije, što su ispitivali Mojsija?
  • Onaj koji zamijeni vjeru za nevjerovanje
  • udaljuje se od pravog puta.
  • 109 Ponukani ljubomorom
  • veliki broj ljudi Knjige bi želio;
  • – iako je Istina njima bila pokazana –
  • vas vratiti nevjerništvu
  • nakon što ste vi imali vjeru.
  • Oprostite i zaboravite
  • sve dok Bog ne dođe sa svojim Suđenjem.
  • – Bog je nadmoćan nad svakom stvari –
  • 110 Budite uredni u molitvi;
  • dajite milostinju;
  • naći će te kod Boga dobro
  • koje će te steći unaprijed, za sebe same.
  • – Bog savršeno vidi ono što činite –
  • 111 Oni su rekli:
  • « Nitko ne će ući u Raj,
  • ako nije židov ili kršćanin. »
  • – To je njihova varava želja –
  • Reci:
  • « Donesite svoj odlučni dokaz,
  • ako ste vjerodostojni. »
  • 112 Ne!…
  • Onaj koji je podvrgnut Bogu i koji čini dobro
  • bit će nagrađen kod svog Gospoda…
  • Oni ne će iskusiti više nikakvog straha,
  • oni ne će biti rastuženi.
  • Židovi su rekli:
  • « Krščani nisu pravi! »
  • Krščani su rekli:
  • « Židovi nisu pravi! »
  • a ipak, oni čitaju Knjigu.
  • Oni koji ne znaju ništa izgovaraju iste riječi;
  • Bog će suditi među njima
  • na Dan Uskrsnuća,
  • i on će odlučiti o njihovim razlikama.
  • 114 Tko je dakle nepravedniji
  • od onoga tko se odupre zazivanju u ime Božje
  • u mošejama Božjim,
  • i od onih koji se ražeste da ih unište,
  • dok ne bi trebali u njih ulaziti drukčije no drhteći?
  • Ljaga ih čeka u ovom svijetu,
  • i, u budućem životu, jedna ih strašna kazna očekuje.
  • 115 Istok i Zapad pripadaju Bogu.
  • Koja god da bude strana prema kojoj se okrećete,
  • lice Božje je ondje.
  • – Bog je nazočan posvuda i on zna! –
  • 116 Oni su rekli:
  • « Bog je sebi dao sina! »
  • Ali slava njemu!
  • Ono što se nalazi u nebesima i na zemlji
  • njemu u cijelosti pripada:
  • svi njemu upućuju svoje molitve.
  • 117 Stvoritelj nebesa i zemlje,
  • kad je on propisao jednu stvar,
  • on njoj samo kaže: « Budi! » i ona jest.
  • 118 Oni koji ne znaju ništa kažu:
  • « Da tome nije tako, Bog bi nam to rekao,
  • ili pak, tada, jedan bi nam Znak stigao. »
  • Oni koji živješe prije njih
  • izgovorili su iste riječi,
  • njihova srca su slična.
  • Mi smo međutim pokazali Znakove
  • jednom puku koji čvrsto vjeruje.
  • 119 Mi smo te poslali s Istinom
  • za najaviti dobru vijest i za upozoriti.
  • Ti ne ćeš biti ispitivan
  • glede gostiju Pećnice.
  • 120 Židovi i Krščani ne će biti zadovoljni tobom
  • dok ti ne budeš slijedio njihovu vjeroispovijed.
  • Reci:
  • « Usmjerenje Božje je uistinu Usmjerenje. »
  • Ako se ti primjeriš njihovim željama
  • nakon što ti je došlo kao Znanost,
  • ti ne ćeš naći ni gospodara ni branitelja
  • sposobnog da se suprotstavi Bogu.
  • 121 Oni kojima smo mi dali Knjigu
  • nju izgovaraju kao što to treba.
  • Evo onih koji vjeruju u nju.
  • Oni koji u nju ne vjeruju gubitnici su.
  • 122 « O sinovi Izraelovi!
  • Sjetite se dobročinstava kojima sam vas ja obasuo,
  • ja sam vas predpostavio cijelom svijetu.
  • 123 Bojte se Dana kad nitko ne će biti nagrađen
  • za drugog,
  • kad nikakva naknada ne će biti prihvaćena,
  • kad nikakvo posredovanje ne će koristiti.
  • – Nitko, dakle, ne će biti pomognut » –
  • 124 Kad njegov Gospod izkuša Abrahama
  • stanovitim zapovijedima
  • i koje ovaj bi izvršio,
  • Bog reče:
  • « Ja ću od tebe načiniti vodiča za ljude, »
  • Abraham reče:
  • « I za moje potomstvo također? »
  • Gospod reče:
  • « Moj savez ne obuhvaća nepravedne. »
  • 125 Mi smo od Kuće načinili
  • mjesto kamo se često dolazi
  • i jedno utočište za ljude.
  • Uzmite dakle stajalište Abrahamovo
  • kao mjesto molitve.
  • Mi smo povjerili Abrahamu i Ismaelu jednu misiju:
  • « Očistite moju Kuću
  • za one koji izvršavaju obilazke;
  • za one koji se tu povlače pobožno,
  • za one koji se klanjaju i prostiru. »
  • 126 Abraham reče:
  • « Gospode moj!
  • Načini od ovog mjesta sigurno utočište;
  • dodijeli njegovim stanovnicima plodove kao hranu,
  • onima među njima koji budu vjerovali u Boga
  • i u posljednji Dan. »
  • Gospod reče:
  • « Ja dodjeljujem nevjerniku jedno kratkotrajno uživanje;
  • potom ja ću ga strmoglaviti u kaznu Vatre. »
  • – Kojeg li gnusnog svršetka! –
  • 127 Abraham i Ismael podigoše sjedište Kuće:
  • « Gospode naš!
  • prihvati ovo s naše strane:
  • ti si onaj koji čuje i koji zna sve.
  • 128 Gospode naš!
  • Načini od nas dvojice vjernike koji će ti biti podvrgnuti;
  • učini od našeg potomstva
  • jednu zajednicu koja će tebi biti podvrgnuta;
  • naznači nam obrede kojih se mi trebamo pridržavati;
  • oprosti nama!
  • Ti si onaj koji se neprestano vraća
  • prema vjernicima pokajnicima;
  • ti si Milosrdni.
  • 129 Gospode naš!
  • Pošalji im jednog proroka uzetog između njih:
  • on će njima govoriti tvoje Redke;
  • on će njih poučavati Knjigu mudrosti;
  • on će njih očistiti.
  • Ti si Svemogući, Mudri! »
  • 130 Tko dakle izkušava odvratnost
  • za Vjeru Abrahamovu,
  • ako ne onaj koji je bezuman?
  • Mi smo, uistinu, izabrali Abrahama u ovom svijetu
  • i, u drugom, on će biti u broju pravednika.
  • 131 Njegov mu Gospod reče:
  • « Podvrgni se! »
  • On odgovori:
  • « Ja se podvrgavam Gospodarui svjetova! »
  • 132 Abraham zapovjedi svojoj djeci:
  • – i Jakob učini isto –
  • « O moja djeco!
  • Bog je za vas izabrao Vjeroispovijed;
  • ne umrite drukčije no njem,u podvrgnuti. »
  • 133 Jeste li vi nazočili, kad se smrt predstavi Jakovu,
  • i kad on reče svojoj djeci:
  • « Što će te vi obožavati poslije mene? »
  • Oni rekoše:
  • « Mi ćemo obožavati tvog Boga,
  • Boga tvojih otaca, Abrahama, Ismaela i Izaka,
  • – Boga jedinoga! –
  • i mi se podvrgavamo njemu. »
  • 134 Ova je zajednica prošla.
  • Ono što je ona stekla svojim djelima njoj pripada,
  • a ono što ste vi stekli vaš je prihod;
  • vi ne će te biti ispitivani za njihova djela.
  • 135 Oni su rekli:
  • « Budite židovi, ili budite kršćani,
  • vi će te biti dobro usmjereni.»
  • Reci:
  • « Ali ne! …
  • Slijedite vjeru Abrahamovu, jednog pravog vjernika
  • koji nije bio u broju mnogobožaca. »
  • 136 Recite:;
  • « Mi vjerujemo u Boga,
  • u ono što nam je on odkrio,
  • u ono što je bilo odkriveno
  • Abrahamu, Ismaelu, Izaku, Jakovu, i plemenima;
  • u ono što je bilo dano Mojsiju i Isusu;
  • u ono što je bilo dano prorocima,
  • sa strane njihovog Gospoda.
  • Mi nikog od njih ne predpostavljamo drugom;
  • mi smo podvrgnuti Bogu. »
  • 137 Ako oni vjeruju u ono u što vi vjerujete,
  • oni su dobro usmjereni;
  • ali ako se oni okrenu;
  • tada se oni nalaze u jednom raskolu.
  • – Tebi Bog dostaje nasuprot njima,
  • on je onaj koji čuje i koji zna –
  • 138 Pomazanje Božje!
  • Tko može, bolje od Boga, dati to, pomazanje?
  • Mi smo njegove sluge!
  • 139 Reci:
  • « Hoćete li vi razpravljati s nama glede Boga?
  • On je naš Gospod i vaš Gospod.
  • Nama naša djela pripadaju
  • a vaša djela vama pripadaju.
  • Mi njemu predajemo jedan čisti obred. »
  • 140 Hoće li oni reći:
  • « Abraham, Ismael, Izak, Jakov i plemena,
  • jesu li stvarno bili židovi ili krščani? »
  • Reci:
  • « Jeste li vi, ili pak Bog, koji zna najviše? »
  • Tko je dakle nepravedniji od onoga koji krije svjedočenje
  • koje je primio od Boga?
  • - Bog nije nepažljiv spram onoga što vi činite –
  • 141 Ta je zajednica prošla;
  • ono što je ona stekla svojim djelima njoj pripada,
  • a ono što ste vi stekli vaš je prihod.
  • Vi niste odgovorni za ono što su oni učinili.
  • 142 Bezumni među ljudima kažu:
  • « Tko je dakle njih okrenuo od Kible
  • prema kojoj su bili usmjereni? »
  • Reci:
  • « Istok i zapad pripadaju Bogu;
  • on izvodi koga on hoće na pravi put. »
  • 143 Mi smo načinili od vas
  • jednu Zajednicu udaljenu od skrajnosti
  • da biste vi bili svjedoci o ljudima,
  • i da Prorok bude svjedok o vama.
  • Mi smo ustanovili Kiblu
  • prema kojoj se vi okrećete
  • samo da bi se razlikovali oni koji slijede Proroka
  • od onih koji se okreću od njegovih koraka.
  • To je, uistinum jedan veliki grijeh,
  • osim za one koje Bog usmjerava.
  • Nije Bog taj koji će učiniti vašu vjeru izpraznom.
  • – Bog je, uistinu, dobar i milosrdan –
  • 144 Mi tebe često vidimo lica okrenutog k nebu;
  • mi ćemo tebe usmjeriti prema Kibli koja će ti goditi.
  • Okreni dakle svoje lice
  • u smjeru svete Mošeje.
  • Gdje god da budete,
  • okrenite svoje lice u njenom smjeru.
  • Oni koji su primili Kuran znaju
  • da je on Istina došla od njihovog Gospoda.
  • – Bog nije nepažljiv spram onoga što oni čine –
  • 145 Kad bi ti donio nekoliko Znakova
  • onima koji su primili Knjigu,
  • oni ne bi usvojili tvoju Kiblu
  • a ti ne bi usvojio njihovu Kiblu.
  • Više njih ne usvaja
  • Kiblu od drugih.
  • Ako bi se ti priklonio njihovim željama,
  • nakon onog što ti je došlo kao Znanost,
  • ti bi bio sigurno u broju nepravednih.
  • 146 Oni kojima smo mi dali Knjigu nju poznaju,
  • kao što poznaju svoju vlastitu djecu.
  • Više njih, međutim, skriva istinu,
  • iako ju poznaju.
  • 147 Istina dolazi od tvog Gospoda.
  • Ne budi u broju onih koji sumnjaju.
  • 148 Ima za svakoga,
  • jedno Usmjerenje prema kojem se on okreće.
  • Nastojte nadmašiti jedni druge u dobrim djelima.
  • Bog ide s vama svima, gdje god da budete.
  • Bog je nadmoćan nad svakom stvari.
  • 149 Koje god da je mjesto odkud ti dolaziš
  • okreni svoje lice u smjeru svete Mošeje:
  • ondje je Istina koja je došla od tvog Gospoda.
  • – Bog nije nepažljiv spram onoga što vi činite –
  • 150 Koje god da je mjesto odkud ti dolaziš
  • okreni svoje lice u smjeru svete Mošeje:
  • Gdje god da vi budete;
  • okrenite svoja lica u njenom smjeru,
  • da ljudi ne bi imali dokaza
  • za vama suprotstaviti
  • – izuzev onih među vama
  • koji su u grješci –
  • Ne bojte se njih, bojte se mene
  • da bih ja ispunio svoju milost u vašu korist.
  • - Možda će te vi biti dobro usmjereni! –
  • 151 Mi smo vama poslali jednog Proroka
  • uzetog između vas:
  • On vam priopćava naše Znakove;
  • on vas čisti;
  • on vas poučava Knjizi i Mudrosti;
  • on vas poučava onome što niste znali.
  • 152 Sjetite se mene,
  • ja ću se sjetiti vas.
  • Budite zahvalni prema meni,
  • ne budite nezahvalni spram mene.
  • 153 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Tražite pomoć u strpljenju i molitvi.
  • Bog je s onima koji su strpljivi.
  • 154 Ne recite
  • o onima koji su poginuli na Božjem Putu:
  • « Oni su mrtvi! »
  • Ne!...
  • Oni su živi;
  • ali vi toga niste svjesni.
  • 155 Mi vas izkušavamo s malo straha, gladi;
  • laganim gubitcima
  • dobara, počasti ili žetve.
  • Navijesti dobru vijest onima koji su strpljivi,
  • 156 onima koji kažu, kad ih nesreća dostigne:
  • « Mi smo Božji i vraćamo se k njemu. »
  • 157 Evo onih na koje silaze
  • blagoslovi i milosrđe njihovog Gospoda.
  • Oni su dobro usmjereni.
  • 158 Safa i Marva su uistinu
  • među svetim Božjim stvarima.
  • Onaj koji čini veliko Hodočašće u Kuću
  • ili pak malo hodočašće
  • ne počinjava grijeha
  • ako ispuni obredno obilaženje tu i ondje.
  • Onaj koji to ispuni od svoje dobre volje čini dobro.
  • – Bog je zahvalan i on zna –
  • 159 Oni koji skrivaju pokazane Znakove
  • i smjer koji smo mi odkrili
  • kad smo ih obznanili ljudima
  • pomoću Knjige:
  • evo onih koje Bog proklinje,
  • i oni koji proklinju, njih proklinju,
  • 160 s izuzetkom onih koji su se vratli u pokajanju
  • i onih koji su očigledno popravili:
  • evo onih prema kojima ću se ja vratiti.
  • Ja sam onaj koji bez prestanka vraća se
  • prema grješnicima pokajnicima,
  • ja sam Milosrdni.
  • 161 Glede nevjernika koji umru u nevjernost svojoj:
  • evo onih na koje pada
  • prokletstvo Božje, anđeosko
  • i svih ljudi:
  • 162 oni će u njemu boraviti kao bezsmrtnici;
  • njihova kazna neće biti olakšana,
  • nitko njih ne će pogledati.
  • 163 Vaš je Bog jedini!
  • Nema Boga osim njega:
  • onog koji čini milosrđe.
  • Milosrdnog.
  • 164 U stvaranju nebesa i zemlje,
  • u smjenjivanju noći i dana,
  • u lađi koja plovi morem
  • noseći ono što je korisno ljudima,
  • u vodi koju Bog spušta s neba
  • a koja vraća život zemlji nakon njene smrti,
  • – toj zemlji gdje je on rasijao
  • sve vrste životinja –
  • u vrstama vjetrova,
  • u oblacima podvrgnutim jednoj zadaći
  • između neba i zemlje,
  • ima uistinu Znakova
  • za puk koji razumije!
  • 165 Neki ljudi uzimaju pridruženike
  • pokraj Boga;
  • oni njih vole kao što se voli Bog;
  • ali vjerujući su žešći
  • u ljubavi prema Bogu.
  • Kad nepravedni budu vidjeli kaznu,
  • oni će vidjeti da cjelokupna moć pripada Bogu,
  • i da je Bog strašan u svojem kažnjavanju.
  • 166 Kad oni koji budu slijeđeni
  • budu se odricali onih koji su ih slijedili,
  • kad budu vidjeli kaznu,
  • kad sve sveze budu presječene,
  • 167 kad oni koji budu slijedili kažu:
  • « Ah! da nam je bilo moguće vratiti se,
  • mi bismo njih porekli
  • kao što su oni nas porekli .
  • Ovako Bog njima pokazuje njihova djela:
  • Nesretni oni!
  • Oni ne će moći izići iz vatre.
  • 168 O vi, ljudi!
  • Jedite ono što je dopušteno i dobro na zemlji;
  • ne slijedite tragove Sotonine;
  • on je za vas otvoreni neprijatelj;
  • 169 on vam zapovijeda zlo i sramote,
  • on vam zapovijeda govoriti o Bogu
  • ono što vi ne znate.
  • 170 Kad se njima kaže:
  • « primjerite se onome što je Bog odkrio, »
  • oni odgovore:
  • « Ne!...
  • Mi slijedimo običaje naših otaca. »
  • A ako njihovi očevi nisu ništa razumijevali?
  • I ako se nisu nalazili na pravom putu?
  • 171 Nevjernici su slični stoki
  • na koju se izdire
  • i koja ne čuje ništa osim krika ili poziva;
  • gluha, nijema, slijepa;
  • oni ne razumiju ništa.
  • 172 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Jedite ove dobre stvari
  • koje smo mi vama dodijelili;
  • zahvaljujte Bogu, ako je on taj koga vi obožavate.
  • 173 Bog vam je samo zabranio
  • mrtve životinje, krv, svinjsko meso
  • i svaku životinju nad kojom je bilo zazvano
  • drugo ime osim Božjeg.
  • Ni jedan grijeh ne će biti pripisan
  • onome koji bude prisiljen jesti to
  • ako nije iz pobune ili prijestupa.
  • – Bog je onaj koji oprašta, on je milosrdan –
  • 174 Oni koji skrivaju ono što je Bog odkrio u Knjizi
  • i koji to trampe za nisku cijenu:
  • evo onih koji ne će progutati, u svojoj utrobi,
  • drugo do li vatru.
  • Bog njima ne će govoriti,
  • na Dan Suđenja,
  • on njih ne će očistiti.
  • Jedna je bolna kazna njima pridržana.
  • 175 Evo onih koji su trampili
  • pravi put za grješku;
  • oprost za kaznu.
  • Tko će im dati da podnesu Vatru?
  • 176 To je ovako
  • jer Bog je odkrio Knjigu s Istinom.
  • Oni koji su u nesuglasju s predmetom Knjige
  • nalaze se u raskolu koji ih udaljuje od vjere.
  • 177 Pobožnost se ne sastoji u tome da okrenete svoje lice
  • prema Istoku ili prema Zapadu.
  • Dobar čovjek je onaj koji vjeruje u Boga,
  • u posljednji Dan, u anđele,
  • u Knjigu i u Proroke.
  • Onaj koji, za ljubav Božju, daje svoje dobro
  • svojim bližnjim, siročadima, sirotinji,
  • putnicima, prosjacima
  • i za odkup zarobljenika.
  • Onaj koji obavlja molitvu;
  • onaj koji dijeli milostinju.
  • Oni koji ispunjavaju svoje obveze;
  • oni koji su strpljivi u nevolji, nesreći
  • i u trenutku opasnosti:
  • evo onih koji su pravedni!
  • Evo onih koji se boje Boga!
  • 178 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Zakon odmazde propisan vam je u slučaju ubojstva:
  • slobodan čovjek za slobodnog čovjeka;
  • rob za roba;
  • žena za ženu.
  • Treba koristiti pristojne postupke
  • prema onome kojem su braća vratila
  • jedan dio duga,
  • a on sam odštetit će njega
  • na najbolji način
  • to predstavlja olakšicu i milosrđe
  • dodijeljeno od vašeg Gospoda.
  • Jedna bolna kazna je pridržana
  • onome koji, nakon toga, bude prekršio zakon.
  • 179 Ima za vas, jedan život, u odmazdi.
  • O vi, ljudi nadareni razumom.!
  • Možda će te se vi bojati Boga!
  • 180 Evo što vam je propisano:
  • Kad se smrt prikaže nekom od vas,
  • ako taj ostavlja dobra,
  • on treba načiniti oporuku u korist svog oca i majke,
  • svojih najbližih rođaka,
  • sukladno običaju.
  • To je jedna obveza za one koji se boje Boga.
  • 181 Grijeh onoga koji promijeni tu oporuku
  • nakon što ju je saslušao
  • ne će biti pripisan osim
  • onima koji su ju izmijenili.
  • – Bog čuje i zna sve –
  • 182 Onaj koji uzpostavi slogu među naslijednicima,
  • iz straha od nepravde i grijeha
  • spram oporučitelja,
  • ne čini grijeha.
  • –Bog je onaj koji oprašta, on je milosrdan –
  • 183 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Post vam je propisan
  • kao što to bijaše propisano
  • naraštajima koji su vam predhodili.
  • – Možda će te se vi bojati Boga –
  • 184 Postite tijekom izbrojanih dana.
  • Onaj koji je između vas bolestan ili koji putuje
  • postit će potom jednak broj dana.
  • Oni koji bi mogli postiti a koji se od tog izuzmu,
  • morat će, u zamjenu, hraniti jednog siromaha.
  • onaj koji, dobrovoljno, učini više
  • naći će tu svoje dobro.
  • Postiti je za vas jedno dobro.
  • Možda će te vi razumjeti.
  • 185 Kuran je bio odkrivan tijekom mjeseca Ramazana.
  • To je jedno usmjerenje za ljude;
  • jedno jasno očitovanje Usmjerenja i Zakona.
  • Ako netko od vas, bude vidio mladi mjesec
  • postit će cijeli mjesec.
  • Onaj koji je bolestan ili koji putuje
  • postit će poslije jednak broj dana.
  • Bog hoće olakšicu za vas,
  • on ne će, za vas, prinudu.
  • Izvršite to razdoblje posta;
  • uzvišavajte veličinu Boga koji vas usmjerava.
  • – Možda će te biti zahvalni –
  • 186 Kad moje sluge ispituju o meni,
  • ja sam blizu, uistinu;
  • ja odgovaram na poziv onome tko me zaziva,
  • kad me zaziva.
  • Nek dakle odgovaraju mojem pozivu;
  • nek vjeruju u mene.
  • – Možda će oni biti dobro usmjereni –
  • 187 Dopušteno vam je za vrijeme noći koja
  • prati post suložništvo s vašim ženama.
  • One su za vas odjeća,
  • vi ste, za njih, odjeća.
  • Bog je znao da vi ranjavate sami sebe;
  • on se vratio k vama;
  • on vam je oprostio.
  • Živite zajedno s vašim ženama.
  • Tragajte za onim što vam je Bog propisao.
  • Jedite i pijte
  • sve dok se ne mogne razlikovati u zoru
  • bijeli konac od crnog konca.
  • Postite, zatim, sve do noći.
  • Nemajte nikakvog odnosa sa svojim ženama
  • kad ste se povukli u mošeju.
  • Takvi su Zakoni Božji;
  • ne kršite ih.
  • Evo kako Bog ljudima objašnjava Znakove.
  • Možda će se oni bojati!
  • 188 Ne proždirite međusobno po krivdi vaša dobra;
  • ne dajite ih kao dar sudcima
  • s ciljem da nepravedno jedete
  • jedan dio tuđih dobara.
  • Vi to znate savršeno.
  • 189 Oni će te ispitivati o mladim mjesecima.
  • Reci:
  • « To su, za ljude, oznake
  • koje im dopuštaju utvrditi
  • razdoblja Hodočašća. »
  • Pobožnost se ne sastoji
  • u ulaženju u vaše kuće odpozada.
  • Pobožnost se sastoji u strahu od Boga.
  • Ulazite u svoje kuće kroz uobičajena vrata.
  • Bojte se Boga;
  • možda, tada, vi će te biti sretni.
  • 190 Borite se na Božjem putu
  • s onima koji se bore protiv vas.
  • – Ne budite prijestupnici;
  • Bog ne voli prijestupnike –
  • 191 Ubijajte ih posvuda gdje ih susretnete;
  • istjerajte ih iz mjesta odkud su oni vas istjerali.
  • – Pobuna je gora od ubojstva –
  • Ne borite se s njima kog svete Mošeje,
  • osim ako se oni ne bore s vama na tom istom mjestu.
  • Ako li vas napadnu, ubijajte ih:
  • takva je naknada nevjernicima.
  • 192 Ako se zaustave,
  • znajte tada da je Bog onaj koji oprašta,
  • on milosrdan.
  • 193 Borite se s njima sve dok ne nestane pobune
  • i dok se obred Božji ne uzpostavi.
  • Ako se zaustave, prekinite bitku,
  • osim protiv onih koji su nepravedni.
  • 194 Sveti mjesec, za sveti mjesec.
  • Svako svetogrđe pada pod zakon odmazde.
  • Mrzite onog koji vas mrzi,
  • u mjeri u kojoj vas on mrzi.
  • Bojte se Boga!
  • Znajte da je Bog s onima koji ga se boje.
  • 195 Trošite svoja dobra na Božjem putu;
  • Ne izlažite sami sebe gubitku.
  • Činite dobra djela;
  • Bog voli one koji čine dobro.
  • 196 Izvršite, za Boga,
  • veliko i malo hodočašće.
  • Ako ste tome spriječeni,
  • pošaljite u zamjenu
  • ponudu koja vam je lagana.
  • Ne brijte glave,
  • prije nego li ponuda stigne na svoje odredište.
  • Ako je jedan od vas bolestan;
  • ako pati od bolesti glave,
  • taj se mora iskupiti postovima,
  • milostinjom, ili žrtvovanjima.
  • Kad se sigurnost bude uzpostavila,
  • onaj koji bude uživao u normalnom životu
  • između velikog i malog hodočašća,
  • poslat će ponudu koja njemu bude lagana.
  • Onaj koji ne bude našao srdstava nadoknadit će ju
  • jednim postom od tri dana, tijekom hodočašća
  • i sedam dana kad se budete vratili,
  • to jest, ukupno deset dana.
  • Evo za onoga koji nema obitelji
  • kod svete Mošeje.
  • Bojte se Boga!
  • Znajte da je Bog strašan u svojem kažnjavanju.
  • 197 Hodočašće se obavlja u određenim mjesecima.
  • Hodočasnik se mora uzdržati
  • svakog odnosa sa ženom,
  • od razvrata i od svađa,
  • tijekom hodočašća.
  • – Bog zna dobro ono što vi činite –
  • Ponesite obskrbu za putovanje;
  • ali, uistinu, najbolja obskrba za putovanje
  • je pobožni strah strah od Boga.
  • O vi, ljudi nadareni razumom!
  • Bojte se mene!
  • 198 Ne činite nikakva zla
  • ako tražite naklonost u vašeg Gospodina.
  • Kad se razštrkate s Arafata,
  • zazovite Boga kod svetog spomenika;
  • zazovite ga, jer vas je on usmjerio,
  • onda kad bijaste, prije,
  • u broju zabludjelih.
  • 199 Razštrkajte se potom onuda kuda se ljudi razštrkuju.
  • Tražite oprost u Boga.
  • – Bog je onaj koji oprašta, on je milosrdan –
  • 200 Sjećajte se Boga obavljajući svoje obrede
  • kao što se sjećate svojih predaka
  • ili jedne uspomene još posve žive.
  • Stanoviti ljudi kažu:
  • « Gospode naš!
  • Dodijeli nam dobra ovog svijeta; »
  • ali oni ne će imati nikakva udjela u budućem životu.
  • 201 Stanoviti ljudi kažu:
  • « Gospode naš!
  • Dodijeli nam dobra ovog svijeta
  • i dobra budućeg života.
  • Sačuvaj nas od kazne Vatre. »
  • 202 Evo onih koji će posjedovati
  • jedan dio onoga što su stekli.
  • – Bog je hitar u svojim računima –
  • 203 Zazivajte Boga u naznačene dane.
  • Onaj koji se požuri za dva dana
  • ne čini grijeha
  • i onaj koji zakasni ne čini grijeha.
  • – Evo za onog koji se boji Boga –
  • Bojte se Boga!
  • Znajte da će te biti sakupljeni u njegovoj nazočnosti.
  • 204 Ima među ljudima
  • onih čija riječ o ovom svijetu tebi godi.
  • On uzima Boga za svjedoka o sadržini svog srca;
  • ali to je jedna strastvena svađalica.
  • 205 Čim ti on okrene leđa,
  • on se potrudi pokvariti ono što je na zemlji;
  • on uništava žetve i stoku.
  • - Bog ne voli iskvarenost –
  • 206 Čim mu se kaže:
  • « Boj se Boga, »
  • snaga grijeha ga zgrabi:
  • njegov će dio biti Pakao:
  • kojeg li ogavnog ležaja za odmor!
  • 207 Ima jedan, među ljudima,
  • koji se sam prodao
  • da bi ugodio Bogu.
  • – Bog je dobar prema svojim slugama –
  • 208 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Uđite svi u mir;
  • ne slijedite tragove Sotonine:
  • on je vaš otvoreni neprijatelj.
  • 209 Ako ste posrnuli
  • nakon što su očigledni dokazi vama stigli,
  • znajte da je Bog moćan i pravedan.
  • 210 Što oni čekaju,
  • ako ne da im Bog dođe s anđelima,
  • u sjeni oblaka?
  • Udes je određen:
  • svaka se stvar vraća k Bogu.
  • 211 Ispitaj sinove Izraelove:
  • Koliko smo im dali
  • neoborivih dokaza!
  • Ali Bog je strašan u svojoj kazni,
  • za onoga koji zamjenjuje dobročinstvo Božje,
  • nakon što ga je primio.
  • 212 Život ovog svijeta pokazao se kao lijep nevjernicima.
  • Oni su se sprdali vjerujućima.
  • Oni koji se boje Boga bit će iznad njih
  • na Dan Uskrsnuća.
  • – Bog dodjeljuje svoja dobročinstva kome on hoće,
  • ne vodeći računa–
  • 213 Ljudi čine jednu jedinstvenu zajednicu.
  • Bog je poslao proroke
  • da bi njima donijeli dobru vijest
  • i da bi ih upozorili.
  • Tako on spusti Knjigu s Istinom
  • za suditi među ljudima
  • i odlučiti o njihovim razlikama
  • ali samo oni, i zbog ljubomore među njima,
  • oni koji bijahu primili Knjigu
  • bišew u nesuglasju o njenom predmetu
  • dok neoborivi dokazi
  • njima bijahu došli.
  • Bog je usmjerio one koji su vjerovali ovom dijelu Istine
  • glede kojeg su se drugi prepirali,
  • s dopuštenjem.
  • Bog usmjerava koga on hoće, na pravi put.
  • 214 Mislite li vi ući u Raj,
  • a da još niste bili izkušani
  • kao što to bijahu oni koji su živjeli prije vas,
  • kroz nesreće, nevolje
  • i potrese zemaljske.
  • Prorok i oni koji vjeruju s njim, tada će reći:
  • « Kad će dakle doći pobjeda Božja? »
  • Pobjeda Božja nije li blizu?
  • 215 Oni će te izpitivati
  • o onome što vi trebate potrošiti:
  • reci:
  • « To što vi potrošite bit će
  • za vašeg oca i majku, vaše bližnje,
  • za siročad, sirote i putnike.
  • – Bog zna ono što vi činite od dobra –
  • 216 Boj vam je propisan,
  • a vi ga mrzite
  • Može biti da mrzite jednu stvari,
  • a ona je dobra za vas.
  • Može biti da vi volite jednu stvar,
  • a ona je zlo po vas.
  • – Bog zna, a vi, vi ne znate –
  • 217 Oni će te izpitivati
  • o boju tijekom svetog mjeseca.
  • Reci:
  • « Voditi boj u tom mjesecu je ozbiljan grijeh;
  • ali, odstraniti ljude s Božjeg puta,
  • biti bezbožan spram njega i svetoj Mošeji,
  • istjerati otud žitelje,
  • sve je to još strašnije pred Bogom. »
  • Progon je strašniji od boja.
  • oni koji vojuju ne će prestati,
  • dok vas ne prinude,
  • – ako to mogu –
  • zanijekati vašoj Vjeri.
  • Oni koji, između vas, odstrane se od svoje vjere
  • i oni koji umru kao nevjernici:
  • evo onih čija djela će biti ništavna u ovom svijetu
  • i u budućem životu;
  • evo onih koji će biti gosti Vatre;
  • oni će u njoj boraviti kao bezsmrtnici.
  • 218 Uistinu, oni koji su vjerovali,
  • oni koji su izbjeglice,
  • oni koji su vojevali na Božjem putu:
  • evo onih koji se ufaju milosrđu Božjem.
  • – Bog je onaj koji oprašta, on je milosrdan –
  • 219 Oni će te izpitivati glede vina i igara na sreću;
  • reci:
  • « Oni sačinjavaju oboje, za ljude,
  • jedan veliki grijeh i jednu prednost,
  • ali grijeh koji se tu nalazi veći je
  • no njihova korist. »
  • Oni će te izpitivati o milostinjama;
  • reci:
  • « Dajite svoj suvišak.»
  • Evo kako vam Bog objašnjava svoje Znakove.
  • Možda će te vi razmišljati
  • 220 o ovom donjem svijetu i o budućem životu.
  • Oni će te izpitivati glede siročadi;
  • reci:
  • «Činiti njima dobro jedno je dobro djelo;
  • oni su vaša braća
  • čim ih prihvatite među sebe. »
  • Bog razlikuje kvaritelja od onoga tko čini dobro.
  • Da je Bog htio, on bi vas ožalostio.
  • – Bog je moćan i pravedan –
  • 221 Ne ženite žena mnogobožkinja,
  • prije no što one ne počnu vjerovati.
  • Jedna robinja vjernica vrijedi više
  • nego jedna slobodna mnogobožkinja.,
  • pa makar vam se i svidjela.
  • Ne udajitesvoje kšeriza mnogobožce,
  • prije no što počnu vjerovati.
  • Jedan rob vjernik vrijedi više
  • nego slobodan čovjek mnogobožac.,
  • čak i ako vam je taj ugodan.
  • Evo onih koji vas pozivaju u Vatru;
  • Bog vas poziva,
  • s dopuštenjem,
  • u Raj i u oprost.
  • On objašnjava svoje znakove ljudima;
  • možda će oni razmišljati!
  • 222 Oni će te izpitivati
  • glede mjesečnog pranja u žena;
  • reci:
  • « To je jedno zlo.
  • Držite se po strani od žena
  • tijekom jihove mjesečnice;
  • ne prilazite im sve dok ne budu čiste.
  • Kad su one čiste,
  • idite k njima, kako vam je Bog zapovijedio. »
  • – Bog voli one koji se neprekidno vraćaju k njemu;
  • on voli one koji se čiste –
  • 223 Vaše žene su za vas vaše polje za oranje:
  • idite k svom polju, kako vi to želite,
  • ali predhodno učinite dobro djelo
  • u svoju korist.
  • Bojte se Boga!
  • Znajte da će te ga susresti;
  • a ti, najavi dobru vijest vjerujućima.
  • 224 Ne činite od Boga predmet prisega svojih,
  • da bi bili dobri,
  • da bi se bojali Boga,
  • da bi uzpostavili slogu među ljudima.
  • – Bog je onaj koji čuje i koji zna –
  • 225 Bog vas ne će kazniti
  • zbog jedne olako dane prisege;
  • ali on će vas kazniti
  • za ono što su vaša srca učinila.
  • – Bog je onaj koji oprašta,
  • on je pun dobrote –
  • 226 Jedna odgoda od četiri mjeseca propisana je
  • onima koji se obvežu prisegom
  • da će se uzdržavati od svojih žena.
  • Ali ako odustanu od svoje odluke...
  • – Bog je onaj koji oprašta, on je milosrdan –
  • 227 Ako oni odluče odpustiti svoje žene,
  • – Bog je onaj koji čuje, onaj koji zna –
  • 228 odpuštene žene čekat će tri razdoblja
  • prije nego se nanovo udaju.
  • Nije im dopušteno sakriti
  • ono što je Bog stvorio u njihovoj utrobi.
  • – Ako one pak vjeruju
  • u Boga i u posljednji Dan –
  • Ali ako njihovi muževi žele pomirenje,
  • oni imaju pravo preuzeti ih tijekom tog vremena.
  • Žene imaju prava
  • jednakovrijedna svojim obvezama,
  • i sukladno običaju.
  • Ljudi međutim imaju prvenstvo u odnosu na njih.
  • – Bog je moćan i pravedan–
  • 229 Odpuštanje može biti proglašeno dva puta.
  • Preuzmite dakle svoju suprugu
  • na jedan pristojan način,
  • ili ju pak odpustite pristojno.
  • Preuzeti nešto od onoga što ste joj dali
  • nije vam dopušteno.
  • – Osim ako se oboje ne bojite
  • da ne će te ostati u okviru zakona Božjih –
  • Ako se bojite da se ne će te pridržavati zakona Božjih,
  • ni jedna grješka ne će biti pripisana jednom ili drugom,
  • ako supruga ponudi jednu naknadu.
  • Takvi su zakoni Božji;
  • ne kršite ih.
  • Oni koji krše zakone Božje nepravednici su.
  • 230 Ako jedan čovjek odpusti svoju ženu,
  • ona više nije dopuštena za njega,
  • ukoliko se ne bude preudala za drugog muža.
  • Ako ju odpusti,
  • i potom se oni pomire,
  • nikakva im grješka ne će biti pripisana,
  • pod uvjetom da vjeruju da su se tako
  • pridržavali zakona Božjih.
  • Takvi su zakoni Božji;
  • on njih objašnjava puku koji razumije.
  • 231 Kad budete odpustili svoje žene,
  • i one budu dosegle utvrđeni rok,
  • preuzmite ih na pristojan način,
  • ili ih pristojno odpustite.
  • Ne zadržavajte ih prinudno,
  • vi biste prekršili zakone.
  • – Tko bi postupio tako,
  • činio bi nažao samom sebi –
  • Ne razmatrajte Znakova Božjih šaleći se.
  • Sjetite se dobročinstava Božjih u vašu korist
  • i onoga što vam je odkrio u Knjizi i u Mudrosti,
  • putem kojih vas savjetuje.
  • Bojte se Boga!
  • Znajte da usitinu, Bog zna sve.
  • 232 Kad vi budete odpustili svoje žene
  • a one budu dosegle utvrđeni rok,
  • ne sprječavajte ih
  • da se preudaju za nosve supružnike svoje,
  • ako su se oni složili, sukladno običaju.
  • Evo onoga na što je savjetovan
  • onaj između vas koji vjeruje u Boga i u posljednji Dan.
  • Evo što je čistije i jasnije za vas.
  • – Bog zna, a vi, vi ne znate –
  • 233 Majke koje hoće dojiti svoju djecu
  • jednim podpunim dojenjem,
  • dojit će ih dvije pune godine.
  • Otac treba osigurati njihovu hranu
  • i odjeću, sukladno običaju.
  • Ali svatko je obvezan toga se pridržavati
  • u skladu sa svojim sredstvima.
  • Majka ne treba trpjeti štete,
  • zbog svog djeteta,
  • niti otac, zbog svog djeteta.
  • – Iste obveze pripadaju naslijedniku –
  • Ako, zajedničkom odlukom,
  • roditelji htjednu odbiti od sise svoje dijete,
  • nikakva im grješka ne će biti pripisana.
  • Ako želite svoje dijete dati dojilji,
  • nikakva vam grješka ne će biti pripisana, pod uvjetom
  • da vi izplatite prikladnu nagradu,
  • sukladno običajima.
  • Bojte se Boga!
  • Znajte da Bog savršeno vidi ono što vi činite.
  • 234 Neki među vama umru ostavljajući supruge:
  • One moraju paziti na jedan rok
  • od četiri mjeseca i deset dana.
  • Kad taj rok prođe, ne će vam se prigovoriti
  • način na koji će one raspolagati sa sobom,
  • sukladno običaju.
  • –Bog je obaviješten o onome što vi činite –
  • 235 Ne će biti nikakve grješke za vama prigovoriti,
  • ako vi naumite prošnju za vjenčanje,
  • ili ako vi nikome ne govorite o svojoj namjeri;
  • – Bog zna što vi mislite o takvim ženama –
  • međutim, ne obećavajte im ništa u tajnosti;
  • jednostavno im recite prigodne riječi.
  • Ne zaključujte bračnog ugovora
  • prije isteka propisanog roka.
  • Znajte da Bog zna ono što je u vama.
  • Pazite se njega!
  • Znajte da je Bog onaj koji oprašta
  • i koji je pun milosti.
  • 236 Ne će biti nikakve grješke za pripisati vama
  • ako vi odpustite svoje žene
  • koje niste dotakli
  • ili one glede kojih
  • vi nemate obveze.
  • Dajte im ono nužno:
  • bogat čovjek dat će prema svojim sredstvima,
  • a siromašan čovjek prema svojim sredstvima,
  • – sukladno običaju –
  • To je jedna obveza za one koji čine dobro.
  • 237 Ako vi odpustite svoje žene
  • prije no ste ih dotakli
  • ili one kojima ste već dali
  • ono što im pripada,
  • dajte im polovicu
  • od onoga čime ste se obvezali;
  • osim ako one to odbiju,
  • ili ako onaj koji nadzire bračni ugovor
  • odustane.
  • Odustati je prikladnije pobožnosti.
  • Ne zaboravite biti velikodušni
  • jedni prema drugima.
  • Bog savršeno vidi ono što vi činite.
  • 238 Budite točni u molitvama
  • i u molitvi u sredini dana.
  • Stojte uspravno pri pobožnoj molitvi Bogu.
  • 239 U slučaju opasnosti, molite,
  • bilo na nogama, bilo na konju.
  • Kad se osjetite u sigurnosti,
  • sjetite se Boga, kako vas je poučio,
  • onda kad ništa niste znali.
  • 240 Oni, koji su pozvani k nama
  • i koji ostave svoje supruge,
  • načinit će, u njihovu korist, jedno zavještanje
  • koje će osigurati njihovo obskrbljivanje tijekom godine dana.
  • One ne će biti istjerane iz svojih kuća,
  • ali, ako one otud iziđu, ne će vam se prigovoriti
  • način na koji one budu raspolagale same sa sobom,
  • sukladno običaju.
  • – Bog je moćan i pravedan –
  • 241 Odpuštene žene imaju pravo
  • na jednu pristojnu penziju:
  • nju njima osigurati jedna je obveza
  • za one koji se boje Boga
  • 242 Evo kako Bog objašnjava svoje Znakove.
  • Možda će te vi razumjeti!
  • 243 Nisi li ti vidio one koji, plašeći se umrijeti,
  • u tisućama su izišli iz svojih kuća?
  • Bog je njima rekao: « Umrite! »
  • Ali potom ih je on nanovo oživio.
  • Bog je onaj koji dodjeljuje milost ljudima,
  • ali većina od njih nije zahvalna.
  • 244 Borite se na Božjem putu.
  • Znajte da Bog čuje i zna sve.
  • 245 Onome koji Bogu načini jedan lijep zajam,
  • Bog će vratiti u izobilju.
  • Bog zatvara svoju ruku, ili ju pak otvara.
  • Vi se vraćate k njemu.
  • 246 Nisi li ti promotrio
  • Starješine puka Izraelovog poslije Mojsija?
  • Oni rekoše svom proroku:
  • « Daj nam jednog kralja,
  • tada ćemo se mi boriti na Božjem putu. »
  • On reče:
  • « Nama je nemoguće
  • ne boriti se na Božjem putu,
  • jer smo bili istjerani iz naših domova
  • i odvojeni od naše djece. »
  • Ali kad im boj bi zapovjeđen,
  • oni okrenuše leđa
  • – s izuzetkom jednog malog broja među njima –
  • Bog poznaje nepravedne.
  • 247 Njihov im prorok reče:
  • « Bog vam je poslao Saula kao kralja. »
  • Oni rekoše:
  • « Kako će on imati vlast nad nama?
  • Mi imamo više prava od njega na kraljevanje,
  • i on čak nije ni bogatiji od nas. »
  • On reče:
  • « Bog mu je dao prednost između svih vas
  • i darovao mu nadmoć nad vama
  • zbog znanja i stasa čime je nadaren. »
  • Bog daje svoje kraljevstvo kome on hoće;
  • Bog je nazočan posvuda i on zna.
  • 248 Njihov im prorok reče:
  • « Evo što će biti znak njegovog kraljevstva:
  • kovčeg će doći k vama, nošen od anđela.
  • On sadržava jednu sakinu vašeg Gospoda
  • i ostatke ostavljene od Mojsijeve obitelji
  • i od Aaronove obitelji.
  • Evo uistinu jednog Znaka za vas,
  • ako ste vi vjerujući. »
  • 249 Saul reče:kad krenu na put sa svojom vojskom:
  • Bog će vas sigurno izkušavati jednom rijekom:
  • onaj koji bude iz nje pio neće biti sa mnom,
  • a onaj koji ne bude iz nje pio, bit će sa mnom,
  • – s izuzetkom onoga koji će zahvatiti
  • malo vode pomoću ruke » –
  • Potom su oni pili,
  • izuzev jednog malog broja među njimna.
  • Kad je on prešao rijeku s onima koji su vjerovali,
  • oni drugi rekoše:
  • « Mi danas nemamo nikakve snage, danas,
  • da bi se suprotstavili Goliatu i njegovoj vojsci. »
  • Glede onih koji su mislili susresti Boga,
  • oni rekoše:
  • « Koliko je puta jedna mala grupa ljudi
  • pobijedila jednu brojniju grupu,
  • s Božjim dopuštenjem? »
  • – Bog je s onima koji su strpljivi –
  • 250 Oni rekoše, idući protiv Golijata i njegove vojske:
  • « Gospode naš!
  • Daj nam strpljenja;
  • učvrsti naše korake,
  • daj nam pobjedu nad nevjernim narodom. »
  • 251 Oni ga natjeraše u bijeg, s Božjim dopuštenjem.
  • David ubi Golijata.
  • Bog dodijeli Davidu kraljevstvo i mudrost;
  • on ga je poučio čemu je htio.
  • Da Bog ne potiskuje neke ljude putem drugih
  • zemlja bi bila izkvarena.
  • Ali Bog je onaj koji dijeli milost svijetu.
  • 252 Evo znakova Božjih:
  • mi ih tebi priopćavamo, uistinu,
  • jer ti si jedan od proroka.
  • 253 Mi smo izvjesne proroke uzdigli
  • iznad drugih.
  • Ima ih kojima je Bog govorio,
  • a Bog je više njih uzdigao između njih
  • na više stupnjeve.
  • Mi smo dali Isusu, sinu Marijinom,
  • očigledne dokaze.
  • Mi smo ga ojačali Duhom svetosti.
  • Da je to Bog htio,
  • oni koji dođoše poslije njih ne bi se međusobno ubijali,
  • onda kad su nesumnjivi znakovi njima već bili došli.
  • Ali oni nisu bili složni:
  • Neki, među njima, vjerovali su
  • a drugi biše nevjernici.
  • Da je Bog tako htio,
  • oni se ne bi nikada međusobno ubijali,
  • ali Bog čini što on hoće.
  • 254 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Dajite u milostinju
  • jedan dio onoga što smo vam mi dodijelili
  • prije dolaska Dana
  • kad ni trgovina, ni prijeteljstvo, ni posredovanje
  • ne će se održati.
  • – Nevjernici su nepravedni –
  • 255 Bože!
  • Nema Boga osim njega:
  • Živoga;
  • onaj koji istrajava po sebi samom!
  • Ni drijemež, ni san
  • njega ne mogu obhrvati!
  • Sve što je u nebesima i na zemlji
  • njemu pripada!
  • Tko će posredovati kod njega, bez njegovog dopuštenja?
  • On zna
  • ono što se nalazi pred ljudima i iza njih,
  • dok oni znaju, od njegove znanosti, samo ono što on hoće.
  • Njegov se Prijestol prostire nad nebesima i nad zemljom:
  • njihovo održavanje u postojanju
  • njemu nije opterećenje.
  • On je Svevišnji, Nedostižni.
  • 256 Nema prinude u vjeri!
  • Pravi put se razlikuje od grijeha.
  • Onaj koji ne vjeruje u Tagut,
  • i koji vjeruje u Boga,
  • dohvatio je najčvršću držku, onu bez napukline.
  • – Bog je onaj koji čuje i koji zna sve –
  • 257 Bog je Gospodar vjerujućima:
  • on njih izvodi iz tmina na svjetlost.
  • Nevjernici imaju za gazdu Tagute:
  • oni njih uvode sa svjetlosti u tamine:
  • oni će biti gosti Vatre
  • gdje će boraviti kao bezsmrtnici.
  • 258 Nisi li ti vidio onoga koji je razpravljao s Abrahamom,
  • glede njegovog Gospoda;
  • jer mu je Bog dao kraljevstvo.
  • Abraham njemu kaže:
  • « Moj Gospod je onaj koji oživljava
  • i koji usmrćuje. »
  • On odgovara:
  • « Ja sam taj koji oživljava i koji usmrćuje! »
  • Abraham kaže:
  • « Bog dovodi sunce s Istoka,
  • dovedi ga dakle ti s Istoka! »
  • Onaj koji ne vjeruje bi zbunjen.
  • Bog ne upravlja nepravednog puka.
  • 259 A onaj koji prođe pokraj jednog grada?
  • Grad bijaše prazan i urušen.
  • On reče:
  • « Kako će ga Bog oživjeti nakon njegove smrti? »
  • Bog ga je usmrtio na stotinu godina,
  • potom ga je uskrsnuo,
  • zatim mu reče:
  • « Koliko si ti vremena ostao ondje? »
  • On odgovori:
  • « Ostao sam jedan dan, ili jedan dio dana.
  • Bog reče:
  • « Ne, ti si ostao stotinu godina.
  • Pogledaj tvoju hranu i tvoje piće:
  • oni nisu pokvareni.
  • Pogledaj svog magarca;
  • – Mi od tebe činimo jedan Znak za ljude –
  • pogledaj kosture:
  • evo kako ćemo mi sakupiti njih,
  • potom ćemo ih ogrnuti mesom. »
  • Pred tom očiglednošću, čovjek reče:
  • « Ja znam da je Bog nadmoćniji od svake stvari. »
  • 260 Abraham reče:
  • « Gospode moj!
  • Pokaži mi kako ti vraćaš život mrtvima. »
  • Bog reče:
  • « Je li ti to ne vjeruješ? »
  • On odgovori:
  • Da, ja vjerujem,
  • ali to je da bi se moje srce umirilo. »
  • Bog reče:
  • « Uzmi četiri ptice;
  • rasijeci ih na komade;
  • postavi ih na odvojena brda,
  • potom ih pozovi:
  • one će dotrčati k tebi u punoj brzini.
  • Znaj da je Bog moćan i mudar.»
  • 261 Oni koji troše svoja dobra na Božjem putu
  • slični su zrnu koje daje sedam klasova;
  • a svaki klas sadržava stotinu zrna.
  • Bog dodijeljuje dvostruko kome on hoće.
  • Bog je nazočan posvuda i on zna.
  • 262 Oni koji troše svoja dobra na putu Božjem
  • i koji svoja davanja ne prate
  • prijekorima i nanošenjem krivde:
  • evo onih koji će primiti svoju nagradu
  • kod svog Gospoda.
  • Oni potom ne će osjetiti nikakav strah,
  • oni ne će biti ožalošćeni.
  • 263 Jedna pristojna riječ i oprost
  • su bolji nego milostinja popraćena okrivljavanjem.
  • – Bog dostaje sam sebi
  • i on je pun milosti –
  • 264 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Ne obezvrjeđujte svoje milostinje
  • pridružujući joj prijekor ili okrivljavanje,
  • kao onaj koji daje svoja dobra
  • da bi bio viđen od ljudi,
  • i koji ne vjeruje u Boga ni u posljednji Dan.
  • On sliči jednoj stijeni prekrivenoj zemljom:
  • jedna će ju jaka kiša politi i ostaviti golu.
  • Ti ljudi ne mogu ništa izvući iz onoga što su stekli.
  • – Bog ne upravlja nevjernog naroda –
  • 265 Oni koji troše svoja dobra,
  • sa željom da ugode Bogu
  • i da bi ojačali svoje duše,
  • sliče vrtu zasađenom na brijegu:
  • ako na njega padne jaka kiša,
  • on će dati dva puta dvostruko plodova;
  • ako ga ne dohvati jaka kiša,
  • rosa će to nadomjestiti.
  • – Bog savršeno vidi što vi činite –
  • 266 Svaki od vas ne bi li poželio imati
  • jedan vrt zasađen palmama i vinovom lozom,
  • gdje teku potoci
  • i koji donose sve vrste plodova.?
  • Starost ga dostignu;
  • njegova su djeca nejaka;
  • jedan vatreni vjetar zahvati mu vrt i sprži ga.
  • Evo kako Bog vama pokazuje Znakove.
  • – Možda će te vi razmišljati! –
  • 267 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Dajite u milostinju najbolje stvari
  • koje ste stekli
  • i plodove koje, za vas,
  • mi dajemo da niču iz zemlje.
  • Ne izabirite ono što je bezvrijedno
  • osim u mjeri u kojoj to ne opazite.
  • Znajte da uistinu Bog dostaje sam sebi
  • i da je dostojan hvalospjeva.
  • 268 Zloduh vam je zaprijetio sirotinjom;
  • zapovijeda vam sramotna djela.
  • Bog vam obećava oprost i milost.
  • Bog je posvuda i on zna.
  • 269 On daje mudrost kome on hoće.
  • Onaj kome mudrost bijaše dana
  • dobit će jedno veliko dobro.
  • Oni koji su nadareni razumom
  • jedini su koji to znaju.
  • 270 Koju god milostinju da podijelite,
  • koji god da bude zavjet kojim ste se obvezali,
  • Bog to uistinu zna.
  • Nepravedni ne će naći svog branitelja.
  • 271 Ako vi dajete milostinju na jedan vidljiv način,
  • to je dobro.
  • Ako ju vi sakrijete da biste ju dali sirotima,
  • to je bolje za vas.
  • Ona briše jedan dio vaših loših djela.
  • – Bog je dobro obaviješten o onome što vi činite –
  • 272 Ne pripada tebi usmjeravati nevjerne.
  • Bog usmjerava koga on hoće.
  • Ono što vi utrošite u milostinju na vaše je dobro.
  • Ne činite truda osim iz želje za licem Božjim.
  • Ono što potrošite u milostinju
  • bit će vam točno vraćeno;
  • vi ne će te biti oštećeni.
  • 273 Glede milostinje koju dajete siromašnima
  • koji su osiromašeni na putu Božjem
  • i koji ne mogu više hodati zemljom;
  • – Neznalica ih drži bogatima,
  • zbog njihovog suzdržanog ponašanja.
  • Ti ih prepoznaješ po izgledu:
  • oni ne traže milostinje s navaljivanjem –
  • Bog savršeno zna
  • ono što vi potrošite za njih u dobročinstvima.
  • 274 Oni koji troše svoja dobra,
  • noću i danju,
  • javno i tajno,
  • naći će naknadu svoju kod svog Gospoda:
  • oni više ne će iskusiti nikakvog straha;
  • oni ne će biti ožalošćeni.
  • 275 Oni koji se hrane lihvarenjem
  • ne će se uspraviti na Dan Suđenja
  • drukčije no što se uspravlja
  • onaj koga je Zloduh divljački udario.
  • Bit će to tako, jer oni kažu:
  • « Prodaja je slična lihvarenju. »
  • Ali Bog je dopustio prodaju
  • a zabranio lihvarenje.
  • Onaj koji se odrekne lihvarenja,
  • čim jedna pobuda od strane Gospoda njemu stigne,
  • sačuvat će ono što je dobio.
  • Njegov slučaj ovisi o Bogu.
  • Ali oni koji se vrate lihvarenju
  • bit će gosti Vatre
  • gdje će boraviti kao bezsmrtnici.
  • 276 Bog će uništiti korist od lihve
  • i oplodit će milostinju.
  • On ne voli nevjernika, grješnika.
  • 277 Oni koji vjeruju;
  • oni koji čine dobro,
  • oni koji obavljaju molitvu,
  • oni koji daju milostinju:
  • evo onih koji će naći svoju naknadu
  • kod svog Gospodina.
  • Oni više ne će osjetiti nikakvog straha;
  • oni ne će biti ožalošćeni.
  • 278 O vi koji vjerujete!
  • Bojte se Boga!
  • Odrecite se, ako ste vjerujući,
  • onoga što vam je ostalo od prihoda s lihvarenja.
  • 279 Ako to ne učinite,
  • očekujte rat od Boga
  • i njegovog Proroka.
  • Ako se pokajete,
  • vaša će glavnica ostati.
  • Ne oštetite nikoga
  • i vi ne će te biti oštećeni.
  • 280 Ako se vaš dužnik nalazi u neprilici,
  • čekajte da bude u mogućnosti platiti vam.
  • Ako podijelite milostinju napuštajući svoja prava,
  • to je povoljno za vas.
  • Kad biste znali!
  • 281 Bojte se Dana tijekom kojeg će te se vratiti k Bogu;
  • Dana kad će svaki čovjek primiti cijenu svojih djela;
  • Dana kad nitko ne će biti oštećen.
  • 282 O vi koji vjerujete!Zapišite dug koji ste ugovorili
  • i koji je plativ u jednom određenom roku.
  • Nek jedan pisar, izabran između vas,
  • njega pošteno zapiše;
  • nek ni jedan pisar ne odbije zapisati ga
  • kako ga je Bog poučio.
  • Nek zapiše ono što dužnik diktira;
  • nek se boji svog Gospoda;
  • nek ne odbija ništa od duga.
  • Ako je dužnik lud ili malouman,
  • ako ne može sam izdiktirati,
  • nek njegov predstavnik pošteno izdiktira.
  • Tražite svjedočenje dvaju svjedoka
  • između svojih ljudi.
  • Ako ne nađete dvojicu ljudi,
  • izaberite jednog čovjeka i dvije žene,
  • između onih koje vi prihvaćate kao svjedoke.
  • Ako se jedna od dviju žena prevari,
  • druga će ju podsjetiti na ono što bude zaboravila.
  • Nek svjedoci ne izbjegnu
  • kad budu pozvani svjedočiti.
  • Ne dvoumite zapisati taj dug, mali ili veliki,
  • utvrđujući njegov rok istjecanja.
  • Evo što je pravednije pred Bogom,
  • što daje više vrijednosti svjedočenju
  • i što je prikladnije za sa vas skinuti
  • svaku vrstu sumnje,
  • osim ako se ne radi o trgovini
  • koju ste zaključili neposredno među sobom.
  • Tada nema grješke za prigovoriti vam,
  • ako to ne zapišete.
  • Pozovite svjedoke,
  • kad se upustite u pogađanje.
  • Ne vršite prisilu ni na svjedoka ni na pisara.
  • Ako biste to učinili,
  • pokazali biste svoju izopačenost.
  • Bojte se Boga!
  • Bog vas poučava.
  • Bog poznaje svaku stvar.
  • 283 Ako ste na putovanju
  • i ne nađete pisara,
  • vi će te ostaviti zaloge.
  • Ako jedan od vas povjeri pohranu drugome,
  • onaj koji primi pohranu morat će ju vratiti.
  • Nek se boji Boga, svog Gospoda!
  • Ne odbijajte svjedočiti.
  • Onaj koji podbije svjedočiti griješi prema svom srcu.
  • – Bog zna ono što vi činite –
  • 284 Ono što je u nebesima i što je na zemlji
  • pripada Bogu.
  • Ako odkrijete ono što je u vama,
  • ili to sakrijete,
  • Bog će vam iskati račun.
  • On oprašta kome on hoće;
  • on kažnjava koga on hoće.
  • Bog je nadmoćan nad svakom stvari.
  • 285 Prorok je vjerovao onome što mu je sišlo
  • sa strane njegovog Gospoda.
  • On i vjerujući;
  • svi su vjerovali u Boga, u njegove anđele,
  • u njegove knjige i njegove proroke.
  • Mi ne činimo razlike među njegovim prorocima.
  • Oni su rekli:
  • « Mi smo čuli i mi smo se pokorili. »
  • Tvoj oprost, naš Gospode!
  • Prema tebi je konačni povratak!
  • 286 Bog svakom čovjeku nameće
  • samo ono što ovaj može nositi.
  • Dobro koje je učinio,
  • njemu će se vratiti,
  • kao i zlo koje bude nanio.
  • Gospode naš!
  • Ne kažnjavaj nas za grješke počinjene
  • u zaboravu i pogrješkom.
  • Gospode naš!
  • Ne optereti nas tovarom sličnim
  • onome kojim ti teretiš one koji su živjeli prije nas.
  • Gospode naš!
  • Ne tovari na nas ono što ne možemo nositi.
  • Izbriši naše grijehe!
  • Oprosti nam!
  • Podari nam milosrđe!
  • Ti si naš Gospodar!
  • Daj nam pobjedu nad nevjernim narodom.
Glava002.gif
Corner cro ld.gif
Corner cro rd.gif